Home

Release 11i To Release 12

1. JG_RA_CUST_TRX_TYPES Feature Area Description of Change Additional Transaction Type Information GA10 INV_TYPE is obsolete JE ES RAXSUCTT INV_TYPE Additional Transaction Type Information GAI Revaluate Transaction type is obsolete JE HU RAXSUCTT REVALUATION Payment Format EFT Details Feature Area Description of Change Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration B 39 LMP Format LI LMP JGZZ_FORMAT_INFO2 JEFI_ILLEGAL_CHARS and JGZZ_FORMAT_INFO3 JEFI_LEGAL_ CHARS are obsolete JGZZ_FORMAT_INFOS5 JEFI_EDI_IDENTIFIER is replaced by IBY_BEP_ACCT_OPT_VALS ACCOUNT_OP TION_CODE JGZZ_FORMAT_INFO6 JEFI_PROCESSING is replaced by IBY_PAYMENT_PROFILES BANK_ INSTRUC TION1_ID LUM2 Format FI LUM2 JGZZ_FORMAT_INFO1 JEFI CONTRACT_NO is replaced by IBY_BEP_ACCT_OPT_VALS ACCOUNT_OP TION_VALUE JGZZ_FORMAT_INFO7 JEFILEFT_NUMBER_LUM2 is replaced by IBY_BEP_ACCT_OPT_VALS ACCOUNT_OP TION_CODE JGZZ_FORMAT_INFO2 JEFI_ILLEGAL_ CHARS and JGZZ_FORMAT_INFO3 JEFILEGAL_CHARS are obsolete ULMP Format FI ULMP JGZZ_FORMAT_INFO1 JEFI CONTRACT_NO is replaced by IBY_BEP_ACCT_OPT_VALS ACCOUNT_OP TION_VALUE The following segments are obsolete JGZZ_FORMAT_INFO2 JEFI_ILLEGAL_CHARS JGZZ_FORMAT_INFOS3 JEFI_LLEGAL_CHARS JGZZ_FORMAT_INFO7 JEFI_EFT_NUMBER Scheduled Payment EFT Details B 40 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release
2. The following segments are obsolete JGZZ_PS_INFO1 Country Name JGZZ_PS_INFOS9 Record Type JGZZ_PS_INFO17 Reason JGZZ_PS_INFO18 Alpha JGZZ_PS_INFO19 Numeric JGZZ_PS_INFO28 Buyers Address JGZZ_PS_INFO20 Explanation is replaced byAP_INVOICES_ALL REMITTANCE_MESS AGE1 JGZZ_PS_INFO3 DECLARATION_FLAG is replaced by columns on the IBY_PAYMENT_PROFILES table For example DECLARATION_THRESH_AMOUNT and DECLARATION_OPTION_FLAG Supplier Site EFT Details Feature Area Austrian Vendor Site EFT Information AT Belgium Vendor Site EFT Information BE Description of Change JGZZ_SITE_INFO1 BANK_CHARGE_CODE is replaced by IBY_EXT_PAYEE_ATTRIBS BANK_CHARGE _BEARER JGZZ_SITE_INFO1 IBLC BLIW Trade is replaced by IBY_EXT_PAYEE_ATTRIBS PAYMENT_REA SON_ID JGZZ_SITE_INFO1 Foreign Payment Cost Code is replaced by IBY_EXT_PAYEE_ATTRIBS BANK_CHARGE _BEARER Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration B 43 Finnish Vendor Site EFT Information FI The following segments are replaced by named columns JGZZ_SITE_INFO1 JEFILFORMAT by IBY_EXT_PAYEE_ATTRIBS PAYMENT_ FORMAT_ID JGZZ_SITE_INFO3 JEFI_LPAYMENT_TYPE by IBY_EXT_PAYEE_ATTRIBS DELIVERY_ CHANNEL_ID JGZZ_SITE_INFO4 JEFI_LSHORT_MESSAGE by IBY_EXT_PAYEE_ATTRIBS PAYMENT_ TEXT_MESSAGE1 JGZZ_SITE_INFOS JEFILLONG_MESSAGE_1 by IBY_EXT_PAYEE_ATTRIBS PAYMENT_ TEXT_MESSAGE2 JGZZ_SITE_INFO6 JEFILLONG_MESSAGE_2 by IBY_EXT_PA
3. Catalog Shopping Catalog Authoring Setup Catalog Shopping Catalog Shopping Catalog Authoring Catalog Shopping Setup n a n a n a n a n a n a n a n a n a n a n a n a POR Enable Advanced Search n a POR Purchasing News Location n a Profile Options A 19 POR Load Auto Attrib Catalog Authoring POR Auto Load Category Descriptors POR Load Auto Category Catalog Authoring POR Auto Load Shopping Categories POR Load Auto Root Catalog Authoring POR Auto Load Root Descriptors POR My Profile Charge Catalog Shopping n a Acct Seg 1 30 POR Parallel Routing Catalog Shopping n a Allowed POR Preference Display Catalog Shopping n a Transaction Currency POR Preferences Catalog Shopping n a Expenditure Item Date POR Search Governor Value Catalog Shopping n a POR Set Debug Catalog Catalog Authoring n a Loader ON POR Sort By Relevance Catalog Shopping POR Default Shopping Sort iReceivables iReceivables Obsolete Profile Options Profile Option Name Feature Area Replaced By A 20 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 OIR Bill Presentment Architecture Enabled OIR Registration Hold Domain OIR Registration Hold Duration OIR Verify Credit Card Details Bill Presentment Self Registration Self Registration Payments using Credit Cards The profile option was in
4. In Release 12 the process of making EDI payments using Oracle e Commerce Gateway has changed details are noted below In Release 12 the Automatic Bank Transmission and XML Payments features are obsolete as Oracle Payments provides enhanced features that meet the same requirements During the upgrade payment batches in Payables are upgraded to payment instructions in Oracle Payments Payments created in those payment batches however are not upgraded Payments remain in Oracle Payables for review and reporting In Release 12 new payments can be viewed in both Payments and Payables Please refer to the Payments section of this document for more information about the Release 12 Upgrade For functional knowledge of Oracle Payments refer to the Oracle Payments Users Guide and Oracle Payments Implementation Guide During the Release 12 Oracle Payments upgrade one Oracle XML Publisher template is created and linked to one Oracle Payments format for each Oracle Payables AP payment program that is linked to a format definition In Payables you can create different format definitions linked to the same payment program So for each AP format definition the upgrade creates one Payment Process Profile linked to the Oracle Oracle Payables 17 5 Payments format The payment programs that controlled the building and formatting of payments and the programs that created the separate remittance advice documents are obsolete with Release 12 an
5. JEDEAPPL Dutch Payment Specification Report JENLPPSX Portuguese EFT Remittance JEPTPSRA DTA Remittance Advice APXPBSRA Switzerland SAD Remittance Advice APXPBSRA Switzerland Remittance Advice Format IBY_PAY_REMIT_ADV Remittance Advice Format IBY_PAY_REMIT_ADV Remittance Advice Format IBY_PAY_REMIT_ADV Remittance Advice Format IBY_PAY_REMIT_ADV Remittance Advice Format IBY_PAY_REMIT_ADV Remittance Advice Format IBY_PAY_REMIT_ADV Remittance Advice Format IBY_PAY_REMIT_ADV Remittance Advice Format IBY_PAY_REMIT_ADV Source 11i Disbursement Accompanying Letters Program Swiss DTA Accompanying Payment Letter to Bank JECHRLET Swiss SAD Accompanying Payment Letter to Bank JECHSLET German Domestic EFT Letter JEDERBZD German International EFT Letter JEDERBZI Austrian EFT Letter Domestic International JEATRBZD Release 12 Oracle Payments Format Name Code Swiss DTA Accompanying Letter IBYAL_D_AT Swiss SAD Accompanying Letter IBYAL_S_AT German Domestic EFT Accompanying Letter IBYAL_D_DE German International EFT Accompanying Letter IBYAL_F_DE Obsolete Oracle Payables 17 13 Payment Methods The upgrade migrates the seeded payment methods of check electronic wire and clearing from Payables to the new extensible Oracle Payments payment method entity Note the following changes e Wire No longer restricted to payments made out
6. Korea HR locations 15 4 tax GDF 3 18 L late charges 23 7 LEGAL_ENTITY_ID 15 5 legal entities 8 2 Legal Entity Configurator 15 1 legal information 15 1 legal sequencing 11 1 location based tax 3 6 location based taxes 3 3 location records 14 4 masking of bank accounts credit cards 18 4 meal deductions 12 2 MFAR See Multifund Account Receivables mileage 12 2 move merge requests 10 14 MRC See Multiple Reporting Currency Multifund Account Receivables MFAR 19 2 Multifund Account Receivables Accrual Account Method 19 2 Multifund Account Receivables Accrual Balancing Method 19 2 Multiple Organizations Access Control 17 27 multiple posting 11 1 multiple posting set of books 10 2 multiple primary sets of books 10 12 Multiple Reporting Currency MRC 10 7 primary set of books 10 2 primary sets of books 10 8 reporting set of books 10 2 reporting sets of books 10 8 multiple sets of books 10 16 N naming conventions for E Business Tax 3 3 Netherlands bank charge bearer controls 17 15 format mapping 8 9 invoice information 17 17 payment file formatting 17 19 payment file information 17 18 payment formats 17 11 profile options A 23 regulatory reporting controls 17 17 remittance advice controls 17 20 separate remittance advice format 17 13 settlement and file directory controls 17 18 settlement control 17 21 netting 7 4 netting agreements 7 5 non location based t
7. Similarly Payables invoice types of credit debit standard and mixed are included in the netting agreement so that invoices of each of these types can be considered for netting Oracle Financials Common Modules 7 5 8 Overview Oracle Financials for Europe This chapter covers the following topics e Overview e EMEA VAT Reporting e Format Mapping This document covers the EMEA VAT Reporting solution A brief introduction to the feature and the details of the upgrade process is explained EMEA VAT Reporting In Release 12 the EMEA VAT reporting has been consolidated around the Legal Entity and E Business Tax architectural initiatives The existing solution has been completely redesigned and the upgrade process details the architectural changes The objective of the EMEA VAT Reporting is to ensure migration of VAT reporting solutions for EMEA in Release 11i to Release 12 This migration eliminates any existing country specific restriction with improvement wherever possible The EMEA VAT Reporting was provided separately for each country in Release 117 The processes and the reporting were duplicated for each country For example Belgium solution was independent from the Italian solution Note When running the Subledger Accounting Upgrade program for EMEA VAT rerun the SLA upgrade as many times as is required to process all accounting since the earliest final reported transaction date Consolidation of Country Specific Re
8. Subledger Accounting requires the existence of the original journal entry In this case the user has the possibility of running the SLA postupgrade process to upgrade the accounting data for the corresponding period Because the SLA postupgrade process is run while the system is up and running it is important that users consider the following elements when deciding the number of periods to upgrade e The periods to be upgraded must be consecutive so the date entered by the user is used to determine the initial period to be upgraded all the periods between this period and the first upgraded period are upgraded by the SLA postupgrade process For example consider that the first upgraded period is JAN 2006 and the user enters 10 JUL 2005 as the initial date This date belongs to the period JUL 2005 All the periods between JUL 2005 and JAN 2006 will be upgraded e Since the system is up and running and the users are performing the daily operations it is more efficient to run the upgrade during the downtime than to run the SLA postupgrade process The user must take this into account when making the decision about the number of periods to upgrade Impact on Resources It is important to consider the impact on resources when determining the upgrade 24 4 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 strategy e The SLA postupgrade process runs at the same time as the daily operations If the
9. Also in Release 12 the ownership of supplier bank accounts transitions from Oracle Payables to Oracle Payments The banks and bank branches will be centralized in Oracle Cash Management entities as above however the bank accounts you had defined for your suppliers will be migrated from the Payables entities to the central Payments entities Oracle Payments centralizes and secures all payment instrument data including external bank accounts credit cards debit cards and so forth Please refer to the Cash Management and Payments sections of this document for more information about the Release 12 Upgrade For functional knowledge of Oracle Cash Management refer to the Oracle Cash Management Users Guide and Oracle Cash Management Implementation Guide For functional knowledge of Oracle Payments refer to the Oracle Payments Users Guide and Oracle Payments Implementation Guide Document Sequencing of Payments If you used document sequencing for payments in Release 11i your document sequence category has been migrated from the payment document which is associated with a bank account and hence legal entity in Release 12 to the bank account uses entity If you require you can also specify the document sequence category at the bank account payment method and payment document levels These changes are necessary to preserve the option of having document sequence categories vary across operating 17 4 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Fu
10. Enable PL SQL Profiler SLA Enable SQL Trace SLA Enable SRS Log Output SLA Enable Subledger Transaction Security in GL This profile option determines whether the General Ledger Access Set security mechanism is applied for a subledger application responsibility when viewing reporting or creating subledger journal entries associated with a given ledger The General Ledger Access Set security mechanism is always applied for responsibilities associated with the General Ledger application The profile option enables you to combine data access security with subledger transaction security and therefore control access to subledger journal entries depending on the ledger to which they belong For example you can implement a Multi Organizations Security Profile that allows you to create Oracle Receivables Invoices for two different operating units each associated with different ledgers but restrict drill down from the subledger transaction to the associated subledger journal entry based upon the destination ledger contained in the Access Set Controls whether diagnostic information is gathered by the Create Accounting program If the FND Debug Log Enabled profile option is enabled then the diagnostic framework information is also available in the Oracle Applications system logs page Enables the PL SQL profiler Enables the SQL trace The possible values are Yes or No Controls whether concurrent programs will generate a lo
11. FV Federal Enabled Description This profile is used by Oracle applications to tell if a user has Federal Financials installed and operational This profile is seeded with a default of N meaning Federal is not enabled During implementation of the product the user must run the Load Federal Financials Seed Data process This activates the profile at the site level to Y This profile is very important and must be activated for Federal users since it controls the creation of the proper accounting in SLA and the correct functioning within other products such as Oracle Payables Payments Receivables General Ledger and Purchasing For Federal Financials upgrade customers this profile is enabled during upgrade U S Federal Financials Obsolete Profile Options Profile Option Name FV Create PYA for Unexpired funds FV Don t use this FV Enable AR AP Netting Feature Area Prior Year Accounting AR AP Netting AR AP Netting Replaced By This setup has moved to the SLA setup forms Federal Netting has been combined into a generic netting solution Federal Netting has been combined into a generic netting solution Profile Options A 33 FV Enable Enhanced Transaction Code FV Enable funds check reservation based on the line level FV Post Detailed Receipt Accounting FV Split Invoice Distributions for Prepayment Application Enhanced Transaction Code Budgetary Control Multi Fund
12. HZ_PARTIES JGZZ_FISCAL_CODE JG_AP_INVOICE_DISTRIBUTIONS Feature Area Additional Info for Spanish Invoice Distributions JE ES APXINWKB_DISTS INV_DIST Description of Change The following segments are obsolete GA1 Corrected Distribution GA2 Year Corrected GA3 Period Corrected Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration B 15 Additional Invoice Distribution Information The following segments are obsolete JE HU APXINWKB STAT_CODE GA1 Tax Date GA2 Start Date GAB End Date GA4 Balancing Segment GAS Tax Origin GA6 STAT_CODE is replaced by PRODUCT_FISC_CLASSIFICATION in the following tables AP_INVOICE_LINES_ALL ZX LINES_DET_FACTORS GA6 STAT_CODE is replaced by STATISTICAL_CODE in the following tables ZX_FC TYPES B MTL_CATEGORIES_SETS MTL_CATEGORIES GA6 STAT_CODE is replaced by PRODUCT_CATEGORY in the following tables ZX_FC_TYPES B ZX _FC_CODES B ZX_FC_CODES_DENORM_B Additional Invoice Distribution Information GAI Taxable Amount is replaced by a named JE IT APXINWKB DISTRIBUTIONS column ASSESSABLE_VALUE in tables AP_INVOICE_LINES_ALL ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS B 16 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Additional Invoice Distribution Information JE PL APXINWKB STAT_CODE Czech Invoice Distribution Information JE CZ APINXWKB FINAL Hungarian Invoice Distributi
13. Hide or display the advanced search link Option to automatically load one time items in all installed languages Override Deliver to Location Override Requestor Code Location of Operating Unit specific purchasing news files Gives the skin in which search results have to displayed iProcurement Obsolete Profile Options Profile Option Name Feature Area Replaced By ICX Allow Funds Override Catalog Shopping Not applicable n a ICX Days Needed By Catalog Shopping POR Days Needed By ICX Default Requisition Catalog Shopping n a Template ICX_EBI_EUL Setup n a ICX Override Location Flag Catalog Shopping POR Override Location Flag A 18 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 ICX Override Requestor ICX Requisition Sever POR Apply Category Mapping POR Approved Pricing Only POR Bulk Load for All Business Groups POR Catalog Bulk Load Directory POR Cleanup Thread Interval POR Debugging POR Distribution Lines Region POR DTD Files Directory POR Ecmanager Servlet path POR Emergency Requisitions Restrict to Requisition Templates POR Enable Advanced Search and Category Browse POR Extract BPA Quote Images POR Help Path POR Java Virtual Path Catalog Shopping POR Override Requestor Setup Catalog Shopping Content Security Catalog Authoring Catalog Authoring Catalog Authoring Setup
14. Refer to the Country Specific Upgrade Assumptions section of this document for more information Not Migrated For those organizations with both GRE Legal Entity and Operating Unit classifications and where the Operating Unit points to a different Legal Entity the information will not be migrated Country Specific Upgrade Assumptions for Legal Contacts and Legal Authorities Country Specific Upgrade Assumptions for Legal Contacts and Legal Authorities are as follows 15 4 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Portugal The information in the Global Descriptive Flexfield attached to a Reporting Entity will be migrated as the Legal Authorities Singapore Chile Korea Taiwan The information in the Global Descriptive Flexfield attached to an HR Location will be migrated as the Legal Contacts Brazil The information in the Global Descriptive Flexfield attached to a Reporting Entity will be migrated as the Legal Authority and Legal Contacts Belgium The information found in the JEBE VAT Reporters form will be migrated as Legal Contacts Stamping of Legal Entities on Transactions A column called LEGAL_ENTITY_ID has been added to some of the transaction tables like AR Transactions AR Receipts and so forth The individual products handle the upgrade of stamping transactions with the legal entity ID Upgrade Assumptions The upgrade assumptions regarding legal entity stampi
15. Release 11 to Release 12 EDI Outbound Program APECEPYO NACHA Payment Format APXNACHA XML Payment Format APXMLPMT Obsolete US NACHA CCD Format IBY_PAY_EFT_NACHA_CCD_US Obsolete Source 11i Payment Format Program Oracle Federal Payables BD CCDP format FVBLCCDP BD NCR Format FVBLNCR Bulk PPDP format FVBLPPDP BD Sal Trv NCR Format FVBLSLTR Bulk Data CCD Consolidated Payment File Program FVCOCCDP CTX Consolidated File Payment Program FVCONCTX Bulk Data PPD Consolidated Payment File Program FVCOPPDP SPS CCD Format FVSPCCD SPS CCDP Format FVSPCCDP SPS Check NCR Format FVSPNCR Release 12 Oracle Payments Format Name Code US Bulk CCDP Format IBY_PAY_EFT_FED_BULK_CCDP US Bulk NCR Format IBY_PAY_EFT_FED_BULK_NCR_1 US Bulk PPDP Format IBY_PAY_EFT_FED_BULK_PPDP US Bulk Salary and Travel NCR Format IBY_PAY_EFT_FED_BULK_NCR_2 US CCDP Consolidated Format IBY_PAY_EFT_FED_CCDP_CONSOL US PPDP Consolidated Format IBY_PAY_EFT_FED_PPDP_CONSOL US CTX Consolidated Format IBY_PAY_EFT_FED_CTX_CONSOL US SPS CCD Format IBY_PAY_EFT_FED_SPS_CCD US SPS CCDP Format IBY_PAY_EFT_FED_SPS_CCDP US SPS NCR Format IBY_PAY_EFT_FED_SPS_NCR Oracle Payables 17 7 SPS PPD Format FVSPPPD SPS PPDP Format FVSPPPDP ECS Check NCR Format FVTIACHB ECS CCDP Format FVTIACHP CTX Vendor Format FVTICTX
16. This guide describes the APIs provided for developers and administrators to access Oracle Workflow Oracle Workflow Client Installation Guide This guide describes how to install the Oracle Workflow Builder and Oracle XML Gateway Message Designer client components for Oracle E Business Suite Oracle XML Gateway User s Guide This guide describes Oracle XML Gateway functionality and each component of the Oracle XML Gateway architecture including Message Designer Oracle XML Gateway Setup Execution Engine Message Queues and Oracle Transport Agent It also explains how to use Collaboration History that records all business transactions and messages exchanged with trading partners The integrations with Oracle Workflow Business Event System and the Business to Business transactions are also addressed in this guide Oracle XML Publisher Report Designer s Guide Oracle XML Publisher is a template based reporting solution that merges XML data with templates in RTF or PDF format to produce a variety of outputs to meet a variety of business needs Using Microsoft Word or Adobe Acrobat as the design tool you can create pixel perfect reports from the Oracle E Business Suite Use this guide to design your report layouts This guide is available through the Oracle E Business Suite online help Oracle XML Publisher Administration and Developer s Guide Oracle XML Publisher is a template based reporting solution that merges XML data with templates
17. and are not restricted to the seeded values Rules can be set for when payment methods can be used on documents Rules can also be specified to default payment methods on documents when they are created The upgrade seeds payment methods that existed in Oracle Payables and globalizations e Processing Rules the payment method on a document links it to processing rules configured in Oracle Payments These setup rules are held in a key entity called the Payment Process Profile Users can configure as many of these process profiles as they need for their payment processes Each profile holds rules for how documents should be built into payments how payments should be aggregated into a payment instruction file and how the payment file should be formatted Rules for printing checks transmitting electronic files generating separate remittance advice notifications and other options can be easily configured e Payment System a payment system holds information about the third party involved in processing payments The third party may be a financial institution or clearing house that disburses or settles payments This entity is defined to hold information about transmission and required settings for communication to the payment system The upgrade uses various data from Oracle Payables to create the new Payment Process Profiles Since this entity is so central to the funds disbursement process an overview of the upgrade process is provided here F
18. be created during migration using determining factor of Tax Classification Code which will indicate that the tax calculation would be based on the old Release 111 approach When the template is STCC a shortcut approach is used to calculate taxes based on the passed Tax Classification Code This is a special Regime Determination Template which does not use Location based Determining Factors All other Regime Determination Templates must use location based determining factors In Release 11i Tax Code and Group Code defaulted on a taxable line drive the applicability of one or more tax rates for the given taxable line In Release 12 the equivalent Tax Classification Codes defaulted on taxable line would drive the applicability of one or more taxes using Direct Rate Determination Rules Migration Naming Convention The following sections describe the new data that will be created as part of the migration process and the naming strategy that is used to create this new data For details of the use of the new data see chapter 2 of the Oracle E Business Tax User Guide The following symbols are used in the description below e means concatenation e items in lt gt are values from indicated fields e items in quotes are added text New Data Naming Strategy for Location Based Tax For TaxWare For the migration of location based taxes such as United States Sales and Use taxes the tax regime tax tax status tax rate codes and
19. end date of the classification can be changed from the Intercompany User Interface UI but a party must be reactivated from the TCA UI A relationship between TCA Oracle Financials Common Modules 7 1 Intercompany Party and the legal entity to which it belongs is created The user must consider if the automatic upgrade of subsidiaries to intercompany organizations makes sense in their situation It depends on what the subsidiaries represent in their GIS system For instance if subsidiaries represent legal entities then the user should not create new parties Rather they should query relevant legal entities and classify them as intercompany organizations However if the subsidiaries represent concepts that do not exist in the user s setup then they should be re created as new parties It is likely that in many cases users will be using some existing parties to process intercompany transactions and will need to classify these as intercompany organizations rather than create new ones Security Upgrade from GIS converts subsidiaries into intercompany organizations one for one Security grants are created for the users based on the subsidiaries assigned to the responsibilities that each user was assigned A user may be given access to many different intercompany organizations regardless of the responsibility used to log in Transaction Types The GIS transaction types are upgraded to the new intercompany system transaction types When GIS t
20. esnssnsssssinsrrsrnrissrnrrnsrnnrnnsrnrennrnnennne 20 3 Multiple Organizations Access Comntrol 000cccccscececeee eens ecsee eens eens eceeseaeseeesseessanensaetaes 20 3 Obsolescence and Replacement of Features 0 cece ee ee ee ere terete eteeeeneesenetentte 20 4 Oracle Purchasing Details EE E E cacbandceddectclelataced E EE 21 1 Oracle Sourcing DT 1 EEE A eee a 22 1 23 24 25 26 27 A Oracle Receivables Integration with Oracle E Business Tax 0 00 cccccceseeeee eee cee tense tee taee snes tee teeeenneetneeeaas 23 1 Integration with Oracle Subledger Accounting c cece eee renee eee eeeeeeeneeeeeeteeeeeneees 23 2 Integration with Oracle Payments for Funds Capture 00ccccessecee eee eee eee eteeeeneee 23 4 Integration with Oracle Payables for Refunds 0 00cccec eee ee eee eee teeter tent eeenaes 23 6 Balance Forward Billing 0 00c cece nn nn nner norte teetenenneeseaseenas 23 6 Late Charge Enhancements Ssi iiine n a e a ea a aiaei 23 7 AP AR Netting rii ie e aaa taa aa eaga a aA E T ii 23 8 Obsolescence and Replacement of Features ccc ee eee sree eeee ese eseeteeeeeeeteneee 23 8 Oracle Subledger Accounting OW OL VIC We eiiiai eaaa ceatiaaugagacsbaduuts saaveceba soued date cid gues dete cgtgaendbtigend 24 1 Using Oracle Subledger Accounting Out of the BoX 0 00 0 ccc eer erent ernie 24 1 Using Oracle Subledger Accounting with Oracle
21. passed on the transaction is subtracted from the Line Amount to get the taxable amount There are no compounding tax details in this formula e STANDARD_QUANTITY This formula has Taxable Basis type as QUANTITY The quantity passed on the transaction line is taken as the taxable basis This formula is used with rates that are quantity based rate is expressed in term of amount per unit quantity There are no compounding tax details in this formula Tax calculation formula STANDARD_TC This seeded formula represents Standard Tax Calculation formula and the tax is calculated using this formula as follows Oracle E Business Tax 3 9 Tax Amount Taxable Basis Tax Rate Receivables Tax Calculation Flag on Transaction Types Changed Usage In Release 117 Receivables Transaction Types there is a check box labeled Tax calculation This field has a dual purpose if checked it is determined whether Tax Codes are defaulted and required on the transaction lines as well as enforcing that tax is calculated It also triggers a validation that raises errors if there were no tax lines for given invoice lines In Release 12 the label on the check box has changed to Default Tax Classification The check box now determines if a tax classification is defaulted on the transaction lines Tax classifications are no longer required on lines and tax calculations are not currently required on transactions Different Credit Percentages for Tax and Line
22. such as purchasing and invoice setups are still available so that individual operating units can maintain the parameters used to control how transactions are processed for that site In Release 12 any change to the supplier s location details only has to be made once to the supplier address and immediately all sites will use the updated address details The Release 12 Upgrade will automatically migrate the supplier site details into TCA For each supplier the Upgrade process will create a new supplier address for each unique supplier site location Those sites that share identical site location details where Address Lines 1 to 4 City State County Province Country Zip Code and Language match exactly will result in the creation of a single new supplier address that each site uses see illustration below The migration will ignore any discrepancies between the communication details phone fax for these matching supplier sites and assign those details from the first supplier site to the address In Release 12 discrepancies between the communication details stored for the address and the sites using the address can be corrected by entering the correct values for the supplier address and then selecting to update the details to all of the sites that share the address Supplier sites that are similar such as those whose only difference is an Address Line but distinct will each create a new supplier address in TCA For example in 117 1
23. 11 to Release 12 Feature Area German Payment Schedule Level Declaration DE U Description of Change The following segments are obsolete JGZZ_PS_INFO1 COUNTRY_CODE JGZZ_PS_INFO9 Alpha JGZZ_PS_INFO17 Numeric JGZZ_PS_INFO3 DECLARATION_FLAG is replaced by columns on the IBY_PAYMENT_PROFILES table For examples DECLARATION_THRESH_AMOUNT and DECLARATION_OPTION_FLAG Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration B 41 German Payment Schedule Level Declaration DE V The following segments are obsolete JGZZ_PS_INFO1 Export Country JGZZ_PS_INFO8 Import Country JGZZ_PS_INFO 9 Transit Goods JGZZ_PS_INFO10 JGZZ_PS_INFO11 JGZZ_PS_INFO12 JGZZ_PS_INFO17 JGZZ_PS_INFO18 JGZZ_PS_INFO19 JGZZ_PS_INFO20 JGZZ_PS_INFO21 JGZZ_PS_INFO22 JGZZ_PS_INFO23 JGZZ_PS_INFO24 JGZZ_PS_INFO25 JGZZ_PS_INFO26 JGZZ_PS_INFO27 JGZZ_PS_INFO28 Money Due Date Import Numeric Selling Cost Goods No Export Alpha Export Numeric Purchase Cost Passing Trade Goods Separated Stored Inland Stored Abroad Export Goods Export No Import Alpha Buyers Address JGZZ_PS_INFO3 DECLARATION_FLAG is replaced by columns on the IBY_PAYMENT_PROFILES table For examples DECLARATION_THRESH_AMOUNT and DECLARATION_OPTION_FLAG B 42 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 German Payment Schedule Level Declaration DE W
24. Account Receivable Payables This setup has moved to the SLA setup forms Budgetary Control Public Sector Applications This setup has moved to the SLA setup forms Subledger Accounting A 34 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 B Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration This appendix covers the following topics e Financials for Asia Pacific e Financials for Europe e Financials for the Americas Financials for Asia Pacific This section lists the changes to the Global Descriptive Flexfields for Oracle Financials for Asia Pacific Release 12 JG_AP_CHECKS Feature Area Description of Change Additional Thailand Information Thai feature is obsolete and the context is JA TH APXPAWKB CHECKS disabled The context had the following segments GA1 Tax Invoice Number GA2 Tax Invoice Date GAS Supplier Tax Invoice Number GA4 Tax Accounting Period GAS Payment Delivery Date Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration B 1 JG_AP_EXPENSE_REPORT_HEADERS Feature Area Description of Change Thai Additional Expense Information Thai feature is obsolete and the context is JA TH APXXXEER REPORT_HEADERS disabled The context had the following segments GA1 Tax Invoice Number GA2 Tax Invoice Date GAS Supplier Tax Invoice Number GA4 Tax Accounting Period JG_AP_INVOICES Feature Area Description of Change Singaporean Additional Invoic
25. B 53 Norwegian BBS NO JENOPBDR The following segments are replaced by named columns JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO1 customerid by IBY_BEP_ACCT_OPT_VALS ACCOUNT _OPTION_CODE JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO2 Agreement ID by IBY_BEP_ACCT_OPT_VALS ACCOUNT _OPTION_CODE JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFOS3 Last sequence number by IBY_PAYMENT_PROFILES at high level JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFOS Last Num sent to BBS by IBY_PAYMENT_PROFILES at high level The following segments are obsolete JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO4 JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO6 JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO7 B 54 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Norwegian Datadialog NO JENOPDDG JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO1 Customer ID is replaced by IBY_BEP_ACCT_OPT_VALS ACCOUNT_OP TION_CODE The following segments are obsolete JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO2 Return Cod JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO3 Department JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO4 Alt bankaccount JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFOS File ID JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO6 Password JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO7 Status JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO8 Record length JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO Filenumber Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration B 55 Norwegian Telepay NO JENOPTGN The following segments are replaced by named columns JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO1 NIF value by IBY_BEP_ACCT_OPT_VALS ACCOUNT _OPTION_CODE JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO2 Division by IBY_BEP_ACCT_OPT_VALS ACCOUNT _OPTION_CODE JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO3 Password by IBY_BEP_ACCT_OPT_VALS ACCOUNT _O
26. BSV CR BSV Debit Account Credit Account 01 02 01 4100 02 2200 01 03 01 4100 03 9999 01 All Other 01 4100 01 2000 Oracle Financials Common Modules 7 3 02 01 02 4200 01 2100 02 03 02 4200 03 9999 02 All Other 02 4200 01 2000 03 01 03 5100 01 2100 03 02 03 5100 02 2200 03 All Other 03 5100 01 2000 All Other All Other 01 4000 01 2000 Auto Accounting rules defined in Release 11i GIS are not upgraded to Release 12 These rules need to be defined in Subledger Accounting SLA Transaction Account Builder feature Intercompany Transactions In Release 11i GIS transaction consists of transaction header and transaction lines In Release 12 AGIS transactions are grouped into batches Outbound batch can contain one or more transactions and the transactions can be for different receivers All GIS new and completed transactions are upgraded along with the Global Descriptive Flexfield details For each GIS transaction an AGIS transaction batch is created Profile Options Release 11i GIS profile options are obsolete in Release 12 and are not upgraded All options are available in the AGIS System Options page Payables and Receivables Netting In Release 11i Oracle Financials has three netting solutions e Single Third Party in Oracle Public Sector Financials International e Contra Charging in Oracle Financials for Europe e Receivables and Payables Netting in Oracle U S Federal Financials Oracle s Financial Common Module
27. Builder Context Controls the value for an internal context code associated with each application accounting definition and each of its assigned components such as journal line types and account derivation rules Profile Options A 27 SLA Additional Data Access Set SLA Allow Reports Journal Source Override SLA Disable Journal Import SLA Display Timestamp on Trace This profile option in conjunction with the GL Data Access Set profile option controls which ledgers and balancing or management segment values you can access when logging onto a responsibility If SLA Enable Data Access Security in Subledgers is enabled for the responsibility you have access only to the ledgers and balancing or management segment values included in the data access sets assigned to the SLA Additional Data Access Set and GL Data Access Set profile options Applies only to the following reports Open Account Balances Listing Third Party Balances Report Enable this option to change the Journal Source parameter during report submission If the option is set to No then you cannot change the value defaulted during report submission Controls whether subledger journal entries are imported to General Ledger Displays timestamps on the trace A 28 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 SLA Enable Data Access Security in Subledgers SLA Enable Diagnostics SLA
28. Classifications Non Type Code Inventory AP Tax Codes Annual Non Tax Configuration Reporting Code Recoverable Taxable Tax Rates Rate Details gt Tax Reporting Codes Region 3 20 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 AP Tax Codes AP Tax Codes AP Tax Codes AP Tax Codes AP Tax Codes AP Tax Codes AR Tax Codes Annual Recoverable Tax Box Annual Recoverable Taxable Annual Total Taxable Box Location Periodic Recoverable Taxable Box Periodic Taxable Box Annual Tax Box Tax Configuration Tax Rates Rate Details gt Tax Reporting Codes Region Tax Configuration Tax Rates Rate Details gt Tax Reporting Codes Region Tax Configuration Tax Rates Rate Details gt Tax Reporting Codes Region Tax Configuration Tax Rates Rate Details gt Tax Reporting Codes Region Tax Configuration Tax Rates Rate Details gt Tax Reporting Codes Region Tax Configuration Tax Rates Rate Details gt Tax Reporting Codes Region Tax Configuration Tax Rates Rate Details gt Tax Reporting Codes Region Reporting Code Reporting Code Reporting Code Reporting Code Reporting Code Reporting Code Reporting Code Oracle E Business Tax 3 21 AR Tax Codes AR Tax Codes AR Tax Codes AR Tax Codes AR Tax Codes AR Tax Codes Annual Taxable Box Annual Total Taxab
29. DQM Synchronization Synchronize parties Determine the Method of Method Synchronization for DQM using options Disable Automatic and Batch Profile Options A 31 HZ Raise API Events Raise TCA business events Added 2 values BO_EVENTS_ENABLED Only Business Object events are raised Granular V2 events are disabled EVENTS_ENABLED Both Granular V2 and Business Object events are raised Trading Community Architecture Obsolete Profile Options Profile Option Name Feature Area Replaced By HZ D amp B URL D amp B Integration Host Address field on HZ D amp B Password HZ DQM Index Creation Workers Web Server Proxy Name Web Server Proxy Port HZ Stop Scoring After Reaching DQM Automerge Threshold HZ Validate US Addresses HZ Web Server Proxy Password D amp B Integration DQM D amp B Integration D amp B Integration DQM Address Validation D amp B Integration Adapter Configuration UI page Adapter Account Password on Adapter Configuration UI page for D amp B Adapter Applications Server Side Proxy Host And Domain Applications Proxy Port n a Geography module setup n a A 32 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11i to Release 12 HZ Web Server Proxy User Name D amp B Integration n a U S Federal Financials U S Federal Financials New Profile Options Profile Option Name
30. Debit Letter Portuguese Direct Debit File Format Payer Notification format Oracle Payments Oracle Payments Release 11i Feature Name Spanish Transfer Magnetic Format Spanish Check Format Spanish CSB32 Remittance Spanish CSB58 Remittance Spanish Direct Debit Magnetic Format CSB 19 Release 12 Feature Name Spanish Magnetic Format Spanish Check Format Spanish CSB32 Remittance Format Spanish CSB58 Remittance Format Spanish CSB 19 Direct Debit Magnetic Format Release 12 Product Oracle Payments Oracle Payments Oracle Payments Oracle Payments Oracle Payments Release 11i Feature Name Swedish Bankgiro Inland Swedish Bankgiro SISU Swedish Bankgiro UTLI Swedish Postgiro Inland Swedish Postgiro Utland Release 12 Feature Name Swedish Bankgiro Inland Swedish Bankgiro SISU Swedish Bankgiro UTLI Swedish Postgiro Inland Swedish Postgiro Utland Release 12 Product Oracle Payments Oracle Payments Oracle Payments Oracle Payments Oracle Payments Oracle Financials for Europe 8 11 Switzerland Release 11i Feature Name Validate Payment Batch Report Swiss DTA Payments Swiss DTA Accompanying Payment Letter to Bank Swiss SAD Payments Swiss SAD Accompanying Payment Letter to Bank Swiss DTA Remittance Advice Swiss SAD Remittance Advice Release 12 Feature Name Validation rules Swiss DTA Format Swiss DTA Accompanying
31. Execution Prompt Payment Treasury payments Third party payments Interagency transactions Receivables management Federal reports CCR Integration and Year End Closing Oracle Projects Documentation Set Oracle Projects Implementation Guide Use this guide to implement Oracle Projects This guide also includes appendixes covering function security menus and responsibilities and profile options Oracle Project Costing User Guide Use this guide to learn detailed information about Oracle Project Costing Oracle Project Costing provides the tools for processing project expenditures including calculating their cost to each project and determining the General Ledger accounts to which the costs are posted Oracle Project Billing User Guide This guide shows you how to use Oracle Project Billing to define revenue and invoicing rules for your projects generate revenue create invoices and integrate with other Oracle Applications to process revenue and invoices process client invoicing and measure the profitability of your contract projects Oracle Project Management User Guide This guide shows you how to use Oracle Project Management to manage projects through their lifecycles from planning through execution to completion Oracle Project Portfolio Analysis User Guide This guide contains the information you need to understand and use Oracle Project Portfolio Analysis It includes information about project portfolios planning
32. German Domestic EFT Letter German International EFT Format German International EFT Letter Separate Remittance Advice Geman Check Format German Wire Format German Direct Debit EFT Format German Receivables Direct Debit Letter Payer Notification format Release 12 Product Oracle Payments Oracle Payments Oracle Payments Oracle Payments Oracle Payments Oracle Payments Oracle Payments Oracle Payments Oracle Payments Oracle Payments 8 8 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Italy Netherlands Release 11i Feature Name Italian Inventory Packing Slip Italian Purchasing Packing Slip Italian EFT Payment Italian Banking Transfer Order Italian Bills Receivable Bank Remittance Italian Bills Receivable Release 12 Feature Name Inventory Packing Slip Purchasing Packing Slip Italian EFT Format Italian Wire Format Italian Bills Receivable Remittance Format Italian Bills Receivable Format Release 12 Product Oracle Inventory Oracle Inventory Oracle Payments Oracle Payments Oracle Payments Oracle Receivables Release 11i Feature Name Create EFT Media feature Netherlands Payment Specification Report Netherlands Format Domestic Payments Netherlands Format Foreign Payments Release 12 Feature Name Create Electronic Payment Instruction Replaced by standard IBY features IBY
33. Hungary JE HU ARXSUVAT TAX_ORIGIN For Poland JE PL ARXSUVAT TAX_ORIGIN For Argentina JL AR ARXSUVAT AR_VAT_TAX For Brazil JL BR ARXSUVAT Tax Information For Columbia JL CO ARXSUVAT AR_VAT_TAX Tax codes linked to withholding tax type such as AWT are not migrated as withholding functionality is not covered by the new Release 12 functionality and works as it does in 11i All offset taxes created for tax codes of tax type offset will be suffixed with OFFSET All offset taxes are suffixed with OFFSET For a given operating unit the exchange rate type defined for the tax will be populated with either cross currency rate type or Corporate rate type if cross currency is not defined at AR System parameter level All default recovery rate codes are prefixed with STANDARD For all non recovery based rates the rate_type_code is hard coded to PERCENTAGE For a given set of Regime Tax Status Content Owner ID combination there will be one non recovery rate which will be marked as a default rate Migration of Receivables Address Validation Parameter Migration of Receivables system parameters address validation level will be migrated to the Trading Community Architecture TCA Geography Structure address validation parameter If the Receivables system parameters have more than one operating unit set up per country the most restrictive value will be migrated Data Ownership of Upgraded Data In Release 11i each a
34. JGZZ_INVOICE_INFO4 Urgency Called by AP_INVOICES_ALL SETTLEMENT_PRI ORITY g JGZZ_INVOICE_INFOS5 Message to Vendor by AP_INVOICES_ALL REMITTANCE_ME SSAGE1 Swedish EFT Bankgiro Inland SE Bankgiro The following segments are replaced by Inland Swedish EFT Postgiro Inland named columns SE Postgiro Inland 7 JGZZ_INVOICE_INFO1 Message Row 1 by AP_INVOICES_ALL REMITTANCE_ME SSAGE1 JGZZ_INVOICE_INFO4 Message Row 2 by AP_INVOICES_ALL REMITTANCE_ME SSAGE2 B 10 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Swedish EFT Bankgiro SISU SE Bankgiro SISU and Swedish EFT Bankgiro UTLI SE Bankgiro UTLI Swedish EFT Postgiro Utland Swiss DTA EFT Invoice Format CH Swiss DTA Payment Swiss SAD EFT Invoice Format CH Swiss SAD Payment The following segments are replaced by named columns JGZZ_INVOICE_INFON1 Federal Reserve Code by AP_INVOICES_INTERFACE PAYMENT _REASON_ID JGZZ_INVOICE_INFO2 Express Invoice by AP_INVOICES_ALL SETTLEMENT_PRI ORITY JGZZ_INVOICE_INFO3 Invoice Charge Code and JGZZ_INVOICE_INFO4 Future Contract are obsolete The following segments are replaced by named columns JGZZ_INVOICE_INFO1 Federal Reserve Code by AP_INVOICES_INTERFACE PAYMENT _ REASON_ID JGZZ_INVOICE_INFO2 Express Payment by AP_INVOICES_ALL SETTLEMENT_PRI ORITY JGZZ_INVOICE_INFO3 Future Contract Postgiro is obsolete JGZZ_INVOICE_INF
35. Legal Entity will be disabled HRMS Organizations with a classification of Operating Unit and Inventory Organization will be used to create establishments The HRMS Organizations with a classification of Operating Unit and Inventory Organization will continue to function in the same way as in Release 11i Legal Information found in AP Reporting Entities VAT reporters Brazilian Companies and Global Descriptive Flexfields will be migrated to the Legal Entity Configurator The Legal Entity Configurator will replace features like VAT reporters Brazilian Companies and Global Descriptive Flexfields that contain legal information The Reporting Entities will continue to exist only to support 1099 reporting After the upgrade all features that access or report legal information will be referring to the new Legal Entity Configurator Legal Associations To enable tax calculation based on existing parameters the association between an establishment and HRMS organizations with a classification of operating unit inventory organization ship to location bill to location and inventory location will be migrated To enable Brazilian legal reporting the association between the establishments and the Balancing Segment Values BSV will be migrated In Release 114 the Brazilian companies contain legal information set of books and BSV information These Brazilian companies will be migrated as establishments and an association between the establish
36. Lines Information JL CO APXIISIM LINES_FOLDER Brazilian Open Interface Invoice Lines Information JL BR APXIISIM LINES_FOLDER GA3 Ship To Location is obsolete GA1 Operation Fiscal Code is replaced with a named column ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS TRANSACTION_ BUSINESS_CATEGORY Feature Area Additional Information JL BR APXINWKB AP_INVOICES Description of Change GA2 Operation Fiscal Code is replaced by the named columns ZX_FC_TYPES_B TRX_BUSINESS_CATE GORY ZX_FC_CODES_B TRX_BUSINESS_CAT EGORY and ZX_FC_CODES_DENORM_B TRX_BUSI NESS_CATEGORY ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS TRANSACTI ON_BUSINESS_CATEGORY Brazilian AP PO feature is obsolete and the following segments are obsolete GA5 ICMS Base Amount GA6 ICMS Name GAZ ICMS Amount GA8 IPI Amount Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration B 59 Argentine Invoice Information JL AR APXINWKB INVOICES Columbian Invoices Information JJL CO APXINWKB INVOICES The following segments are replaced with the named columns GA10 Destination Code with AP_INVOICE_LINES_ALL PRIMARY_I NTENDED_USE and ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS PRIMARY_I NTENDED_USE GA18 Ship To Location with AP_INVOICE_LINES_ALL SHIP_TO_LO CATION_ID and ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS SHIP_TO_L OCATION_ID GA18 Ship To Location is replaced by named columns AP_INVOICE_LINES_ALL SHIP_TO_LO CATION_ID ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS SHIP_TO_L OCATION_ID JG_AP_INVOICES_I
37. Lines Window as the calculated taxes might be independent of each other hence the precedence cannot be determined The precedence information can be obtained from Tax Formula Correct Reject Option at Batch Source Level When you set up an Import type batch source the Autoinvoice tab labeled Invalid Tax 3 10 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Rate is available in batch sources in Release 11i It supports a drop down menu with the choices of Correct and Reject The control determined how auto invoice was to handle the situations where the tax amount and tax rate for an item line were in conflict Most often this affected manually imported tax lines where the tax amount did not equal the tax rate multiplied by the taxable amount In Release 12 this control is removed from the form User Defined PL SQL Taxable Basis Type at Tax Code Level The user defined PL SQL taxable basis type at tax code level feature is obsolete in Release 12 Compounding Precedence on Imported Tax Lines The compounding precedence on imported tax lines is obsolete in Release 12 Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration Changes Argentina Release 11i Entity AP Tax Codes AR Invoice Lines AR Invoice Lines AR Memo Lines AR Memo Lines GDF Segment DGI Transaction Code Fiscal Classification Code Fiscal Classification Code Fiscal Classification Code Fiscal Classific
38. Management Obsolete Profile Options Profile Option Name CE Bank Account Security Access Feature Area Bank Accounts Replaced By No longer needed in the new Bank Account model E Business Tax E Business Tax New Profile Options Profile Option Name eBTax Allow Ad Hoc Tax Changes Description Controls which users can make ad hoc tax changes on the transaction line such as selecting a different tax status or tax rate The changes that a user can make also depend upon the details of the applicable tax setups If the tax rate associated with a tax has the Allow Ad Hoc Rate option enabled then users can override the calculated tax rate on the transaction line A 4 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 eBTax Allow Manual Tax Lines eBTax Allow Override of Customer Exemptions eBTax Allow Override of Tax Classification Code eBTax Allow Override of Tax Recovery Rate Controls which users can enter manual tax lines on the transaction for the tax setups that allow this update If the tax configuration has the related options enabled then users can enter manual tax lines on the transaction for the applicable tax Controls the display of the Tax Handling field on the transaction line You use the Tax Handling field to apply and update customer tax exemptions to transactions If you set the eBTax Allow Override of Customer Exemptions p
39. Note 353280 1 Also refer to the Oracle Receivables User Guide for additional information MRC Obsolescence Multiple Reporting Currencies MRC obsolescence involved removing the MRC functionality from the individual subledgers and centralizing it in SLA In the 11i release AR maintained transaction amounts in their respective reporting currencies in its own tables and was able to provide reports for transaction information in MRC currencies by extracting information from the MRC tables In Release 12 the reporting currency functionality is centralized in SLA and SLA stores only accounting amounts in reporting currency and not transaction amounts Therefore the transaction reports run in the context of the primary ledger and do not take into account the secondary ledger and the concept of reporting currencies The transaction reports cannot be run for the reporting ledger because the data for the same is not available in the current data model 23 10 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 24 Oracle Subledger Accounting This chapter covers the following topics Overview Overview Using Oracle Subledger Accounting Out of the Box Using Oracle Subledger Accounting with Oracle E Business Suite Subledgers Using the Oracle Financial Services Accounting Hub Upgrade Modes for Oracle Subledgers Subledger Accounting Postupgrade Process Oracle Subledger Accounting gives user
40. Note that this page along with the page to review selected scheduled payments replace the Modify window step in the AP payment batch A payment instruction is the equivalent of a completed payment batch It contains all the payments to be disbursed New programs can be run or scheduled to create printed or electronic payment instructions Formatting of the payment instruction occurs automatically and does not need to be invoked as a separate process Oracle Payments 18 7 Print Now Confirm Create Positive Pay File Configured on a Payment Process Profile Electronic configured on a Payment Process Profile as the point to mark payments complete Printed occurs when a user records the print status for payments Configured on a Payment Process Profile Oracle Payments offers enhanced printing configuration options on the new payment process profile entity The equivalent of the Release 11i Print Now option is to set the process profile setting to automatically print after formatting The process for confirming payments has been enhanced For an electronic process profile it is possible to set an automatic confirmation point option or allow a manual action to mark payments complete When a payment process results in printed payments the user is guided to an actions page to record the results of printing Payments recorded as successfully printed are then marked complete The process to reprint
41. One payment system account The upgrade creates new routing rules from AR setup Routing rules are created from each receipt class that has an automatic creation method For each of these receipt classes the upgrade creates a routing rule for each combination of the receipt class remittance method its internal bank account and the organization derived from the bank account Bank Account Transfer Processing The process to create bank account transfer files to debit customer or other third party payers bank accounts has changed in Release 12 as part of the integration with Oracle Payments The required setup entities are upgraded for you but it is important for you to understand the new setup and process so you can successfully test the migrated information Setup The setup process starts with creating a format layout in Oracle XML Publisher and linking it to a format definition in Oracle Payments Next a payment system and payment system account must be created in Oracle Payments The payment system must be set to indicate that it supports the capability for bank account transfers The supported format formats must be set here as well The upgrade automatically provides a single payment system Global Payment System which is configured to support the upgraded payment formats Other required setup in Oracle Payments is to create a Funds Capture Process Profile The process profile is linked to the specific payment system account form
42. Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Eastern Countries of Europe ECE For the EMEA countries not using the specific tax calendar the upgrade derive the information required to create the tax calendar from the GL calendar associated with the ledger It is a legal requirement for these countries to complete their VAT reporting as a part of the period closing process The period status has no impact on the VAT upgrade process for countries that did not use the specific tax calendar in Release 11i Reporting Process Changes The VAT allocation rules setup required for Belgium and Portugal are migrated For Belgium each allocation rule defined in Release 11i would result in two new records one with period type as ANNUAL and another with period type as PERIODIC For Portugal VAT Boxes defined in Release 11i are migrated for each and every Financial Document Type defined in Release 12 for the appropriate source AP AR In the case of Italy VAT Register and Document Sequences setup are migrated Allocation and Final Reporting are independent processes in Release 12 During the upgrade only the Final Reported Data is migrated Once the data is marked as finally reported this fact is captured and stored in the E Business Tax repository In Release 11i the Finally Reporting Transactions were maintained in separate country specific tables for the countries that required this feature by
43. Rounding Level defined at Party Tax Profile for any third party or third party sites The Release 11i Tax Codes associated to Vendor Vendor Site Customer and Customer Site will be migrated as Tax Classifications associated to Vendor Vendor Site Customer and Customer Site respectively The Release 11i Registration Type and Tax Registration number will be upgraded in Release 12 as the Default Registration in the Party Tax Profile while the Party Classification GDFs will be upgraded as Party Fiscal Classifications associated with the relevant Party Tax Profile using Trading Community Architecture s TCA Party Classification model Other Release 11i party related Global Descriptive Flexfields GDF used for reporting purposes will be upgraded as reporting codes associated with the relevant Party Tax Profiles in Release 12 Tax Registrations The Release 11i single Tax Registrations at Vendor and Vendor Sites are upgraded in Release 12 as single Tax Reporting Registration Number and Type defined at Party Tax Profile for Vendors and Vendor Sites The Release 11i single Tax Registrations at Customer and Customer Site Uses are upgraded in Release 12 as single Tax Registration defined at Customer and Customer Site Uses levels Tax Registrations defined at HR locations or HR Organization levels in Release 11i are upgraded as Tax Registrations at Party Tax Profile for Legal Establishments Additional Release 12 functionality is available to defi
44. TCA TCA Party Creation for Employees In prior releases employees were defined and linked to a supplier record in order for Oracle Payables to create payments for their expense reports Employees defined in Oracle Human Resources and associated with an Oracle Payables supplier record have existing party information During the upgrade Oracle Payables updates the existing party information to have a party usage of supplier Oracle Payables does not migrate the employee address to the party site in TCA they remain in Oracle Human Resources for data security reasons Migration of Other Supplier Attributes In Release 11i you could record the relationship between a franchise or subsidiary and its parent company by recording a value for the Parent Supplier field in the Suppliers window During the Release 12 upgrade this information is migrated into the party relationships model of TCA Invoice Lines Invoice Lines are introduced as an entity between the invoice header and invoice distributions in order to better match the structure of real world invoice documents and improve the flow of information in the Oracle E Business Suite With the new model the invoice header remains unchanged and continues to store information about the supplier who sent the invoice the invoice attributes and remittance information Invoice lines represent the goods direct or indirect materials service s and or associated tax freight miscellaneous charges invoi
45. Tax Solutions e Order to Cash Global Tax Engine e Procure to Pay Automatic Tax Calculation e Procure to Pay Brazilian Payables Purchasing e General Ledger General Ledger Automatic Tax Calculation A fully automated upgrade will ensure that Oracle customer s current investment in Tax Setup is not lost and the uptake of new features can be made in a way and at a pace that best suits the implementing client The upgrade scripts will automatically create additional tables structures and relationships The main assumptions and upgrade naming strategy detailed below The current features excluding Latin Tax Engine and Withholding Tax will be migrated to the Release 12 E Business Tax however the continual maintenance of the migrated data will be changed All maintenance of Tax Setup will be done through a new E Business Tax user interface based on Oracle Application Framework standards To aid usability in addition to the setup flows in E Business Tax tax setup related to Customers Supplier and Legal Entity has been integrated into the relevant Customer Supplier and Legal Entity maintenance flows In Release 114 the tax code provided the tax calculation services on the transaction line In E Business Tax these services are managed by the tax determination process and make use of the tax setup and tax rules to calculate the tax on the transaction line In keeping with the tax determination model each tax code including the tax
46. The requirement for this field can be met using the EFT format template in Oracle Payments Unique Remittance Identifiers In Release 11i there are several GDFs that support the entry of reference information that gets passed along with a payment in the payment file to assist in reconciling the payment to its invoices In Release 12 the following GDFs are obsolete and the unique remittance identifiers like reference number and check digit can be entered on the invoice in Oracle Payables e Denmark Party ID e Finland Reference Number Check Digit Tax Reference e Norway KID Invoice Number e Switzerland ESR Number Data will be migrated from the GDFs to the new fields on the invoice Country specific validation for the reference numbers will be migrated into the validation module of Oracle Payments Remittance Advice Controls In Release 111 there are country specific tables and profile options that control the frequency and method of creating a remittance advice In Release 12 the following tables and profiles are obsolete and the remittance advice creation is managed by the payment process profile and its remittance controls 17 20 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Settlement Control Germany JE_DE_AR_BATCHES REMIT_BATCH_ID and REMIT_BATCH_NAME Germany JE_DE_AP_BATCHES CHECKRUN_NAME Netherlands JE_NL_EFT_SPECS CHECKRUN_NAME and CHECK_NUMBER Italy AP Payment Compa
47. There are two options that users have in Release 12 e Populate the desired value in the Oracle Payments EFT payment format template e Create the value as a bank instruction on the payment process profile in Oracle Payments The following GDFs and profiles are obsolete in Release 12 e Netherlands EFT Rate Tye and profiles EFT Reference Text Carriage Return e Sweden Sender Code Credit Days Payment Date Accounting Code Sort Option Credit Code Report code Invoice Option Days Credit Memo Valid Oracle Payables 17 19 Payment Text Messaging In Release 11i there are several GDFs that support the entry of text messages to be sent to payees in a payment format In Release 12 the following GDFs and profiles are obsolete and text message fields are available at Oracle Payments payment process profile and payee setup levels as well as at the invoice level in Oracle Payables e Sweden Invoice Information Invoice End Date Invoice Title Amount Header Message Row 1 Message Row 2 e Finland Short Message Line Long Message Line 1 Long Message Line 2 Tax Message Reference Text e Denmark Short Notice Bank Notice Supplier Message e Norway Message to Supplier e Germany Explanation Not all GDFs will migrate to the new functionality in Oracle Payments Invoice End Date will be obsolete in Release 12 Users can remove any message text once they do not want it included in the payment file Amount Header will also become obsolete
48. User Guide This guide describes how to set up and use Oracle Loans It includes information on how to create approve fund amortize bill and service extended repayment plan and direct loans Oracle Partner Management Implementation and Administration Guide This guide helps Vendor administrators to set up and maintain relationships and programs in the Partner Management application The main areas include setting up the partner and channel manager dashboards partner setup partner programs and enrollment opportunity and referral management deal registration special pricing management and partner fund management Oracle Partner Management Vendor User Guide This guide assists vendor users in using Partner Management on a daily basis This includes interaction with the partner and channel manager dashboards working with partners and partner programs managing opportunities and referrals registering deals and working with special pricing and partner funds Oracle Payables User s Guide This guide describes how to use Oracle Payables to create invoices and make payments In addition it describes how to enter and manage suppliers import invoices using the Payables open interface manage purchase order and receipt matching apply holds to invoices and validate invoices It contains information on managing expense reporting procurement cards and credit cards This guide also explains the accounting for Payables transactions x
49. a comprehensive list of profile options that you can set to customize application behavior Oracle Bill Presentment Architecture User s Guide This guide provides you information on using Oracle Bill Presentment Architecture Consult this guide to create and customize billing templates assign a template to a rule and submit print requests This guide also provides detailed information on page references seeded content items and template assignment attributes Oracle Cash Management User Guide This guide describes how to use Oracle Cash Management to clear your receipts as well as reconcile bank statements with your outstanding balances and transactions This manual also explains how to effectively manage and control your cash cycle It provides comprehensive bank reconciliation and flexible cash forecasting Oracle Credit Management User Guide This guide provides you with information on how to use Oracle Credit Management This guide includes implementation steps such as how to set up credit policies as well as details on how to use the credit review process to derive credit recommendations that comply with your credit policies This guide also includes detailed information about the public application programming interfaces APIs that you can use to extend Oracle Credit Management functionality Oracle Customer Data Librarian User Guide This guide describes how to use Oracle Customer Data Librarian to establish and maintain the
50. accounting for deferred expenses For more information refer to the Oracle Subledger Accounting Implementation Guide Oracle Global Accounting Engine 11 3 12 Overview Itemization Oracle Internet Expenses This chapter covers the following topics e Overview e Itemization e Integration with Oracle Payments e Global Per Diem and Mileage e Expense Allocations e Expense Report Export Invoice Creation e Integration with Oracle E Business Tax e Obsolete Functionality Some features that were not included in 11 5 10 CU2 were released in OIE K For users upgrading to Release 12 from OIE K and above the upgrade functionality includes integration with Oracle Payments expense report creation invoice creation and integration with Oracle E Business Tax In Release 12 a data model change supports creation of a parent line when itemizing an expense line After the upgrade to Release 12 the expenses entry and audit management business process flows are impacted After the upgrade to Release 12 end users will access itemization from the Credit Card and Cash and Other Details pages as opposed to an Itemization button on the Credit Card and Cash and Other multi row pages The Details page now automatically launches itemization when itemization is required for expenses For expenses that do not require itemization this page lets users itemize expense lines using the Itemize Oracle Internet Expenses 12 1 button Receipt
51. all 24 2 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 accounting since the earliest final reported transaction date The following table shows the upgrade mode for each subledger Subledger Upgrade Mode Payables Partial upgrade Receivables Partial upgrade Assets Partial upgrade Cost Management includes Purchasing and Partial upgrade Inventory Projects Partial upgrade Global Accounting Engine Full upgrade Loans Full upgrade Processing Manufacturing No upgrade Cash Management No upgrade Property Management No upgrade Federal Public Sector No upgrade Subledger Accounting Postupgrade Process This section describes the SLA postupgrade process You can run the SLA postupgrade process to upgrade existing data at any time after the upgrade Review the following sections and your existing requirements to plan your postupegrade strategy Oracle Subledger Accounting Considerations To avoid a long downtime period the user can choose to upgrade only a subset of the accounting data if for example historical data do not need to be permanently available for daily operations This decision has a direct impact on hardware resources because Oracle Subledger Accounting 24 3 less data requires less storage space During normal business operations however some situations may require historical data to be available For example if the user needs to reverse an old invoice Oracle S
52. any payments that failed to print correctly has been separated from the recording process to make it easier to use and secure This is now supported as an XML Publisher format template so it can be easily modified or replaced with a different template 18 8 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Print Final Register Print Remittance Advice Payment Instruction Register format and submission configured on a Payment Process Profile Separate Remittance Advice format and settings configured on a Payment Process Profile This new report can be set to run automatically when the payment instruction is complete Or it can be submitted later on Note that the report is provided as an XML Publisher format template so it can be easily modified or replaced with a different template This format is now supported as an XML Publisher format template so it can be easily modified or replaced with a different template Delivery methods can vary and be set per supplier or at the process profile Payment Process Request Submission In Release 113 there is certain information you specify on the payment batch when submitting the process There are some important differences to some of this information e Bank Account Payables has renamed this field Disbursement Bank Account In Release 111 it is a required field on the payment batch In Release 12 this field
53. as invoice payments from Oracle Payables bank account transfers from Oracle Cash Management and settlements against credit cards and bank accounts from Oracle Receivables This guide also describes to the Payment Administrator how to monitor the funds capture and funds disbursement processes as well as how to remedy any errors that may arise Oracle Procurement Buyer s Guide to Punchout and Transparent Punchout This guide contains necessary information for customers implementing remote catalog content on a supplier s Web site or on Oracle Exchange Oracle Procurement Contracts Online Help This guide is provided as online help only from the Oracle Procurement Contracts application and includes information about creating and managing your contract terms library Oracle Procurement Contracts Implementation and Administration Guide This guide describes how to set up and administer Oracle Procurement Contracts Oracle Procurement Contracts enables employees to author and maintain complex contracts through a self service Web interface Oracle Public Sector Financials User Guide This guide describes how to set up and administer Oracle Public Sector Advanced Features It describes Encumbrance Reconciliation Reports GASB 34 35 Asset Accounting and Funds Available Enhancements Oracle Purchasing User s Guide This guide describes how to create and approve purchasing documents including requisitions different types of purchase order
54. common chart of accounts These ledgers may have different settings for secondary segment tracking or for the cost center tracking profile option The gain loss account templates for revaluation sets have been updated to only have a non updateable field for the balancing segment all other segments require a segment value This makes the revaluation set equally usable for all ledgers regardless of how they track revaluation During the upgrade revaluation sets will keep the same gain loss account templates as originally defined Where there are non balancing segments that are missing an account value in the templates it is not possible for the system to assign appropriate account values In Release 12 however the system requires all segments except the balancing segment in the templates to contain values so users will need to enter values for these segments prior to running revaluations with the upgraded templates The non balancing segments that require attention applies to users who satisfy the following conditions e Users have multiple sets of books in Release 111 e The sets of books share the same chart of accounts e The sets of books are configured with different settings for the revaluation option for secondary segment tracking e Users want to run revaluation for upgraded sets of books that did not have the secondary segment tracking enabled for revaluation in Release 11i Statistical Report Level Currency for Financial Stateme
55. country specific lookups for payment reasons will be migrated to Oracle Payments payment reasons and data in invoice GDFs will be migrated to the new columns on the invoice entities e Belgium IBLC IBLC Code e Denmark Import Code Import Code Specification e Netherlands Payment Category Code Payment Nature Goods Code e Norway Declaration Code Declaration Desc e Poland Insurance Premium Type Oracle Payables 17 17 Sweden Federal Reserve Code Settlement and File Directory Controls In Release 11i there are a number of GDFs and profile options that control settlement and various aspects of payment formatting including file directories In Release 12 the following GDFs and profiles are obsolete and the features are handled as indicated Austria Denmark and all countries that use Oracle e Commerce Gateway for electronic file delivery Input File Path Output File Path upgraded to Oracle Payments payment process profiles Finland Illegal Characters Legal Replacement Characters migrated to Oracle Payments payment formatting Netherlands EFT Directory Payment Separation and Invoice Compression profiles upgraded to Oracle Payments payment process profiles payment formatting and payment building no data upgraded for the grouping feature however compression logic is upgraded Norway Path for payment file Last Sequence Number Last Num Sent to BBS Trans Seq Num Seq Control and profile SigNet config fil upgraded t
56. cycles and metrics for ranking and selecting projects for a project portfolio Oracle Project Resource Management User Guide This guide provides you with information on how to use Oracle Project Resource Management It includes information about staffing scheduling and reporting on project resources Oracle Grants Accounting Documentation Oracle Grants Accounting User Guide This guide provides you with information about how to implement and use Oracle xxvii Grants Accounting Use this guide to understand the implementation steps required for application use including defining award types award templates allowed cost schedules and burden set up This guide also explains how to use Oracle Grants Accounting to track grants and funded projects from inception to final reporting Oracle Property Manager Documentation Oracle Property Manager User Guide Use this guide to learn how to use Oracle Property Manager to create and administer properties space assignments and lease agreements Oracle Property Manager Implementation Guide Use this guide to learn how to implement Oracle Property Manager and perform basic setup steps such as setting system options and creating lookup codes contacts milestones grouping rules term templates and a location hierarchy This guide also describes the setup steps that you must complete in other Oracle applications before you can use Oracle Property Manager Integration Repository The O
57. difference is the phone number will each create a new supplier contact in TCA Since the site contact records are migrated after the supplier sites have been converted into addresses the new contacts will automatically be associated to the appropriate supplier addresses Thus like Supplier Sites it is advised that customers review their existing Site Contact records for each supplier and eliminate any unnecessary discrepancies prior to the upgrade To assist with this effort Oracle has provided a Supplier Site Contact Upgrade Preparation query for Releases 111 9 and 117 10 which will highlight supplier site contacts that are considered similar These queries will be available as 111 9 and 117 10 patches that you can download through your My Oracle Support account The query will provide a list of all site contact records by supplier that share matching First Name and Last Name but have different site contact details Once you ve identified distinct site contacts that represent the same supplier contact you will need to determine which site contact has the correct details and then update the other site contact records to match it Then the next time you run the report the site contact records should no longer appear in the results This will result in the upgrade creating a single supplier contact person which will be referenced by multiple supplier site contacts Supplier Address Change Requests In previous releases pending new addres
58. drive the Regime usages for its corresponding OU Configuration Owner Other Taxes will be created for each qualifier of the Sales Tax Key Flexfield such as STATE COUNTY and CITY The location values will be upgraded into the Trading Community Architecture TCA Geography model as legislative geography elements such as STATE COUNTY CITY and POSTAL CODES as well as TAX ZONES to cover ZIP code ranges or groups of ZIP ranges with the same GEO code The upgrade will automatically create Tax Jurisdictions for each Tax Zone within the context of a Regime and Tax For each of these Tax Jurisdictions the upgrade will create a Tax Jurisdiction Rate with a percentage rate associated with the relevant tax Regime Tax Tax Status STANDARD and Tax Jurisdiction Defaulting Hierarchy Release 11i defaulting hierarchy from AR AP PO and Project Accounting PA system options are upgraded as Tax Classification Code defaulting hierarchy in Application Tax Options for each OU and application product Tax Groups with Conditions Constraints and Exceptions In Release 111 the user can define Constraints at the Tax Group level and Conditions and Exceptions for each tax code included in the group It is however very difficult to interpret the user s intention and create rules based on conditions and exceptions since different Tax Codes can be migrated to one single tax the same tax code can appear multiple times in multiple tax group definitions and conflicti
59. for Receivables Credit Transactions In Release 117 when an applied Credit Memo is created users can specify different percentages of lines and taxes to be credited In Release 12 the user is no longer allowed to credit different percentages of Line and Tax as this creates issues with taxable amount derivation and maximum tax threshold calculation It also does not allow the user to specify the tax being affected Hence if a different percentage of Line and Tax is entered an error is raised as Oracle E Business Tax cannot determine the tax that needs to be credited Compounding precedence on AR Tax Lines user interfaces In Release 11i users can access tax related forms from both the header and lines forms in the Transaction Workbench On the header form the Tax button and corresponding menu option Tools Tax both currently open the Tax Summary Detail form initially in summary mode The summary form displays each tax code along with the total tax calculated for this transaction by that tax code If compound taxes are enabled then the codes are shown in order of precedence and the amounts reflect the compound calculations In Release 12 the Receivables Tax form is obsolete E Business Tax has introduced Detail Tax Lines Window See the E Business Tax User Guide for details of this new window This form displays the tax attributes along with the tax amount calculated for each item line The tax precedence is NOT shown on Detail Tax
60. hold this payment file information are held at payment format level and at internal bank account level You could enter payment format information in two places The first used for Germany Netherlands Norway Sweden and Switzerland is the EFT System Information window accessed from the main menu The second used by Finland is a window accessed from the AP Payment Formats window the Payment Format EFT Details window Denmark is the only country that has GDFs at the bank account level In Release 12 the following Global Descriptive Flexfields are obsolete e Denmark Sender Identification Communication Agreement User Name Password UBT Number e Finland EDI Identifier EFT User Number Exchange Rate Contract Number e Germany LZB Area Number Company Number e Netherlands Trader Number Business Sector e Norway Customer ID Agreement ID NIF Value Division Operator Number Password e Sweden Customer Number e Switzerland Company TELEKURS ID Department TELEKURS ID Company PTT File ID During the upgrade Oracle Payments will create one Payment System record for each bank and a corresponding Payment System Account and its attributes for values formerly supported by the GDFs Payment File Formatting In Release 11i some GDFs and profile options for Netherlands and Sweden set a value at implementation time then include that value in each formatted payment file to the bank The values are not migrated during the upgrade
61. in RTF or PDF format to produce a variety of outputs to meet a variety of business needs Outputs include PDF HTML Excel RTF and eText for EDI and EFT transactions Oracle XML Publisher can be used to generate reports based on existing Oracle E Business Suite report data or you can use Oracle XML Publisher s data extraction engine to build your own queries Oracle XML Publisher also provides a robust set of APIs to manage delivery of your reports via e mail fax secure FTP printer WebDav and more This guide describes how to set up and administer Oracle XML Publisher as well as how to use the Application Programming Interface to build custom solutions This guide is available through the Oracle E Business Suite online help Oracle E Business Suite Upgrade Guide Release 12 0 and 12 1 to 12 2 This guide provides information for DBAs and Applications Specialists who are responsible for upgrading Release 12 0 and 12 1 Oracle E Business Suite system techstack and products to Release 12 2 In addition to information about applying the upgrade driver it outlines pre upgrade steps and post upgrade steps and provides descriptions of product specific functional changes and suggestions for verifying the upgrade and reducing downtime Oracle Advanced Global Intercompany System User s Guide xvii xviii This guide describes the self service application pages available for Intercompany users It includes information on setting up intercomp
62. introduces a new Payables and Receivables Netting solution intended to consolidate and improve the functionality to create one total netting solution built into the standard applications 7 4 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Only setup from Contra Charging in Oracle Financials for Europe and Receivables and Payables Netting in Oracle U S Federal Financials are upgraded The following sections describe the way in which setup related to the netting features in Release 11i are migrated to Release 12 Netting Agreements The existing Customer and Supplier relationships are preserved and new entities known as Netting Agreements are created during the upgrade Default values or naming schemes are used to populate any incomplete information Users can change these defaults after the upgrade as and when required For example the priority level of the netting parties is set to 1 The netting agreement name is generated from the customer identifier and name During the upgrade the suppliers and customers having the same name and VAT registration identifiers become candidates for trading partners in a netting agreement Transaction Types When netting agreements are created by the upgrade process all receivables transaction types of invoice credit memo debit memo and charge back are included in the netting agreements so that transactions of each of these types can be considered for netting
63. is optional Oracle Payments has features that allow the defaulting or user assignment of the disbursement bank account during the payment process However if you wish to select invoices and indicate that they should all be paid from the specified bank account then you can continue to provide this information at submission e Document Payables has renamed this field Payment Document In Release 11i this field is required In Release 12 a payment document is only required if the payments are to be printed for example checks It is possible to configure a payment process profile for printing and indicate the payment document to be used with that process profile When this is done you can select the Payment Process Profile to use and the Payment Document value will automatically populate e Payment Method In Release 11i this field is required It is only possible to create a payment batch for invoices with the same payment method In Release 12 this field is now optional and has become an invoice selection criterion Oracle Payments 18 9 Changes to Setup Most of the setup related to payment processing has been removed from Payables and replaced in the new central Oracle Payments setup entities The following table provides a mapping for these changes From AP Entity Financials Options Payment Method field Financials Options Pay Alone field Payables Options Bank Account field Payables Options EFT User N
64. is set to Yes during the upgrade Customers should analyze current customizations in the workflow setup If the requirement is to use the rules in workflow for generating code combinations for asset transactions there are two options Re implement the custom rules in Subledger Accounting 1 2 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Use the workflow rules as they are which is the default value upon upgrade e Journal Source and Journal Category setups have been removed from the Book Controls setup form This setup has moved to Subledger Accounting e Depreciation Expense Account and the Bonus Expense Account for all category and book combinations in the Asset Category setup form have been upgraded from a single segment account value to entire account combinations e The intercompany account setup in Book Controls form has been replaced by Intercompany Intracompany setup in Accounting Setups Note In Release 12 the Intercompany setups will be maintained at the ledger level The upgrade will update the existing Intercompany setup at book level to ledger level e Users will need to run Create Accounting instead of Create Journal Entries e Users will need to run Calculate Deferred Depreciation and then Create Accounting instead of Create Deferred Depreciation Journal Entries The following lists those features that are obsolete in Release 12 or replaced by another feature e The
65. niian cei ie eis e ea a ea a a a pE eE EN a rei 3 9 Seeded Formula for Standard Taxable Basis and Tax Calculation 0 0 00c ccccceceeceeeee eee 3 9 Receivables Tax Calculation Flag on Transaction Types Changed Usage 0 008 3 10 Different Credit Percentages for Tax and Line for Receivables Credit Transactions 3 10 Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration Changes 0 c cccccesseesee sees eeneeeeeeeeeeeeneeeneeees 3 11 Fax Profile Upprad eric sci ciieies a a Ma adai ei ea a her ia eae a ee 3 25 UK Reverse Charge VAT 2c gis dis etna a aisha adit eaeeiiy ative eecdiee 3 26 Oracle Financials Common Country Features DIA t PE E ae lea ee A E E E 4 1 Oracle Financials for the Americas BY 1 Ke OE EE er ek Soe EE OEL E EE E EAEE DIAE E EE o N EP T PRT S A ENEA 5 1 Oracle Financials for Asia Pacific Detailne ortine ee a a oe aide ce abate do aaa 6 1 Oracle Financials Common Modules Ov ryieW isina ia eT AE genes a a aaae ea a aaa aa 7 1 Advanced Global Intercompany System se nssiesisensstiseisrintisstnsrinrintrnstnnrisrinnrnnrnntrerennr ent 7 1 Payables and Receivables Netting snsssesnsnsrisiertrsrinrintrnstnsrnsrinrrnntnnrnnrnnsrnnrnsrnnrnnsrnnen nee 7 4 Oracle Financials for Europe Ov rvieWaie eenaa a lige ica iid rain a 8 1 EMEA VAT Reporting ics penie a a aa a aiaa ia sv eE a AE RE 8 1 Format Mapping isoro aa a E AD aT aAA eA iea a aain 8 6 Oracle Financials for
66. obsolete The following segments are replaced by named columns GAI Federal Reserve Code by AP_INVOICES_INTERFACE PAYMENT _REASON_ID GA2 Express Payment by AP_INVOICES_INTERFACE SETTLEME NT_PRIORITY GA3 Future Contract Postgiro is obsolete GA1 ESR Number is replaced by named column AP_INVOICES_ALL UNIQUE_REMITTANC E_IDENTIFER JG_AP_REPORTING_ENTITIES Feature Area Description of Change B 26 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Reporting Entity Information JE PT APXTRDRE TAX_INFO The following segments are replaced by named columns GAIL Tax Office Location by HZ_LOCATIONS CITY GA2 Tax Office Code by HZ_LOCATIONS ADDRESS_LINE_3 GAB3 Tax Office Number by HZ_LOCATIONS ADDRESS_LINE_2 GA4 SIC Code by XLE_ENTITY_PROFILES ACTIVITY_CO DE and XLE_ETB_PROFILES ACTIVITY_CODE JG_AP_SYSTEM_PARAMETERS Feature Area Italian Additional Information JE IT APXCUMSP SYS_PARAMETER Netherlands Additional Information JE NL APXCUMSP SYS_PARAMETER Description of Change GA1 EXEMPTION_LIMIT_TAX_TAG is obsolete GA1 EFT_PAYMENT_SEPARATION is obsolete JG_AP_TAX_CODES Feature Area Additional Swiss Tax Code Information JE CH APXTADTC TAX_INFO Additional Tax Information JE CZ APXTADTC TAX_ORIGIN Description of Change GAI Tax Regime is replaced by named columns ZX_TAXES_B TAX and Z
67. of Books form in Release 11i Reporting Sets of Books with Disabled Relationships to a Primary Set of Books In Release 11i if you disabled a reporting set of books relationship to its primary set of books that reporting set of books will still be upgraded as a disabled reporting currency 10 12 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 assigned to the upgraded primary ledger This will ensure that historical information is retained Reporting Sets of Books with Translated Currencies In Release 11i if you performed currency translation in a reporting set of books then the translated balances will upgrade to balance level reporting currencies in Release 12 After upgrade you can continue to run translation for these balance level reporting currencies but you will not be able to translate to new currencies Also you will not be able to update the currency translation options for these balance level reporting currencies such as the period end rate type period average rate type and cumulative translation adjustment account Reporting Set of Books with Inconsistent Journal Conversion Rules In Release 11i the journal conversion rules defined for a reporting set of books provided instructions to the General Ledger Posting program on converting specific journal sources to a reporting currency Typically journals from MRC enabled subledger sources should not be converted using journal convers
68. only has one check box to enable the secondary tracking segment for revaluation and closing and translation For upgrade cases Oracle will preserve the Release 11i settings However when you update the ledger options for upgraded ledgers the Track by Secondary Segment check box may or may not be checked but your Release 11i settings will be preserved behind the scenes The following describes when the Track by Secondary Segment check box will be checked after the upgrade e If Secondary Tracking was enabled for both Revaluation and Closing and Translation in Release 111 then the single check box will be checked in Release 12 and secondary tracking will continue to perform for all three features e If Secondary Tracking was enabled for Closing and Translation but not for Revaluation in Release 11i then the check box will be checked in Release 12 Behind the scenes secondary tracking will be off for Revaluation e If Secondary Tracking was enabled for Revaluation only in Release 11i then the 10 4 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 check box will not be checked in Release 12 Behind the scenes secondary tracking will continue to be supported for Revaluation e If Secondary Tracking is not enabled at all in Release 111 then it also will not be enabled in Release 12 In Release 11i the secondary tracking segment setting of the primary set of books is independent of its reporti
69. replaced by named column AP_INVOICES_INTERFACE PAYMENT_RE ASON_ID Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration B 23 Invoice Reference Number JE FLAPXIISIM KKL_VIITE Invoice Reference Text JE FILAPXIISIM VAPAA_VITE Netherlands EFT Information JE NL APXIISIM FOREIGN The following segments are replaced by named columns GA1 JEFI_REFERENCE_NO by AP_INVOICES_ALL UNIQUE_REMITT ANCE_IDENTIFIER GA2 JEFI_REFERENCE_CHECK by AP_INVOICES_ALL URI_CHECK_DIGI T GA1 JEFI_REFERENCE_TEXT is replaced by AP_INVOICES_INERFACE REMITTANCE_ MESSAGEI1 The following segments are replaced by named columns GA1 Payment Category Code is replaced by AP_INVOICES_ALL PAYMENT_REASO N_ID GA10 Goods Code by AP_INVOICES_ALL PAYMENT_REASO N_COMMENTS GA11 Payment Nature by AP_INVOICES_ALL PAYMENT_REASO N_COMMENTS B 24 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Norwegian EFT Information The following segments are replaced by JE NO APXIISIM NORWAY named columns GAI Invoice Number by AP_INVOICES_INTERFACE UNIQUE_R EMITTANCE_IDENTIFER GAZ2 Declaration Code by AP_INVOICES_ALL PAYMENT_REASO N_ID GA3 Declaration Desc by AP_INVOICES_ALL PAYMENT_REASO N_COMMENTS GA4 Urgency Called by AP_INVOICES ALL SETTLEMENT_PRI ORITY GAS Message to Supplier by AP_INVOICES_INTERFACE REMITTAN CE_MESSAGE1 Slovak Invoice Interface Information GAI Tax Da
70. required is enforced at the parent level The Credit Card and Cash and Other multi row pages no longer display the itemized personal expenses table Itemized personal lines are viewable in the Details page A summary total is viewable on the Review and Confirmation pages When itemization exists this page displays only a read only parent expense line for itemized expenses Parent lines are created using the first itemized child line as a model There is also impact on the audit expense report flow after the upgrade to Release 12 Payables personnel are presented with a new visual representation of receipts and corresponding itemizations for better clarity A Details button allows drill down to the Details page and further itemization if required Payables personnel can now itemize expenses or modify itemizations through this Details page which is enabled using function security Integration with Oracle Payments In Release 12 Oracle Internet Expenses integrates with the centralized credit card data model provided by Oracle Payments Please refer to the Oracle Payments chapter of this document for details Global Per Diem and Mileage In Release 12 the global Per Diem and Mileage feature is updated to provide additional support for complex per diem and mileage calculations and to provide adequate support for statutory regulations especially in the Nordic countries The user interface is updated to capture information that accurately generate
71. tax jurisdiction codes will be created using the following strategy Tax Regime lt Code of Country of Operating Unit gt SALES_TAX lt Location Structure ID gt For example US SALES TAX 101 Tax lt Location Segment Qualifier gt For example STATE Tax Status Code STANDARD Tax Rate Code STANDARD Tax Jurisdiction Code For Vertex lt First two character of Geography Type gt lt rates attribute 1 gt For example ST 05000000 CI 050811900 For State level Tax Jurisdictions Oracle E Business Tax 3 3 For Manual Data substrb geo geography_type 1 2 substrb UPPER loc location_segment_user_valu e 1 21 1 substrb rates from_postal_code 1 5 For example ST CA 90000 00 For County Level lt CO substrb geo geography_element2_code 1 2 substrb UPPER loc location_segment_user_value 1 21 1 27 For example CI CA REDWOOD CITY 94065 00 For State level Tax Jurisdictions lt First two character of Geography Type gt lt first 14 characters of Location Segment User Value in capitals gt lt jurisdiction id of rate e g ST CA 11735 For City Level CI lsubstrb geo geography_element2_code 1 2 I substrb UPPER loc location_segment_user_value 1 12 lsubstrb rates from_postal_code 1 5 lrates attribute1 For example CI CA REDWOOD CITY 94065 00 Tax Jurisdiction Code for Override Jurisdictions City override Jurisdict
72. the entry of information in the payment file about who should bear the cost of bank fees for a payment Presently this feature is used by the following countries Austria Belgium Denmark Finland Germany Netherlands Norway and Sweden If you are not operating in these countries you can disregard this section The Japan Bank Charge feature implemented in Oracle Payables did not change in Release 12 Oracle Payables 17 15 In Release 11i GDFs that hold bank charge bearer information are held at the supplier site Denmark is the only country that has GDFs at the bank account level which then defaults to invoices in both the invoice interface and the invoices tables In Release 12 the following Global Descriptive Flexfields are obsolete During the upgrade Oracle Payments will migrate the bank charge bearer information from the GDFs to bank charge bearer information stored on the payer and payee entities and optionally the AP invoice e Austria Bank Charge Code e Belgium Foreign Payment Cost Code e Germany Charge Code e Finland Bank Expense Code e Netherlands Domestic Costs Code Correspondent s Costs Code e Norway Norwegian Cost Foreign Cost e Sweden Payment Expense Code e Denmark Settlement Code Bank Information and Instructions In Release 11i there are a number of GDFs that support the entry of information about the bank where the disbursement bank account is held as well as payment instruction information speci
73. the setup of common Payables options that must be used across all operating units If a conflict exists in the common settings across multiple operating units during the upgrade process then the option will be set to the most frequently occurring setting Oracle Applications will not automatically create security profiles during the Release 12 upgrade If you want to implement Multiple Organizations Access Control define the security profiles and then link them to responsibilities or users manually Oracle Public Sector Financials International 20 3 Obsolescence and Replacement of Features The following Oracle Public Sector Financials International Release 11i features are obsolete in Release 12 e Extended Dunning Letter Charges The Extended Dunning Letter Charges feature is replaced by the Late Charges feature in Oracle Receivables e Modified Historic Accounting The Modified Historic Accounting feature is replaced by the Inflation Accounting for Assets feature in Assets 20 4 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 21 Oracle Purchasing Details The details of the functional upgrade impact for this product are included in the Oracle E Business Suite Upgrade Guide Release 11i to Release 12 Oracle Purchasing 21 1 22 Oracle Sourcing Details The details of the functional upgrade impact for this product are included in the Oracle E Business Suite Upgrad
74. to Release 12 2 Oracle Cash Management Details The details of the functional upgrade impact for this product are included in the Oracle E Business Suite Upgrade Guide Release 11i to Release 12 Oracle Cash Management 2 1 3 Overview Oracle E Business Tax This chapter covers the following topics Overview Migration Naming Convention Data Ownership of Upgraded Data Location Based Tax Upgrade Defaulting Hierarchy Tax Groups with Conditions Constraints and Exceptions Upgrade of Tax Recovery Tax Overrides Party Tax Information Tax Registrations Tax Exemptions Tax Transaction Upgrade Seeded Formula for Standard Taxable Basis and Tax Calculation Receivables Tax Calculation Flag on Transaction Types Changed Usage Different Credit Percentages for Tax and Line for Receivables Credit Transactions Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration Changes Tax Profile Upgrade UK Reverse Charge VAT The new Oracle E Business Tax product in Release 12 will cover standard procure to pay and order to cash transaction taxes with the exception of withholding Oracle E Business Tax 3 1 taxes those taxes handled by the Latin Tax Engine solution and India transaction taxes E Business Tax is an application based on a single point solution for managing transaction based tax and it uniformly delivers tax services to all E Business Suite business flows through one application interface It replaces the following Release 11i
75. upgrade is run for a large volume of data the impact on overall system performance may be an important consideration e A downtime upgrade can process a large volume of data in a more efficient way The length of the downtime period however increases as the volume of data increases Oracle Subledger Accounting 24 5 29 Oracle Trading Community Architecture Details The details of the functional upgrade impact for this product are included in the Oracle E Business Suite Upgrade Guide Release 11i to Release 12 Oracle Trading Community Architecture 25 1 26 Overview Oracle Treasury This chapter covers the following topics e Overview e Bank Account Migration to Cash Management e Bank Account Balance Migration to Cash Management In Release 12 a common data model and common user interface for creation and maintenance of banks bank branches and internal bank accounts is provided in Cash Management Prior to Release 12 if the same internal bank account was used by different applications such as Treasury and Payables it had to be defined separately in each application which created fragmented data In Release 12 an internal bank account that is intended for use by different applications can be created just once in the centralized Cash Management function and then used in any application or a select group of applications as specified by the user Similarly in Release 12 a common data model and common user inte
76. used but handles rules about how data is grouped transmitted reported and so on The upgrade transforms the Release 11i payment formats supported in various Oracle applications into these entities Oracle Payables setup entities related to payment formats have become obsolete as they are effectively replaced by the new Oracle Payments setup The following AP entities are obsolete in release 12 e Automatic Payment Programs e Payment Formats 18 2 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Secure Payment Data Repository Oracle Payments serves as a payment data repository on top of the Trading Community Architecture TCA data model This common repository for payment data provides improved data security by allowing central encryption management and masking control of payment instrument information The upgrade moves party information into TCA The party s payment information and all payment instruments such as credit cards and bank accounts are moved into Oracle Payments Party payment information moves from entities like customers students and Global Descriptive Flexfields and is created as a payer record in Oracle Payments linked to the party Party payment information moves from entities like suppliers and Global Descriptive Flexfields and is created as a payee record in Oracle Payments again linked to the party Third party customer and supplier bank accounts and credit car
77. 0 if the same supplier location is used across three Operating Units and each Supplier Site has the exact same location details then the Upgrade will update the three Supplier Sites to use a single new address record Address1 in figure 1 If however the Supplier Site in one of the Operating Units has details that are similar but not exactly the same as the other two sites then two unique address records will be created Address1 and Address1a in figure 2 14 2 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 figure 1 Matching Supplier Sites figure 2 Similar Supplier Sites Therefore prior to the upgrade it is critically important to review and cleanup your supplier site details across all of your operating units in order to prevent the creation of redundant supplier address records The purpose of the review will be to eliminate the differences between all supplier sites that are similar and in fact represent the same supplier location To assist with this effort Oracle is providing the following Supplier Site Upgrade Preparation queries for Releases 117 9 and 117 10 to enable you to identify supplier sites that appear to be similar These queries will be available as 117 9 and 11i 10 patches that you can download through your My Oracle Support account The queries will provide the following e By supplier a list of all existing site records that share matching site names but have d
78. 12 Columbia AR Tax Codes Debit Account Tax Configuration Reporting Code Tax Rates Rate Details gt Tax Reporting Codes Region AR Tax Codes Tax Code Tax Configuration Reporting Code Classification Tax Rates Rate Details gt Tax Reporting Codes Region HR Locations Primary ID Number Parties gt Party Tax Default Reporting Profile gt Update gt Registration Number Tax Registrations HR Locations Primary ID Not Exposed in UI N A Number Primary ID Valid Digit AR Release 11i Release 12 Entity GDF Segment User Interface Prompt AR Invoice Lines Fiscal Classification Products Product Classification Code Classifications Type Code Inventory linked AR Invoice Lines Fiscal Classification Products Product Classification Code Classifications Non Type Code Inventory AR Memo Lines Fiscal Classification Products Product Classification Code Classifications Type Code Inventory linked AR Memo Lines Fiscal Classification Products Product Classification Code Classifications Non Type Code Inventory Oracle E Business Tax 3 15 Czech Republic Greece AR Tax Codes Print Tax Line Tax Configuration Reporting Code Tax Rates Rate Details gt Tax Reporting Codes Region AR Tax Codes Tax Category Tax Configuration Tax Taxes HR Locations Primary ID Not Exposed in UI N A Number Primary ID Valid Digit AR Inventory Items Fiscal Classification Products Product Classification Code Classifications Ty
79. 2 1 Integration with Oracle Payments s ss nesnssissisrinstrsrierinsrnsrnsrininsrnntnsrrnensrnntnsrnnrennrnne 12 2 Global Per Diem and Mileage ipi isiingie deran eaaa teadid diasbedain ai ni3 12 2 Expense Allocations tiaia aa a eraai aaeei ari daa tastes 12 3 Expense Report Export Invoice Creation ss sssssinsssiistissinstnsrnntissrnrtnsrnntissinrinnrnnern nent 12 3 Integration with Oracle E Business TaXx nessssiseissiietissintissritierinrissinnrinrinrinsrnnrrsreneennt 12 4 Obsolete Functionality icini nh a a a e wegeaddeetie Mineeenee 12 4 Oracle iProcurement OA A A A E T E E A EE E O A E EEE EE iuaaes 13 1 Catalog Agreement Management ss nssesineisssintisstiissrintistinrtrnrintisrinttininrisrinnrrnrene rnes 13 1 Content Security cccisccccccsicietseieits ccctesacd eepedsadiectinas cactigasne tens icadteeadaeseeciee ite earneaiad eoaedaaeeneenait ccs 13 2 Oracle iSupplier Portal OW CLVICW ideal adapta tes AAA aA EAA AAi EAE aA AAAA EAA ENIRA ANAT 14 1 Suppliers in Trading Community Architecture ss neeeeneenseiieneireissinensnntnssinrennreneennn 14 1 Supplier Address Change Requests 0 c cccsceesceeeeeee eens eens ese eeeeseseesseeeneesseeeeeennensae 14 4 Supplier Contact Change Requests 00ccccccecceee eens ceee cence eee eenesesesseesneessesseeennensaee 14 5 Supplier Bank Account Change Requests c cece ee ee teeter seer eseeeteneeeeeesereeenneet
80. 7 27 Options forms to a new setup form that is common for Oracle Payables across all operating units the Payables System Setup form If the upgrade finds conflicts in the settings across multiple operating units it will choose the most frequently occurring setting Oracle Applications will not automatically create security profiles during the Release 12 upgrade If you want to use Multiple Organizations Access Control you will first need to define security profiles then link them to responsibilities or users 17 28 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 18 Oracle Payments This chapter covers the following topics Overview Overview Advanced and Highly Configurable Formatting and Validations Framework Secure Payment Data Repository Improved Electronic Transmission Capability Oracle Payables Impact Oracle Receivables Impact Oracle iPayment Impact In Release 12 the Oracle E Business Suite introduces Oracle Payments a highly configurable and robust engine to disburse and receive payments In addition to new features Oracle Payments offers functionality previously released as Oracle iPayment which becomes obsolete with Release 12 Advanced and Highly Configurable Formatting and Validations Framework Oracle Payments provides a new formatting solution based on standard XML technology In previous releases payment formats required creation in proprietary Oracle repo
81. 8 10 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 features in this payments area also move to Oracle Payments Some of the key areas of impact are Payee Configuration a payee is defined for each entity in the deploying company that will process payments typically only one setup is needed for the enterprise The payee configuration holds various processing options that are used to handle transactions In Release 11i AR linked each receipt class with an automatic creation method to the Oracle iPayment Payee This is changed in Release 12 Now operating units are assigned to the payee This helps ensure consistent payment processing across the applications The upgrade assigns operating units to the payee based on existing transactions in AR Payment Methods each transaction requires a payment method to indicate how it should be handled in the funds capture process In Oracle Receivables this payment method is specified on a receipt class defined with an automatic creation method Note that in the receipt class setup AR has changed its Release 11i payment method term to be called receipt method Processing Rules rules for processing electronic funds capture transactions are held in a key entity called the Funds Capture Process Profile Users can configure as many of these process profiles as they need for their payment processes Each profile holds the configuration for how to format and transmi
82. AP_INVOICES_ALL BANK_CHARGE_B EARER GA20 JEDK_EDI_PAYMENT_CATEGORY by AP_INVOICES_ALL PAYMENT_METH OD Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration B 19 Additional Invoice Information JE CZ APXINWKB INVOICE_INFO Additional Invoice Information JELHU APXINWKB TAX_DATE Additional Invoice Information for France JE FR APXINWKB TAX_RULE Additional Information for Spanish Invoices JE ES APXINWKB INVOICE_INFO Additional Tax Information JE PL APXINWKB INVOICE_INFO Slovak Additional Invoice Information JE SSK APXINWKB INVOICE_INFO Social Insurance Information JE PL APXINWKB INSURANCE_INFO The following segments are obsolete GA2 VAT_REGISTER_TRX GAS Data Type GA6 Constant Symbol GAT Specific Symbol GA1 TAX_DATE is replaced by ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS TAX_INVOICE_ DATE GA3 IMPORT_DOC_NUM is replaced by ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS TAX_INVOICE_ NUMBER GAI Tax Date is replaced by ZX_LINES_ DET _FACTORS TAX_INVOICE _ DATE GA1 Deduction Tax Rule is replaced by ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS DOCUMENT_SU B_TYPE The following segments are obsolete GA1 Invoice Type GA2 Modelo 349 Correction Year GA3 Modelo 349 Correction Period GA2 VAT_REGISTER is replaced by ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS TAX_INVOICE_ DATE GAI Tax Date is replaced by ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS TAX_INVOICE _ DATE GA1 Insurance Premium Type is replaced by AP_INVOICES_ALL PAYMENT_ REASON _I D B 20 Oracle F
83. Area Additional value of disabled Replaced By Ability to turn off sending of correspondence Profile Option Name FA Custom Generate CCID FA Generate Asset Level Account FA Generate Book Level Accounts FA Generate Category Level Accounts Feature Area Subledger Accounting and Inquiries Subledger Accounting and Inquiries Subledger Accounting and Inquiries Subledger Accounting and Inquiries Replaced By SLA Setups still available using FA Use Workflow Account Generation profile for legacy support SLA Setups still available via FA Use Workflow Account Generation profile for legacy support SLA Setups still available using FA Use Workflow Account Generation profile for legacy support SLA Setups still available using FA Use Workflow Account Generation profile for legacy support A 2 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 FA Generate Depreciation Expense Account FA Include Non recoverable Tax in Mass Addition FA Large Rollback Segment Name FA Number Mass Addition Parallel Requests FA Number of Generate Accounts Parallel Requests Subledger Accounting and Inquiries Subledger Accounting Subledger Accounting and Inquiries Subledger Accounting and Inquiries Sub Ledger Accounting and Inquiries SLA Setups still available using FA Use Workflow Account Generation profile for legacy supp
84. Create Journal Entries and Rollback Journal Entries programs are now obsolete Create Journal Entries has been replaced by Create Accounting e The Create Deferred Depreciation Journal Entries program is now obsolete Users now need to run Calculate Deferred Depreciation followed by Create Accounting e The Account Drill Down report has been replaced by a new Subledger Accounting report called the Account Analysis report e Profile option FA Include Nonrecoverable Tax in Mass Addition is obsolete This is replaced by Post Accounting Programs under SLA The setup for all eligible lines from Payables to Assets for Mass Additions Create program is done in Post Accounting Programs Invoice Distributions from Oracle Payables Invoice distributions from Oracle Payables that have been interfaced to Assets will be upgraded to display the Invoice Line Number This new field will appear in the Asset Workbench Financial Inquiry and Mass Additions Prepare forms Oracle Assets 1 3 Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration for Greece Commitment and Investment Law will be migrated from Global Descriptive Flexfields specific to Greece localizations into named fields that will appear in the Asset Workbench and be available to all users The global_attribute1 and global_attribute2 columns in Assets will be copied into the Commitment and Investment Law fields respectively 1 4 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11
85. DES_ASSOC PT_ANL_REC _TAX_BOX B 32 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 JG_FA_ADDITIONS Feature Area Greek Asset Information JE GR FAXASSET ASSET Description of Change The following segments are replaced by named columns GA1 Commitment by FA_ADDITIONS_B COMMITMENT GA2 Investment Law by FA_ADDITIONS_B INVESTMENT_LAW JG_GL_JE_HEADERS Feature Area Greek Journal Information JE GR GLXJEENT HEADER Description of Change GA1 Accounting Sequence Name and GA2 Accounting Sequence Number are obsolete JG_GL_JE_LINES_INFO Feature Area Czech Journal Lines Information JE CZ GLXJEENT SEQUENCE Hungarian Journal Lines Information JE HU GLXJEENT SEQUENCE Poland Information JE PL GLXJEENT SEQUENCE and Slovak Journal Lines Information JE SSK GLXJEENT SEQUENCE Poland Information JE PL GLXJEENT SEQUENCE Turkey Information JE TR GLXJEENT SEQUENCE Description of Change GAS3 Final Vat Register Request Id is replaced by JG_ZZ_VAT_TRX_DETAILS FINAL_REPORT ING _ID GA1 Journal Line Sequence and GA2 Journal Line Country are obsolete GA2 Journal Line Country is obsolete Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration B 33 JG_GL_SETS_OF_BOOKS Feature Area Czech Set of Books Information JE CZ GLXSTBKS BOOKS Hungarian Set of Books Information JE HU GLXSTBKS BOOKS Poland Set of Books Information
86. DGI_ TRX_CODE GAS Turnover Jurisdiction Code by ZX_REPORT_CODES_ASSOC AR_TURN _OVER_JUR_CODE GA6 Municipal Jurisdiction by ZX_REPORT_CODES_ASSOC AR_MUNI CIPAL_JUR Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration B 63 Brazilian Tax Information JL BR ARXSUVAT Tax Information andColumbian Tax Codes and Rates JL CO ARXSUVAT AR_VAT_TAX Chilean Tax Codes and Rates Information JL CL ARXSUVAT VAT_TAX The following segments are replaced by named columns GA1 Tax Category by ZX_TAXES_B TAX GA2 Print Tax Line by ZX_REPORT_CODES_ASSOC PRINT TAX LINE The following segments are replaced by named columns GA4 Tax Code Classification by ZX_REPORT_CODES_ASSOC CL_TAX_CODE_CLASSIF GAS Debit Account by ZX_RATES_B NON_REC_ACCOUNT_C CID ZX_REPORT_CODES_ASSOC CL_DEBIT_ACCOUNT GA6 Bills of Exchange Tax by ZX_REPORT_CODES_ASSOC CL_BILLS_OF EXCH_ TAX JG_GL_JE_LINES_INFO Feature Area Columbian Additional Information JL CO GLXJEENT THIRDPARTY Description of Change GA1 Third Party ID is replaced with a named column GL_JE_LINES CO_THIRD_PARTY JG_HR_LOCATIONS Feature AreDescription of Changea B 64 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Argentine Locations Information JL AR PERWSLOC LOC Chilean Locations Information JL CL PERWSLOC LOC and Columbian Locations Information JL CO PERWSLOC LOC Argentine Locati
87. E Business Suite Subledgers 24 1 Using the Oracle Financial Services Accounting Hub 0 c cece ee eee eee eeereeeeeeee 24 2 Upgrade Modes for Oracle Subledgetrs cccccccecssces sees eeseecseeceeeecseessaeseseesseesseenseetaes 24 2 Subledger Accounting Postupgrade Process 0 ccccecceesee eee eee eeee seer eseeeeeneeteeeseneeeeetes 24 3 Oracle Trading Community Architecture Detailsem eiaa en seucubiasecganteed Lagat A tagwat adda EETA EEE EEA AR 25 1 Oracle Treasury OW CLVICW nsien aa aa a a aa a aAa a aaa a A LAA La ENEAS aha 26 1 Bank Account Migration to Cash Management esnssnnesssiisrissrisirsrnsrnnsrnnrnsrnnrrnsrnnennr nnt 26 1 Bank Account Balance Migration to Cash Management cccccecsceeseee eee eeeeeteeeeneeees 26 2 Oracle U S Federal Financials Overview aena tain akien ninth ain ain en in aig tiek 27 1 Integration with Subledger Accounting 0 0 c cece eee reer ree eet eee teeteeeeneetges 27 1 Implementation of AR AP Netting 0 0 cece eee eee ene te eee tetera teaser eae se seas taeeeaetas 27 2 Summary Schedules and Consolidated Files 0 ccececeee teeter eee tees eee e tee tneetneeeeaes 27 2 Profile Options Advanced _GollechOns x cecs theta Reh tien eee dae ee aiden iG att ates eas A 2 ye CTE ford ec cite lan eared ad eel ete eee ates lal ert ae E tas seater A 2 Bill Presentment Architecture ccccceceeeececeeceecee
88. ECS CCD Format FVTPCCD ECS PPD Format FVTPPPD ECS PPDP Format FVTPPPDP Summary Schedules FVSUMSCH ECS and SPS Summary Schedules US SPS PPD Format IBY_PAY_EFT_FED_SPS_PPD US SPS PPDP Format IBY_PAY_EFT_FED_SPS_PPDP US ECS NCR Check Format IBY_PAY_EFT_FED_ECS_NCR US ECS CCDP Format IBY_PAY_EFT_FED_ECS_CCDP US CTX Format IBY_PAY_EFT_FED_CTX US ECS CCD Format IBY_PAY_EFT_FED_ECS_CCD US ECS PPD Format IBY_PAY_EFT_FED_ECS_PPD US ECS PPDP Format IBY_PAY_EFT_FED_ECS_PPDP Obsolete IBY_PAY_EFT_FED_ECS_SUM_SCHED and IBY_PAY_EFT_FED_SPS_SUM_SCHED Source 11i Payment Format Program Argentina Argentine Check Format JLARPCFP Austria Austrian Foreign EFT JEATIEFT Austrian Domestic JEATREFD Release 12 Oracle Payments Format Name Code Argentine Check Format IBY_PAY_CHK_AR Obsolete Obsolete 17 8 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Austrian Transferral 1 JEATPPF1 Austrian Transferral 2 JEATPPF2 Austrian Check with Remittance Advice JEATPPF3 Austrian Check with Remittance Advice FWG JEATPPF4 Austrian Foreign Transfer Order JEATPPF5 Belgium Belgian Format 1 JEBEEFO1 Belgian Format 2 JEBEEFO2 Brazil Brazilian Check Format JLBRPCFP Brazilian Bordero JLBRPBOR Chile Chilean Check Format JLCLPCFP Colombia Colombian Check 1 J
89. Expenditure Organization Description Provides a mechanism for the customer to decide whether or not an advance amount can be carried forward for subsequent use on expense reports Provides a mechanism for the customer to decide whether user auditor Both are allowed to apply the advances or modify the applied the advances This profile option enables the bar code on the Expense Report Confirmation page If enabled auditors can retrieve expense reports by scanning bar codes on the Audit Expense Reports page and Receive Receipt Package page This profile option lets you specify whether or not users are required to enter cost center details during expenses entry This profile option lets you specify whether the user can split expense lines into distributions for both project and non project enabled expense lines This profile option lets you specify whether or not users must be allowed to update the project expenditure organization value for project enabled expense lines during expenses entry Internet Expenses Changed Profile Options Profile Option Name Feature Area Replaced By A 16 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 OIE Enable Project profile Expense Allocations The OIE Enable Project option profile option is renamed to the OIE Enable Project Allocations profile option Internet Expenses Obsolete Profile Options iProcure
90. Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Tax Profile Upgrade The following application level tax profiles will be upgraded based on the following upgrade strategy Release 11i Release 12 Profile Prompt Profile Name Profile Prompt Profile Name Invoice Freight as Revenue Tax Inventory Item for Freight Tax Allow Ad Hoc Tax Changes Tax Allow Manual Tax Lines Tax Allow Override of Customer Exemptions OE_INVOICE_FREIG HT_AS_LINE and ASO_INVOICE_FREI GHT_AS_LINE Given the two profile options having the same target profile option we need to determine what needs to be done in case of conflicts OE_INVENTORY_IT EM_FOR_FREIGHT and ASO_INVENTORY_I TEM_FOR_FREIGHT Given the two profile options have the same target profile option we need to determine what needs to be done in case of conflicts AR_ALLOW_TAX_U PDATE AR_ALLOW_MANU AL_TAX_LINES AR_ALLOW_TRX_LI NE_EXEMPTIONS eBTax Invoice Freight as Revenue eBTax Inventory Item for Freight eBTax Allow Ad Hoc Tax Changes eBTax Allow Manual Tax Lines eBTax Allow Override of Customer Exemptions ZX_INVOICE_FREIG HT_AS_LINE ZX_INVENTORY_IT EM_FOR_FREIGHT ZX_ALLOW_TAX_U PDATE ZX_ALLOW_MANU AL_TAX_LINES ZX_ALLOW_TRX_LI NE_EXEMPTIONS Oracle E Business Tax 3 25 Tax Allow override AR_ALLOW_TAX_C_ eBTax Allow ZX_ALLOW_TAX_C of tax code ODE_OVERRIDE Override of Tax LA
91. Guide Oracle Financials Implementation Guide This guide provides information on how to implement the Oracle Financials E Business Suite It guides you through setting up your organizations including legal entities and their accounting using the Accounting Setup Manager It covers intercompany accounting and sequencing of accounting entries and it provides examples Oracle Financials RXi Reports Administration Tool User Guide xxi This guide describes how to use the RXi reports administration tool to design the content and layout of RXi reports RXi reports let you order edit and present report information to better meet your company s reporting needs Oracle General Ledger Implementation Guide This guide provides information on how to implement Oracle General Ledger Use this guide to understand the implementation steps required for application use including how to set up Accounting Flexfields Accounts and Calendars Oracle General Ledger Reference Guide This guide provides detailed information about setting up General Ledger Profile Options and Applications Desktop Integrator ADI Profile Options Oracle General Ledger User s Guide This guide provides information on how to use Oracle General Ledger Use this guide to learn how to create and maintain ledgers ledger currencies budgets and journal entries This guide also includes information about running financial reports Oracle Incentive Compensation Implementat
92. ION MTL_CATEGORY_SETS FISCAL_CLASS IFICATION MTL_CATEGORIES FISCAL_CLASSIFIC ATION JG_MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS Feature Area Description of Change B 66 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Argentine Master Items GAI Fiscal Classification Code is replaced by InformationJL AR INVIDITM SYSTEM_ITEM _ the following named columns S ZX_FC_TYPES_B PRODUCT_CATEGOR Brazilian Fiscal Information Y JL BR INVIDITM XX Fiscal and ZX_FC_CODES_B PRODUCT_CATEGO Columbian Master Item Information Py Inflation Accts JL CO INVIDITM SYSTEM_ITEMS ZX_FC_CODES_DENORM_B PRODUCT _CATEGORY ZX_FC_TYPES_B FISCAL_CLASSIFICAT ION MTL_CATEGORY_SETS FISCAL_CLASS IFICATION MTL_CATEGORIES FISCAL_CLASSIFIC ATION JG_OE_ORDER_LINES Feature Area Description of Change Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration B 67 Argentine Order Lines Information GAS Fiscal Classification Code is replaced by JL AR OEXOEORD LINES and the following named columns Columbian Order Lines Information z JL CO OEXOEORD LINES ZX_FC_TYPES_B PRODUCT_CATEGOR Y ZX_FC_CODES_B PRODUCT_CATEGO RY ZX_FC_CODES_DENORM_B PRODUCT _CATEGORY ZX_FC_TYPES_B FISCAL_CLASSIFICAT ION MTL_CATEGORY_SETS FISCAL_CLASS IFICATION MTL_CATEGORIES FISCAL_CLASSIFIC ATION B 68 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 B
93. India Replacement of the Descriptive Flexfield Based Approach s sssssrnssnssrsrissrnsrnnrnnenssnnne 9 1 10 Oracle General Ledger Changes in Terminol gy i srne a aa aa e a aa aaar aa aae 10 1 Accounting Setups isie aaa e a aaa a aaaea aa aeaa a a a Li 10 2 Sets of Books Changes sc istleesoe eet saasdaus aa a aea aeta a aaeoa lea Ae eataa a Eta ddas Saeepebinaas 10 4 Multiple Reporting Currency Changes 00ccccccsceeseeeceee eens eeeeeceecenesesaeseeseneesseenneeees 10 7 Global Accounting Engine Integration 0 00c ccc eee eee eee ree eene eter eteeteneeseeeseneeenee 10 14 Drilling Down to Individual Subledgers from Oracle General Ledgert 0 10 15 Period Rates ic 2 nnd en en ate a ia ae ee da aan 10 15 Re Val Wati Ome ennen a a a a aap aa tease TA a aa ai Raai Oai 10 16 11 12 13 14 15 16 Statistical Report Level Currency for Financial Statement Generator Reports 10 17 Oracle Global Accounting Engine QVCE VIC W Fiesta arts deceit stain ata tae Satan ada Sac cM aiea ta ea ne dated aa aman adel 11 1 Replacement of Global Accounting Engine Features 0 00 0cccc cece creer ereeeeneeeniee 11 1 Replacement of Country Specific Features 0 00cc ec escent ene eneeteenneeeeeeees 11 3 Oracle Internet Expenses Overview aisle tant nia A ait ai ee RS ken tee en end eat eee 12 1 TECINAZ ALLO ois cet s castes bee a aa a Faas a a e aa aia eai AE aaa 1
94. JE PL GLXSTBKS BOOKS Slovakia Set of Books Information JE SSK GLXSTBKS BOOKS Greek Set of Books Information JE GR GLXSTBKS BOOKS Description of Change GAI VAT Reporting Calendar is replaced by JG_ZZ_VAT_REP_ENTITIES TAX_CALEND AR_NAME GA2 VAT Register Sequencing is replaced by JG_ZZ_VAT_REP_ENTITIES ENABLE_REPO RT_SEQUENCE_FLAG The following segments are obsolete GA1 Default Cutoff Days GA2 Sequence GL Journals from AX GAS Prefix with Sequence JG_HR_LOCATIONS Feature Area Description of Change B 34 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Greek Location Information The following segments are replaced by JE GR PERWSLOC LOC named columns GA1 Fiscal Company by XLE_ENTITY_PROFILES NAME and XLE_ETB_PROFILES NAME GA2 VAT Number by ZX_PARTY_TAX_PROFILE REP_REGIST RATION_NUMBER and XLE_REGISTRATIONS REGISTRATION _NUMBER GA3 Tax Office by XLE_REGISTRATIONS ISSUING_AUTH ORITY_ID GA4 Tax Area by XLE_REGISTRATIONS ISSUING_AUTH ORITY_SITE_ID GAS Company Activity by XLE_ENTITY_PROFILES ACTIVITY_CO DE and XLE_ETB_PROFILES ACTIVITY_CODE GA6 Electronic File Number by XLE_REGISTRATIONS REGISTRATION _NUMBER Italian Location Information The following segments are replaced by JE IT PERWSLOC LOC named columns GA1 Company Name by XLE_ENTITY_PROFILES NAME and XLE_ETB_PROFILES NAME GA2 Fiscal Code is r
95. L Oracle Payables 17 11 Portuguese Check JEPTBFOR Portuguese EFT JEPTPEFT Spain Spanish EFT JEESPEFT Spanish Cheque JEESAPCP Spanish PRMSRY Note EUR JEESAPLC Sweden Swedish Bankgiro Inland JESEPBAI Swedish Bankgiro SISU JESEPBSI Swedish Bankgiro UTLI JESEPBUT Swedish Postgiro Inland JESEPPOI Swedish Postgiro Utland JESEPPOU Switzerland Swiss DTA Payment JECHRDTA Swiss SAD Payment JECHRSAD Portuguese Check Format IBY_PAY_CHK_PT Portuguese EFT Format IBY_PAY_EFT_PT Spanish Magnetic Format IBY_PAY_EFT_ES Spanish Check Format IBY_PAY_CHK_ES Spanish Bill of Exchange Format IBY_PAY_CHK_BOE_ES Swedish Domestic Bankgiro Format IBY_PAY_EFT_BANKGIRO_SE Swedish SISU Bankgiro Format IBY_PAY_EFT_SISU_BANKGIRO_SE Swedish UTLI Bankgiro Format IBY_PAY_EFT_UTLI_LBANKGIRO_SE Swedish Domestic Postgiro Format IBY_PAY_EFT_POSTGIRO_SE Swedish Foreign Postgiro Format IBY_PAY_EFT_FOR_POSTGIRO_SE Swiss DTA Format IBY_PAY_EFT_DTA_CH Swiss SAD Format IBY_PAY_EFT_SAD_CH Source 11i Separate Remittance Advice Format Program Release 12 Oracle Payments Format Name Code 17 12 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Remittance Advice APXPBSRA E Mail Remittance Advice APPEWF Austrian Separate Remittance Advice JEATPSRA German Payables Separate Payment Letter
96. LCOPCF1 Colombian Check 2 JLCOPCF2 Denmark Danish GiroBank Domestic EDKEIGO Danish GiroBank Foreign JEDKEUGO Obsolete Obsolete Obsolete Obsolete Obsolete Belgian EFT Format IBY_PAY_EFT_DOMESTIC_BE Same as above Brazilian Check Format IBY_PAY_CHK_BR Brazilian Bordero Format IBY_PAY_CHK_OBRDERO_BR Chilean Check Format IBY_PAY_CHK_CL Colombian Check 1 Format IBY_PAY_CHK_1_CO Colombian Check 2 Format IBY_PAY_CHK_2_CO Obsolete Obsolete Oracle Payables 17 9 Danish Unitel JEDKEUNI Finland Finnish LMP2 Payment Format JEFILLMP Finnish LUM Payment Format JEFILLUM Finnish LMP3 Payment Format JEFILLMP3 Finnish ULMP Payment Format JEFILULM France Billet a Ordre France JEFRAP02 Also referred to as French PRMSRY Note EUR French Bill Of Exchange French Bill of EXCH EUR Cheque Francais JEFRAP01 Cheque Francais stub after payment JEFRAPO1 Virement Francais AFB JEFRAP03 Germany German Check Print JEDERDSA German Check Print stub after payment JEDERDSA German Domestic JEDEREFD German International EFT JEDEDEFI German Payables Wire Print EDERUEB Obsolete Finnish LMP2 EFT Format IBY_PAY_EFT_LMP2_FI Finnish LUM EFT Format IBY_PAY_EFT_LUM_FI Finnish LMP3 EFT Format IBY_PAY_EFT_LMP3_FI Obsolete French Promissory Note Format IBY_PAY_PROMISSORY_NOTE_FR French Check Format IBY_PAY_CHK_FR Fren
97. NTERFACE Feature Area Brazilian Open Interface Information JL BR APXISIM INVOICES_FOLDER Description of Change GA2 Operation Fiscal Code is replaced by a named column ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS TRANSACTION_ BUSINESS_CATEGORY Brazilian AP PO feature is obsolete and the following segments are obsolete GAS5 ICMS Base Amount GA6 ICMS Name GA7 ICMS Amount GAS8 IPI Amount B 60 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 JG_AP_SYSTEM_PARAMETERS Feature Area Brazilian Additional Information JL BR APXCUMSP SYS_PARAMETER Description of Change GA4 Payment Location is renamed to Payment Location City The following segments added Previously they were profiles e GA6 Payment Due Date Derivation Method GA7 Payment Location GA8 Change Payment Due Date Automatically JG_AP_TAX_CODES Feature Area Argentine Tax Names Information JJL AR APXTADTC TAX_NAMES Chilean Tax Information JL CL APXTADTC AP_TAX_CODES Description of Change GA4 Withholding Type is replaced by ZX_REPORT_CODES_ASSOC AR_DGI_TRX_ CODE GA19 Tax Category is replaced by a named column ZX_REPORT_CODES_ASSOC CL_TAX_COD E_CLASSIF JG_AR_MEMO_LINES Feature Area Description of Change Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration B 61 Argentine Standard Memo Lines Information GA1 Fiscal Classification Code is replaced by JL AR ARXSTDML A
98. O1 ESR Number is replaced by AP_INVOICES_ALL UNIQUE_REMITTANC E_IDENTIFER Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration B 11 Tax FI Vero The following segments are replaced by named columns JGZZ_INVOICE_INFO1 JEFI_TAX_REFERENCE by AP_INVOICES_ALL UNIQUE_REMITT ANCE_IDENTIFER JGZZ_INVOICE_INFO2 JEFI_TAX_TEXT by AP_INVOICES_ALL REMITTANCE_ME SSAGE1 JGZZ_INVOICE_INFOS JEFI_SHORT_MESSAGE by AP_INVOICES_ALL REMITTANCE_ME SSAGE2 JGZZ_INVOICE_INFO4 JEFILLONG_MESSAGE by AP_INVOICES_ALL REMITTANCE_ME SSAGE3 JG_AP_BANK_ACCOUNTS Feature Area Additional Bank Account Information JE DE APXSUMBA DD_CODE Description of Change GA1 DD_CODE is replaced by IBY_EXT_PAYERS_GLB DIRECT_DEBIT_BA NK_INSTRUCTION B 12 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Additional EDI Information for Denmark The following segments are replaced by JE DK APXSUMBA INT EDI_INFO named columns GA1 Communication Agreement ID by IBY_BEP_ACCT_OPT_VALS ACCOUNT _OPTION_CODE GA2 Bank Code by HZ_ORGANIZATION_PROFILES BANK _CODE GA3 JEDK_EDI_UBT_NUMBER is replaced by IBY_BEP_ACCT_OPT_VALS ACCOUNT _OPTION_CODE GA4 JEDK_EDI_USER_NAME is replaced by IBY_BEP_ACCT_OPT_VALS ACCOUNT _OPTION_CODE GAS JEDK_EDI_PASSWORD is replaced by IBY_BEP_ACCT _OPT_VALS ACCOUNT _OPTION_CODE GA6 JEDK_EDI_SENDER_ID is replaced by IBY_BEP_ACCT_OPT_
99. ORACLE Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Release 12 2 Part No E48754 02 November 2013 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11i to Release 12 Release 12 2 Part No E48754 02 Copyright 2006 2013 Oracle and or its affiliates All rights reserved Primary Author Ayse Aba Assad Akhavan Victoria Anderson Amy Andrews Ramasubramanian Balasundaram Cynthia Mundis Bilbie Nigel Chapman Ed Cheng Tina Cook Mathew Daniel Ravi Dasani Desh Deepak Saurabh Dewan Jeff Glanville Rajnikanth Gopalan David Haimes Matthew Halliday Theresa Hickman Shekhar Jadhav Priya Junnarkar Chang Kawamoto Archana Khare Vijay Kartik Craig Kupras Kandaswamy Lakshminarayan Jorge Larre Julianna Litwin Pratima Mahtani Hilary McClure Sundarraman Narayanan Angie Ni Mark Peachey Ivan Pena Kristin Penaskovic Mara Prieto Pamela Rietz Lauren Scott Sudha Seshadri Roberto Silva Bidisha Silveira Ljiljana Sinjeri Vijay Tiwary Rain Tsui Stacey Tucker Blosch Somasundar Viswapathy Yadunath Vyloor Anne Wong Amy Yang Oracle and Java are registered trademarks of Oracle and or its affiliates Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners Intel and Intel Xeon are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation All SPARC trademarks are used under license and are trademarks or registered trademarks of SPARC International Inc AMD O
100. Options Profile Option Name Feature Area Replaced By PSA Debug Mode Budgetary Control Earlier PSA Debug Mode was used by MFAR functionality Since MFAR is obsolete the same has now been utilized for Budgetary Control If this profile option is set to Yes it will populate the PSA Logs tables which are useful for debugging Subledger Accounting related issues Purchasing Purchasing Changed Profile Options Profile Option Name Feature Area Replaced By PO Document Builder Demand Workbench This has a new site level Default Document Type Document Builder default value of New Order Profile Options A 25 Receivables Receivables New Profile Options Profile Option Name AR Activate Muti Fund Accounting Extract Description This profile option should be set to Yes to allow AR accounting engine to generate additional subledger extract lines for Multi Fund Remittance accounting This profile option is for customers who use Multi Fund accounting and have Payment Method in their Cash Receipts and Miscellaneous Receipt requiring remittance from Bank Receivables Obsolete Profile Options Profile Option Name Feature Area Replaced By JEPT Print Direct Receipt Portugal Payer Notification The setting specifies whether Letter the Portuguese Direct Debit Sourcing Sourcing New Profile Options Letter should be created automatically when the user runs the format of Portuguese Direct Debit File
101. Oracle Trading Community Architecture Technical Implementation Guide This guide explains how to use the public Oracle Trading Community Architecture application programming interfaces APIs and develop callouts based on Oracle Workflow Business Events System BES For each API this guide provides a description of the API the PL SQL procedure and the Java method as well as a table of the parameter descriptions and validations For each BES callout this guide provides the name of the logical entity its description and the ID parameter name Also included are setup instructions and sample code Oracle U S Federal Financials User s Guide This guide describes the common concepts for an integrated financial management solution for federal agencies to comply with the requirements of the U S Federal government It describes the product architecture and provides information on Budget Execution Prompt Payment Treasury payments Third party payments Interagency transactions Receivables management Federal reports CCR Integration and Year End Closing Oracle U S Federal Financials Implementation Guide This guide describes the common concepts for an integrated financial management solution for federal agencies It includes a consolidated setup checklist by page and provides detailed information on how to set up maintain and troubleshoot the Federal Financial application for the following functional areas Sub Ledger Accounting Budget
102. P Netting e Summary Schedules and Consolidated Files Integration with Subledger Accounting Release 12 introduces the new Subledger Accounting SLA module for managing accounting across subledger transactions With the introduction of SLA transaction codes no longer need to be entered on a transaction to create the desired accounting Instead Oracle U S Federal Financials provides account derivation rules that use attributes from transactions to determine the correct accounting Oracle U S Federal Financials 27 1 In Release 117 journals in GL are kept in detail so no transaction code journals will be moved into SLA All accounting reports will combine GL and SLA data During normal processing the SLA code will detect if the journal exists in SLA or GL upgrade case or not and use the appropriate SLA rule to create the accounting USSGL Transaction Codes With the introduction of SLA U S Federal Financials has seeded account derivation rules to replace the use of transaction codes on transactions The account derivation rules seeded for use in Oracle Purchasing Oracle Cost Management Oracle Payables and Oracle Receivables are seeded with a six digit subaccount of the USSGL account U S Federal Financials has provided the USSGL Account Derivation Rules report This report displays for the US Federal Accounting subledger accounting method any seeded account derivation rules where the USSGL account value is seeded This report
103. PTION_CODE JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO4 IBY_BEP_ACCT_OPT_VALS ACCOUNT _OPTION_CODE JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO8 Trans Seq nr by IBY_PAYMENT_PROFILES at high level JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO10 Seq control by IBY_PAYMENT_PROFILES at high level SAD Payment Format for Switzerland The following segments are obsolete CH JECHRSAD JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO1 Company ID JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO2 Company Name JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO3 Company Address Line 1 JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO4 Company Address Line 2 JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO5 Company City JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO6 Company Postal Code JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO7 Company PTT File ID replaced by IBY_BEP_ACCT_OPT_VALS ACCOUNT_OP TION_CODE B 56 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Financials for the Americas This section lists the changes to the Global Descriptive Flexfields for Oracle Financials for the Americas Release 12 JG_AP_BANK_ACCOUNTS Feature Area Brazilian Additional Information JJL BR APXSUMBA AR Additional Description of Change GA3 Country Code is replaced by named columns HZ_PARTIES HOME_COUNTRY HZ_ORGANIZATION_PROFILES HOM E_COUNTRY GA7 Company Code for Bank is replaced by a named column CE_BANK_ACCOUNTS SECONDARY_ACC OUNT_REFERENCE JG_AP_BANK_BRANCHES Feature Area Columbian Bank Information JL CO APXSUMBA BANKS Description of Change GA11 Primary ID Number is replaced by a named colu
104. Payment Letter to Bank Swiss SAD Format Swiss SAD Accompanying Payment Letter to Bank Separate Remittance Advice Separate Remittance Advice Release 12 Product Oracle Payments Oracle Payments Oracle Payments Oracle Payments Oracle Payments Oracle Payments Oracle Payments 8 12 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 9 Oracle Financials for India This chapter covers the following topics Replacement of the Descriptive Flexfield Based Approach Replacement of the Descriptive Flexfield Based Approach In the earlier releases Oracle Financials for India used the following Descriptive Flexfields DFFs India Items India Block of Assets India Receipts India RMA Receipts India Return to Vendor Additional Line Attribute Information India Payment Information India Organizational Information India Distributions India VAT India Lookup Codes India Original Invoice for TDS In Release 12 these DFFs have been replaced with alternate approaches Oracle Financials for India 9 1 Indian customers can leverage the DFF facility provided by E Business suite At the same time the customers can use the enhanced Oracle Financials for India features There are no data migration assumptions that have been made Customers however may have added their own attributes to the contexts used by Oracle Financials for India These attributes will not be mi
105. Person by HZ_PARTIES PARTY_NAME JG_RA_CUSTOMER_TRX Feature Area Taiwanese Additional Transaction Information JJA TW ARXTWMALRA_CUSTOMER_TRX Description of Change Following segments are disabled and are now named columns GA1 Government Uniform Invoice Type as ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS DOCUMEN T_SUBTYPE GA2 Wine Cigarette as ZX_FC_TYPES_B PRODUCT_CATEGOR Y ZX_FC_CODES_B PRODUCT_CATEGO RY ZX_FC_CODES_DENORM_B PRODUCT _CATEGORY PRODUCT_CATEGORY ZX_FC_TYPES_B WINE_CIGARETTE MTL_CATEGORY_SETS WINE_CIGARE TTE and MTL_CAEGORIES WINE_CIGARETT GA3 Deductible Type as ZX_FC_TYPES_B TRX_BUSINESS_CATE GORY ZX_FC_CODES_B TRX_BUSINESS_CAT EGORY and ZX_FC_CODES_DENORM_B TRX_BUSI NESS_CATEGORY Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration B 7 JG_RA_CUST_TRX_TYPES Feature Area Thai Additional Transaction Information JA TH RAXSUCTT CUST_TRX_TYPES Description of Change Thai feature is Obsolete and the context is disabled Financials for Europe This section lists the changes to the Global Descriptive Flexfields for Oracle Financials for Europe Release 12 Invoice EFT Details Feature Area Belgian EFT Payments BE EFT Payments Invoice Reference Text FI Vapaa viite Invoice Reference Number FI Konekielinen viite Description of Change JGZZ_INVOICE_INFO1 IBLC Code is replaced by AP_INVOICES_ALL PAYMENT_REASON_I D JGZZ_INVOICE_INFO1 JEFILREFERENCE_TEXT is repla
106. QUE_REMITT ANCE_IDENTIFIER GAS JEDK_EDI_IMPORT_CODE by AP_INVOICES_INTERFACE PAYMENT _REASON_ID GA6 JEDK_EDI_SUPPLIER_MESSAGE by AP_INVOICES_INTERFACE REMITTAN CE_MESSAGE1 GAZ JEDK_EDI_IMPORT_TEXT by AP_INVOICES_ALL PAYMENT_REASO N_COMMENTS GA8 JEDK_EDLSETTLEMENT_CODE by AP_INVOICES_ALL BANK_CHARGE_B EARER GA20 JEDK_EDI_PAYMENT_CATEGORY by AP_INVOICES_INTERFACE PAYMENT _METHOD B 22 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Additional Invoice Information JE CZ APXIISIM INVOICE_INFO Additional Invoice Information JE HU APXIISIM TAX_DATE Additional Invoice Information for France JE FR APXIISIM TAX_RULE Additional Tax Information JE PL APXIISIM INVOICE_INFO Belgium EFT Payments JE BE APXIISIM EFT GA1 TAX_DATE is replaced by AP_INVOICES_ALL TAX_INVOICE_RECOR DING_DATE GA3 IMPORT_DOC_NUM is replaced by AP TAX_INVOICE_INTERNAL_SEQ The following segments are obsolete GA4 IMPORT_DOC_DATE GAS Data Type GA6 Constant Symbol GAZ Specific Symbol GA1 TAX_DATE is replaced by AP_INVOICES_ALL TAX_INVOICE_RECOR DING_DATE GA1 Deduction Tax Rule is replaced by ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS DOCUMENT_SU B_TYPE The following segments are replaced by named columns GAI Message Row 1 by AP_INVOICES_INTERFACE REMITTAN CE MESSAGE1 GAR Message Row 1 by AP_INVOICES_INTERFACE REMITTAN CE_MESSAGE2 GA1 IBLC Code is
107. R_LOCATION GA1 Government Tax Type is now named columns ZX_STATUS TAX_STATUS_CODE ZX_REPORT_CODES_ASSOC TW_GOVERN MENT_TAX_TYPE and ZX_RATES TAX_STATUS_CODE Feature Area Description of Change Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration B 5 Korean Additional Information The following segments are replaced by JJA KR PERWSLOC WITHHOLDING named columns GA1 Tax Registration Number by ZX_PARTY_TAX_PROFILE REP_REGIST RATION_NUMBER and XLE_REGISTRATIONS REGISTRATION _NUMBER GA4 Taxable Person by HZ_PARTIES PARTY_NAME GAS Industry Subclassification by XLE_ENTITY_PROFILES SUB_ACTIVIT Y_CODE and XLE_ETB_PROFILES ACTIVITY_CODE GA6 Industry Classification by XLE_ENTITY_PROFILES ACTIVITY_CO DE XLE_ETB_PROFILES ACTIVITY_CODE GA11 Corporate Identification Number is disabled Singaporean Additional Information The following segments are replaced by JJA SG PERWSLOC LOC named columns GAZ Job Title is replaced by HZ_ORG_CONTACTS JOB_TITLE GA3 Title is replaced by HZ_ORG_CONTACTS TITLE GA4 Taxable Person by HZ_PARTIES PARTY_NUMBER B 6 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Taiwanese Additional Location Information JA TW PERWSLOC LOC The following segments are replaced with named columns GA1 Taxpayer ID with ZX_PARTY_TAX_PROFILE REP_REGIST RATION_NUMBER and ZX_REGISTRATIONS TAX_REGISTRATI ON_NUMBER GA2 Taxable
108. R_MEMO_LINES the named columns Brazilian Additional Information X JL BR ARXSTDML Additional ZX_FC_TYPES B PRODUCT_CATEGOR Y Columbian Standard Memo Lines Information JL CO ARXSTDML AR_MEMO_LINES and ZX_FC_CODES_B PRODUCT_CATEGO Fiscal Classification Code RY JL BR ARXSDML Additional ZX_FC_CODES_DENORM_B PRODUCT _CATEGORY ZX_FC_TYPES_B FISCAL_CLASSIFICAT ION MTL_CATEGORY_SETS FISCAL_CLASS IFICATION MTL_CATEGORIES FISCAL_CLASSIFIC ATION JG_AR_RECEIPT_CLASSES Feature Area Description of Change Chilean Receipt Class Information The following segments are obsolete JL CL ARXSUDRC RECEIPT_CLASS GA2 Bills of Exchange GA3 Tax Code JG_AR_SYSTEM_PARAMETERS Feature Area Description of Change B 62 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 JG_AR_VAT_TAX Brazilian Additional Information JJL BR ARXSYSPA Additional Info The following segments are obsolete GA2 Interest Type GAS Interest Rate Amount GA4 Interest Period GAS Interest Formula GA6 Grace Days GAZ Penalty Type GA8 Penalty Rate Amount Feature Area Argentina Tax Codes and Rates JL AR ARXSUVAT AR_VAT_TAX Description of Change The following segments are replaced by named columns GA1 Tax Category by ZX_TAXES_B TAX GA2 Print Tax Line by ZX_REPORT_ CODES _ASSOC PRINT TAX LINE GA4 DGI Transaction Code by ZX_REPORT_CODES_ASSOC AR_
109. SSIF_OVERRIDE Classification Code The following tax profiles will be obsolete in Release 12 Profile Prompt Existing Profile Name Column Tax allow tax recovery rate override AP_ALLOW_TAX_RECVRY_RATE OVERRI DE Tax Taxware Service Indicator TAXVDR_SERVICEIND Tax Taxware Tax Selection TAXVDR_TAXSELPARAM Tax Taxware Tax Type TAXVDR_TAXTYPE Tax Taxware Use Nexpro TAXVDR_USENEXPRO Tax Vertex Case Sensitive TAXVDR_CASESENSITIVE Tax Vertex Secondary Taxes TAXVDR_SECTAXES Tax Use Tax PL SQL Vendor AR_TAX_USE_PLSQL_VENDOR Tax Use Tax Vendor AR_TAX_USE_VENDOR UK Reverse Charge VAT Release 11i tax codes with tax type Reverse Charge VAT will be upgraded to Release 12 as tax rates with reporting code REVERSE_CHARGE_VAT 3 26 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 4 Oracle Financials Common Country Features Details The details of the functional upgrade impact for this product are included in the Oracle E Business Suite Upgrade Guide Release 11i to Release 12 Oracle Financials Common Country Features 4 1 5 Oracle Financials for the Americas Details The details of the functional upgrade impact for this product are included in the Oracle E Business Suite Upgrade Guide Release 11i to Release 12 Oracle Financials for the Americas 5 1 6 Oracle Financials for Asia Pacific Details The details of the functional upgrade impact for this product a
110. Supplier Management Group allows you to control which operating units a particular buyer administrator can maintain In Release 117 9 and 117 10 the supplier management group is assigned to a responsibility by defining the profile option value of HR Security Profile for the responsibility In Release 12 the supplier management group is assigned to a responsibility by defining the profile option value of MO Security Profile for the responsibility The change is in the profile option used The upgrade will copy the profile option values of HR Security Profile of isupplier Portal responsibilities to the profile option of MO Security Profile for these responsibilities 14 6 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 15 Overview Oracle Legal Entity Configurator This chapter covers the following topics e Overview e Legal Entity Data Migration e Legal Associations e GRE Legal Entity Operating Unit and Inventory Organization e Stamping of Legal Entities on Transactions Oracle Legal Entity Configurator provides the ability to manage the legal corporate structure and track data from the legal perspective Tracking data from the legal perspective will enable detailed reporting at legal entity establishment and registration level Legal Entity will impact all customers who use the HR model to define Legal Entities After the upgrade the users have to maintain the Legal Entity in
111. TEM_INFO13 Payment Date Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration B 51 EFT format for Postgiro Inland Sweden The following segments are replaced by SE JESEPPOD named columns JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO1 Customer Number by IBY_BEP_ACCT_OPT_VALS ACCOUNT _OPTION_CODE JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO11 EFT File Directory by IBY_PAYMENT_PROFILES OUTBOUND _PMT_FILE_DIRECTORY The following segments are obsolete JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO2 Credit Days JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFOS3 Sender Info 1 JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO4 Sender Info 2 JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO6 Sort Option JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO7 Accounting Code JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO8 Envelope JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO9 Sender Code JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO12 Date Sequence JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO13 Payment Date B 52 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 German System Level EFT Parameters The following segments are replaced by DE JEDEDEF named columns JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFON1 LZB_AREA_NUMBER by IBY_BEP_ACCT_OPT_VALS ACCOUNT _OPTION_CODE JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO 2 COMPANY_NUMBER by IBY_BEP_ACCT_OPT_VALS ACCOUNT _OPTION_CODE JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO3 DECLARATION_FLAG by columns on the IBY_PAYMENT_PROFILES table e g DECLARATION_THRESH_AMOUNT DECLARATION_OPTION_FLAG JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO5 DECLARATION_LIMIT by columns on the IBY_PAYMENT_PROFILES table Fore examples DECLARATION_THRESH_AMOUNT and DECLARATION_OPTION_FLAG Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration
112. TION ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS PRODUCT_F ISC_CLASSIFICATION and ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS PRODUCT_ CATEGORY GAS Transaction Condition Class by ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS TRX_BUSIN ESS_CATEGORY GA11 Tax Base Amount by ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS UNROUND ED_TAXABLE_AMT ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS TAXABLE_A MT ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS TAXABLE_AMT_TAX_CURR and ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS TAXABLE_A MT_FUNCL_CURR GA12 Tax Base Rate by ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS TAX_BASE_ MODIFIER_RATE B 70 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 GA19 Charged Tax Amount by ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS UNROUND ED_TAX_AMT ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS TAX_AMT_T AX_CURR and ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS TAX_AMT_F UNCL_CURR GA20 Calculated Tax Amount by ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS CAL_TAX_A MT ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS CAL_TAX_A MT_TAX_CURR and ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS CAL_TAX_A MT_FUNCL_CURR Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration B 71 Argentine Invoice Tax Lines The following segments are replaced by the JL AR ARXTWMALLINES and Columbian named columns Invoice Tax Lines JL CO ARXTWMALLINES GA2 Fiscal Classification Code by ZX_FC_TYPES_B PRODUCT_CATEGOR Y ZX_FC_CODES_B PRODUCT_CATEGO RY ZX_FC_CODES_DENORM_B PRODUCT _CATEGORY ZX_FC_TYPES_B FISCAL_CLASSIFICAT ION MTL_CATEGORY_SETS FISCAL_CLASS IFICATION MTL_CATEGORIES FISCAL_CLASSIFIC ATION ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS PRODUCT_F ISC_CLASSIFICATION and ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS PRODUCT
113. TORS DOCUMEN T_SUBTYPE GA2 Wine Cigarette with AP_INVOICE_LINES_ALL PRODUCT_C ATEGORY and ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS PRODUCT_ CATEGORY GA3 Deductible Type with ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS TRANSACTI ON_BUSINESS_CATEGORY Thai Additional Invoice Information Thai feature is obsolete and the context is JJA TH APXIISIM INVOICES_INTF disabled The context had the following segments GA1 Tax Invoice Number GA2 Tax Invoice Date GAS Supplier Tax Invoice Number GA4 Tax Accounting Period JG_AP_TAX_CODES Feature Area Description of Change Korean Additional Information GA1 Location Code is now a named column JJA KR APXTADTC WITHHOLDING ZX_REPORT_CODES_ASSOC KR_BUSINESS _LOCATIONS B 4 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 JG_AR_VAT_TAX JG_HR_LOCATIONS Taiwanese Additional Tax Code Information JJA TW APXTADTC TAX_CODES Thai Additional Tax Code Information JA TH APXTADTC TAX_CODES GA1 Government Tax Type is now named columns ZX_STATUS_B TAX_STATUS_CODE ZX _REPORT_CODES_ASSOC TW_GOVERNMENT_TAX_TYPE GAI Tax Invoice Location is replaced by ZX_RATES_B DEF_REC SETTLEMENT OPTI ON_CODE Feature Area Korean Additional Information JJA KR ARXSUVAT VAT Taiwanese Additional Tax Information JA TW ARXSUVAT VAT_TAX Description of Change GA1 Location is replaced with ZX_REPORT_CODES_ASSOC KR_BUSINESS _LOCATIONS K
114. The following are new in Release 12 Suppliers are defined as Parties within Oracle Trading Community Architecture Invoice Lines are introduced as an entity between the invoice header and invoice distributions in order to better match the structure of invoice documents and improve the flow of information like manufacturer model and serial number from Purchasing through to Assets Banks bank branches and internal bank accounts are defined centrally and Oracle Payables 17 1 managed in Oracle Cash Management e Document sequencing of payments has moved to the Cash Management bank account uses setup e Payments and all funds disbursement activities are handled by a new module Oracle Payments e Payment features controlled by Global Descriptive Flexfields GDF in prior releases have been consolidated and migrated into the data models of Oracle Payables Oracle Payments and Oracle Cash Management The architecture of this solution moves attributes from the GDFs which are obsolete in Release 12 to regular fields on the appropriate entity including the invoice payment format amp document supplier site and bank account Having a single code base as opposed to GDFs implemented per country simplifies global implementations and streamlines transaction processing e Oracle Subledger Accounting a new module in Release 12 handles accounting definitions and all accounting setup associated with a Ledger In Release 12 Oracle General Le
115. This profile option is replaced by the settings for Payer Notification in the new Payments Funds Capture Process Profile named Portuguese Direct Debit File Format Profile Option Name Description A 26 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 PON Automatically Default Catalog Attributes PON Enable Optimization Log PON Optimization log directory PON Timeout for Award Optimization PON Integer Tolerance for Award Optimization PON Optimal Tolerance for Award Optimization PON MIP Emphasis for Award Optimization Subledger Accounting Subledger Accounting New Profile Options Determines the type of catalog attributes Oracle Sourcing automatically adds to a negotiation line when a shopping category is selected Enable logging in Sourcing Optimization Directory for the Optimization log files This should be a path that the JVM has write permissions to Timeout for Award Optimization value in seconds After this time optimization will be run as a background process through a Java concurrent program Integer Tolerance for Award Optimization Default is 0 00001 Optimal Tolerance for Award Optimization Engine Default 0 0001 MIP Emphasis for Award Optimization 0 Optimality 1 Feasibility Default 1 PON Sourcing Default Responsibility For Supplier Login External User Profile Option Name Description SLA Accounting Methods
116. Translation Options region of the Update Reporting Currency page in Release 12 This option defaults from the Inherit check box in the Release 11i GL Conversion Rules form If no GL Conversion Rules were specified then this option defaults from the Inherit check box from the first record in the Conversion Options window This option is displayed in the Currency Translation Options region of the Update Reporting Currency page in Release 12 This option is displayed in the Currency Translation Options region of the Update Reporting Currency page in Release 12 This option is a Yes No drop down box that is displayed in the Journal Conversion Rules region of the Update Reporting Currency page in Release 12 Oracle General Ledger 10 9 Reporting Book Initialization Option Derive From Original Transaction Rate Use Initialization Rate If Use Initialization Rate specified the Conversion Date If Use Initialization Rate specified the Conversion Type Retain Original Conversion Rate Type Yes Historical Conversion Rate Date Historical Conversion Rate Type This option is a Yes No drop down box that is displayed in the Data Conversion Initialization region of the Update Reporting Currency page in Release 12 Ifthe Release 11i setting was Derive From Original Transaction Rate then the Release 12 option will be set to Yes If the Release 11i setting was Use Initialization Rate th
117. VALS ACCOUNT _OPTION_CODE Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration B 13 Additional EDI Information for Denmark The following segments are obsolete JE DK APXSUMBA SUP EDI_INFO GA1 JEDK_EDI_SEQUENCE_NUMBER GAR JEDK_EDI_PAYMENT_CHANNEL GA6 JEDK_EDI_AGREEMENT_TYPE GAT JEDK_EDI_AGREEMENT_NUMBER GAI8 JEDK_EDI_SEQUENCE_NUMBER GA 19 JEDK_EDI_DUMMY The following segments are replaced by named columns GA3 JEDK_EDI COUNTRY_CODE by HZ_PARTIES HOME_COUNTRY HZ_ORGANIZATION_PROFILES HOM E_COUNTRY and HZ_PARTIES COUNTRY GA4 JEDK_EDI_BANK_CODE by HZ_ORGANIZATION_PROFILES BANK _CODE GAS JEDK_EDI_IMPORT_CODE by IBY_EXT_PAYEE_ATTRIBS PAYMENT_ REASON_ID GAS8 JEDK_EDI_SETTLEMENT_CODE by IBY_EXT_PAYEE_ATTRIBS BANK_CHA RGE_BEARER GA9 JEDK_EDI_SHORT_NOTICE by IBY_EXT_PAYEE_ATTRIBS PAYMENT_ TEXT_MESSAGE1 GA10 JEDK_EDI_BANK_NOTICE by IBY_EXT_PAYEE_ATTRIBS PAYMENT_ TEXT_MESSAGE2 B 14 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Swedish EFT Processes JE SE APXSUMBA PAYMENT_TYPE GA20 JEDK_EDI_PAYMENT_CATEGORY by payment method field on supplier GA1 Payment type is replaced by a named column IBY_EXT_PAYEE_ATTRIBS DELIVERY_CHA NNEL_ID JG_AP_BANK_BRANCHES Feature Area Bank Taxpayer ID Info JE ES APXSUMBA BANK_INFO Description of Change GAI Taxpayer ID is replaced by a named column
118. X_REPORT_CODES_ASSOC CH_VAT_REG IME GAI Tax Origin is replaced by named columns Z ZX_TAXES_B TAX and X_REPORT_CODES_ASSOC CZ_TAX_ORIGI N Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration B 27 Additional Tax Information GAI Tax Origin is replaced by named JELHU APXTADTC TAX_ORIGIN columns ZX_TAXES_B TAX and ZX_REPORT_CODES_ASSOC HU_TAX_ORI GIN Additional Tax Information GAI Tax Origin is replaced by named JE PL APXTADTC TAX_ORIGIN columns ZX_TAXES_B TAX and ZX_REPORT_CODES_ASSOC PL_TAX_ORIG IN B 28 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Portuguese Tax Box Information The following segments are replaced by JE PT APXTADTC TAX_INFO named columns GA1 Location by ZX_REPORTING_TYPES_B REPORTING _TYPE_CODE ZX_REPORTING_CODES_B REPORTIN G_CODE_CHAR_VALUE and ZX_REPORT_CODES_ASSOC PT_LOCA TION GA2 Periodic Taxable Box by ZX_REPORTING_TYPES_B REPORTING _TYPE_CODE ZX_REPORTING_CODES_B REPORTIN G_CODE_CHAR_VALUE and ZX_REPORT_CODES_ASSOC PT_PRD_T AXABLE_BOX GAS Periodic Recoverable Tax Box by ZX_REPORTING_TYPES_B REPORTING _TYPE_CODE ZX_REPORTING_CODES_B REPORTIN G_CODE_CHAR_VALUE and ZX_REPORT_CODES_ASSOC PT_PRD_ REC_TAX_BOX GA4 Annual Total Taxable Box by ZX_REPORTING_TYPES_B REPORTING _TYPE_CODE ZX_REPORTING_CODES_B REPORTIN G_CODE_CHAR_VALUE and ZX_REPORT_CODES_ASSOC PT_ANL_ TTL_TAXABLE_BOX GAS Annual Recoverable Taxable by
119. X_REPORT_CODES_ASSOC CZ_TAX_ORI GIN GAI Tax Origin is replaced by named columns ZX_TAXES_B TAX and ZX_REPORT_CODES_ASSOC HU_TAX_ORI GIN GAI Tax Origin is replaced by named columns ZX_TAXES_B TAX and ZX_REPORT_CODES_ASSOC PL_TAX_ORIG IN Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration B 31 Portuguese Tax Box Information The following segments are replaced by JE PT ARXSUVAT TAX_INFO named columns GA1 Location by ZX_TAXES_B TAX and ZX_REPORT_CODES_ASSOC PT_LOCATIO N GA2 Periodic Taxable Box by ZX_TAXES_B TAX and ZX_REPORT_CODES_ASSOC PT_PRD_TAX ABLE_BOX GAS3 Periodic Recoverable Tax Box by ZX_REPORTING_TYPES_B REPORTING_TY PE_CODE ZX_REPORTING_CODES_B REPORTING_C ODE_CHAR_VALUE and ZX_REPORT_CODES_ASSOC PT_PRD_REC_ TAX_BOX GA4 Annual Total Taxable Box by ZX_REPORTING_TYPES_B REPORTING_TY PE_CODE ZX_REPORTING_CODES_B REPORTING_C ODE_CHAR_VALUE and ZX_REPORT_CODES_ASSOC PT_ANL_TTL_ TAXABLE_BOX GAS Annual Recoverable Taxable by ZX_REPORTING_TYPES_B REPORTING_TY PE_CODE ZX_REPORTING_CODES_B REPORTING_C ODE_CHAR_VALUE and ZX_REPORT_CODES_ASSOC PT_ANL_REC _TAXABLE GA6 Annual Non Recoverable Taxable by ZX_REPORTING_TYPES_B REPORTING_TY PE_CODE ZX_REPORTING_CODES_B REPORTING_C ODE_CHAR_VALUE and ZX_REPORT_CODES_ASSOC PT_ANL_NON _REC_ TAXABLE GA7 Annual Recoverable Tax Box by ZX_REPORTING_TYPES_B REPORTING_TY PE_CODE ZX_REPORTING_CODES_B REPORTING_C ODE_CHAR_VALUE and ZX_REPORT_CO
120. YEE_ATTRIBS PAYMENT_ TEXT_MESSAGB3 JGZZ_SITE_INFO10 JEFI_LAP_BANK_EXPENSE by IBY_EXT_PAYEE_ATTRIBS BANK_CHA RGE_BEARER JGZZ_SITE_INFO2 JEFI_DEPENDENCE is obsolete B 44 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 German Vendor Site Level EFT Parameters DE The following segments are replaced by named columns JGZZ_SITE_INFO1 DECLARATION_FLAG by IBY_PAYMENT_PROFILES at high level JGZZ_SITE_INFOS BANK_INSTRUCTION by IBY_EXT_PAYEE_ATTRIBS BANK_INST RUCTION1_ID JGZZ_SITE_INFO4 CHARGE_CODE by IBY_EXT_PAYEE_ATTRIBS BANK_CHA RGE_BEARER JGZZ_SITE_INFOS PAYMENT_METHOD by IBY_EXT_PAYEE_ATTRIBS DELIVERY_ CHANNEL_ID JGZZ_SITE_INFO6 EXPLANATION by Payment Text Messages JGZZ_SITE_INFO7 INSTRUCTION_DETAILS by IBY_EXT_PAYEE_ATTRIBS BANK_INST RUCTION_DETAILS The following segments are obsolete JGZZ_SITE_INFO2 JGZZ_SITE_INFO10 JGZZ_SITE_INFO11 JGZZ_SITE_INFO12 JGZZ_SITE_INFO19 JGZZ_SITE_INFO11 Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration B 45 Netherlands EFT Vendor Site Formats NL The following segments are replaced by named columns JGZZ_SITE_INFO1 Crossed Cheque by IBY_EXT_PAYEE_ATTRIBS BANK_INST RUCTION1_ID i JGZZ_SITE_INFO10 Cheque Forwarding Code by IBY_EXT_PAYEE_ATTRIBS BANK_INST RUCTION2_ID JGZZ_SITE_INFO11 Domestic Costs Code by IBY_EXT_PAYEE_ATTRIBS BANK_CHA RGE_BEARER s JGZZ_SITE_INFO12 Corr
121. ZX_REPORTING_TYPES_B REPORTING _TYPE_CODE ZX_REPORTING_CODES_B REPORTIN G_CODE_CHAR_VALUE and ZX_REPORT_CODES_ASSOC PT_ANL_ REC_TAXABLE GA6 Annual Non Recoverable Taxable by ZX_REPORTING_TYPES_B REPORTING _TYPE_CODE ZX_REPORTING_CODES_B REPORTIN Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration B 29 G_CODE_CHAR_VALUE and ZX_REPORT_CODES_ASSOC PT_ANL_ NON_REC_TAXABLE GA7 Annual Recoverable Tax Box by ZX_REPORTING_TYPES_B REPORTING _TYPE_CODE ZX_REPORTING_CODES_B REPORTIN G_CODE_CHAR_VALUE and ZX_REPORT_CODES_ASSOC PT_ANL_ REC_TAX_BOX JG_AR_MEMO_LINES Feature Area Additional Memo Line Information JE HU ARXSTDML STAT_CODE and Additional Memo Line Information JE PL ARXSTDML STAT_CODE Description of Change GA1 STAT_CODE is replaced by STATISTICAL_CODE in the following tables ZX_FC_TYPES_B MTL_CATEGORIES_SETS MTL_CATEGORIES GA1 STAT_CODE is replaced by PRODUCT_CATEGORY in the following tables AR_MEMO _LINES_ALL_B ZX_FC_TYPES B ZX_FC_CODES B ZX_FC_CODES_DENORM_B JG_AR_VAT_TAX Feature Area Description of Change B 30 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Additional Tax Information JE CZ ARXSUVAT TAX_ORIGIN Additional Tax Information JE HU ARXSUVAT TAX_ORIGIN Additional Tax Information JE PL ARXSUVAT TAX_ORIGIN GAI Tax Origin is replaced by named columns ZX_TAXES_B TAX and Z
122. _ CATEGORY GAS Transaction Condition Class by ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS TRX_BUSIN ESS_CATEGORY GA11 Tax Base Amount by ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS UNROUND ED_TAXABLE_AMT ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS TAXABLE_A MT ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS TAXABLE_A MT_TAX_CURR and ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS TAXABLE_A MT_FUNCL_CURR GA12 Tax Base Rate by ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS TAX_BASE_ MODIFIER_RATE GAI Charged Tax Amount by ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS UNROUND ED_TAX_AMT ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS TAX_AMT_T AX_CURR and ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS TAX_AMT_F UNCL_CURR GA20 Calculated Tax Amount by B 72 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 JG_RA_CUSTOMER_TRX ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS CAL_TAX_A MT ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS CAL_TAX_A MT_TAX_CURR and ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS CAL_TAX_A MT_FUNCL_CURR Feature Area Argentine Customer Transaction Information JL AR ARXTWMALTGW_HEADER Description of Change The following segments are replaced by the named columns GA17 CAI Number by ZX_LINES_DET_FACTOR TAX_INVOIC E_NUMBER GA18 CAI Due Date by ZX_LINES_DET_FACTOR TAX_INVOIC E_DATE Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration B 73 Symbols 3 3 lt gt 3 3 11 3 3 A Accept Consolidated Billing Invoices 23 7 accommodations deductions 12 2 Account Drill Down report 1 3 accounting segment values 12 3 accounting setup 10 2 Accounting Setup Manager 10 2 accruals 26 2 Adva
123. a Aa A AE Ea EE EAE EEA ANE 1 1 Subledger Accounting Architecture ssssinssssintissineissinrissinrrisrintisrrnrnnrintisninnrrnrinenn ene 1 1 Invoice Distributions from Oracle Payables 0 0 ccccec eee ee ete eee eenee tee eeeeeeetneeeeaes 1 3 Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration for Greece 00 ccccscece cece ceee cess see ceneeeseerneeanes 1 4 2 Oracle Cash Management Details sci ieee ein ce al eed eee Ao ce set cet eh oe 2 1 3 Oracle E Business Tax OVeIvieW jess eatin hanna ein niet ein Mie 3 1 Migration Naming Convention 0 0 ccc eee eerie reer teeter testes tines seesneeseeeeneeeaes 3 3 Data Ownership of Upgraded Data 0 00 ccceccecce cee eens eeee seer seer esse eeneseseseeeeneseseesneeenees 3 5 Location Based Tax Upgrade 0 cc cic nnr e nnnnennee tener teetneesnenteesneaseenas 3 6 Defaulting Hietarch ys ices ected piston ied eid cla devas Waban acted andba a eia telnet 3 6 Tax Groups with Conditions Constraints and Exceptions tee eeeteetneenees 3 6 Upgrade of Fax Recovery iii ciiiiise E aaa a aa eaaa a AERE e EA ERa Eaa Ea eE aa EAEE aia 3 7 Tax Overrides Arar ered eo ne vais t aee aiaei aea e adaa E ae Teda a ea a EE Rie Haa at aiea ta e Eii 3 7 Party Tax Informati na eiert eaaa aaa E RL a A Aa aa T E pea etiaai 3 7 Tax RegistratiOn S i erderara aea aanaeio ae aap ia aiaiai 3 8 Tax Exemiptio ng isi roroa a a Ea aaa aa a aE Ea aAa E ARE 3 8 Tax Transaction U parade
124. acle Internet Expenses is the Expense Report Import program The Payables Open Interface Import APIs are used to indirectly import the Expense Report transactions from the Open Interface tables into the Payables Invoice tables The existing Expense Report header and lines table will be treated as a transaction table as opposed to an interface table Only expense reports created using Internet Expenses and Payables Expense Entry forms will be stored in the Expense Report transaction table In Release 12 Oracle Internet Expenses leverages this new functionality After upgrade to Release 12 there is impact to Payables personnel s responsibilities Payables personnel are introduced to an additional self service flow OA Framework page which allows them run the Expense Report Export concurrent program from the Internet Expenses Auditor and the Internet Expenses Audit Manager responsibilities A new user interface allows them to review the export results online and analyze them quickly Four categories of results list the expense reports for which invoices were created the expense reports that had prepayments applied the expense reports placed on hold and the expense reports that were rejected They are not required to run the Oracle Internet Expenses 12 3 concurrent program through the Oracle Payables Concurrent Request form Integration with Oracle E Business Tax Prior to Release 12 Oracle Internet Expenses leveraged Oracle Payables tax solu
125. action Business Category Code Transaction Business Category Code Classification Type Code Classification Type Code Transaction Business Category Code Classification Type Code Classification Type Code Reporting Code Tax Classification Type Code Oracle E Business Tax 3 13 Inventory Items Item Templates Item Templates Sales Order Lines Fiscal Classification Code Fiscal Classification Code Fiscal Classification Code Operation Fiscal Code Products Product Classifications Non Inventory Products Product Classifications Inventory linked Products Product Classifications Non Inventory Transactions Transaction Business Categories Classification Type Code Classification Type Code Classification Type Code Transaction Business Category Code Chile Release 11i Entity AP Tax Codes AR Tax Codes AR Tax Codes GDF Segment Tax Category Bills of Exchange Tax Debit Account Release 12 User Interface Tax Configuration Tax Rates Rate Details gt Tax Reporting Codes Region Tax Configuration Tax Rates Rate Details gt Tax Reporting Codes Region Tax Configuration Tax Rates gt Tax Rate Details gt Operating Unit Tax Accounts gt Update Tax Accounts Prompt Reporting Code Reporting Code Tax Expense 3 14 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release
126. al JE ES ARXTWMAI MODELO415_347PR Spanish Receivables Invoice Type Modelo 349 JE ES ARXTWMAI MODELO349 Spanish Receivables Invoice Type Other JE EX ARXTWMALOTHER GA2 VAT_REGISTER_TRX is obsolete GAI Tax Date is replaced by ZX_LINES_ DET _FACTORS TAX_INVOICE _ DATE GA2 VAT_REGISTER_TRX is obsolete GAI Invoice Type is replaced by a named column TRX_BUSINESS_CATEGORY in the following tables ZX_FC_TYPES_B ZX_FC_CODES_B ZX_FC_CODES_DENORM_B GA1 Invoice Type is replaced by ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS TRX_BUSINESS_ CATEGORY GAS Triangulation is replaced by ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS DOCUMENT_SU B_TYPE GA1 Invoice Type is obsolete JG_RA_CUSTOMER_TRX_LINES Feature Area Description of Change B 38 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 CZ Receivables VAT Register Informations GAI Final Vat Register Request ID is replaced JE CZ ARXTWMALREGISTER_INFO by JG_ZZ_VAT_TRX_DETAILS FINAL_REPORT HU Receivables VAT Register Informations ING ID JELHU ARXTWMALREGISTER_INFO PL Receivables VAT Register Informations JE PL ARXTWMAI REGISTER_INFO and SK Receivables VAT Register Informations JESK ARXTWMALREGISTER_INFO HU Receivables VAT Register Informations The following segments are obsolete JE HU ARXTWMAL REGISTER_INFO GA1 FINAL_VAT_REQUEST_ID GA2 Start Date GA3 End Date GA4 Balancing Segment GAS Tax Origin
127. al Ledger This chapter covers the following topics Changes in Terminology Accounting Setup Sets of Books Changes Multiple Reporting Currency Changes Global Accounting Engine Integration Drilling Down to Individual Subledgers from Oracle General Ledger Period Rates Revaluation Statistical Report Level Currency for Financial Statement Generator Reports Changes in Terminology The following lists the terminology changes from Release 11i to Release 12 Release 11i Term Release 12 Term Comments Global Accounting Engine Subledger Accounting Refer to the Subledger Accounting section for more information Oracle General Ledger 10 1 Global Intercompany System GIS Intercompany Accounts MRC Primary Set of Books MRC Reporting Set of Books Multiple Posting Set of Books Global Accounting Engine Secondary Sets of Books Set of Books Translated Currency Advanced Global Intercompany System AGIS Intracompany Balancing Primary Ledger Reporting Currency Secondary Ledgers Secondary Ledgers Ledger Balance Level Reporting Currency AGIS is a new application within the Oracle E Business Suite that allows companies to streamline intercompany processing and facilitates the reconciliation of intercompany transactions All of the GIS setup options and intercompany transactions will migrate to AGIS Refer to the Advanced Global Intercompany System section for more information about th
128. anager Oracle Web Applications Desktop Integrator Implementation and Administration Guide Oracle Web Applications Desktop Integrator brings Oracle E Business Suite functionality to a spreadsheet where familiar data entry and modeling techniques can be used to complete Oracle E Business Suite tasks You can create formatted spreadsheets on your desktop that allow you to download view edit and create Oracle E Business Suite data which you can then upload This guide describes how to implement Oracle Web Applications Desktop Integrator and how to define mappings layouts style sheets and other setup options Oracle Workflow Administrator s Guide This guide explains how to complete the setup steps necessary for any product that includes workflow enabled processes It also describes how to manage workflow processes and business events using Oracle Applications Manager how to monitor the progress of runtime workflow processes and how to administer notifications sent to workflow users Oracle Workflow Developer s Guide This guide explains how to define new workflow business processes and customize existing Oracle E Business Suite embedded workflow processes It also describes how to define and customize business events and event subscriptions Oracle Workflow User s Guide This guide describes how users can view and respond to workflow notifications and monitor the progress of their workflow processes Oracle Workflow API Reference
129. ancials for the Americas Financials for the Americas New Profile Options Profile Option Name Description JLBR Check Date BDC Validation Business Day Validation for Payment Date A 10 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Financials for the Americas Obsolete Profile Options Profile Option Name JL AR Tax Use Related Transactions for Threshold checking JL Debug Mode JLBR Automatically Change Date JLBR Automatically Populate Payment Batch Name JLBR Payment Action JLBR Payment Location JLBR Bank Transfer Currency Feature Area Latin Tax Engine Latin American Fixed Assets Inflation Adjustment Brazilian Business Day Calendar Brazilian Payment Batch Brazilian Business Day Calendar Brazilian Business Day Calendar Brazilian AP AR Bank Transfer Replaced By Moved to AR System Options Debug mechanism replaced by central FND Logging Infrastructure GDF segment JG_AP_SYSTEM_PARAMET ERS GA8 Change Payment Due Date Automatically Not applicable n a GDF segments JG_AP_SYSTEM_PARA METERS GA6 Payment Due Date Derivation Method and GA JG_AP SYSTEM PARA METERS GA20 Payment Due Date Derivation Method GDF segment JG_AP_SYSTEM_PARAMET ERS GA7 Payment Location Hard coded string BRL General Ledger General Ledger New Profile Options Profile Options A 11 Profile Option Name GL Archive Jo
130. anizations with an Operating Unit classification will also be made for Inventory organizations with the intention of creating Secondary Establishments No other classification of organization other than the operating unit classification or the inventory organization classification will be considered for migrating as Establishments Main Establishments Regarding Main Establishments e Data used in the migration for Legal Entity will be used to create both the Legal Entity and Establishment of type Main Establishment e If a candidate organization with a classification of Operating Unit also has an accompanying GRE Legal Entity classification it will be assumed that the organization has already been upgraded and used in the creation of a Legal Entity and Establishment type Main Establishment e Ifa candidate organization with a classification of Operating Unit without an accompanying GRE Legal Entity classification but has the same location as the GRE LE it is associated to will be used in creation of Establishment type Main Establishment Secondary Establishments Regarding Secondary Establishments e Organizations with a classification of Operating Unit and no accompanying GRE Legal Entity classification and are associated with a candidate GRE Legal Entity will be considered as Secondary Establishments e For some countries such as Brazil most of the Secondary Establishment information will come from various localization sources
131. ansacted the same as in Release 11i by means of the generation and remittance of a negative miscellaneous receipt Balance Forward Billing Balance forward billing replaces the consolidated billing functionality so all documentation will now refer to balance forward billing During the upgrade payment cycles will be created based on the cut off dates of existing proxima payment terms and assigned to those payment terms Balance forward billing payment terms cannot be assigned to transaction types and customer site uses Therefore during upgrade if a consolidated term was assigned at these levels the 23 6 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 upgrade script will override the assignment with a null value Customers that were enabled for consolidating billing will be enabled for balance forward billing If the payment term assigned could not be upgraded to a balance forward billing payment term that customer will not be enabled for balance forward billing the value for this check box will be null This might occur if default payment term was not a proxima term and consolidated billing was not performed even though it was enabled Allow override of payment terms will cause a different action in Release 12 If allow override of payment terms is enabled the payment term on the invoice can be changed to a non balance forward billing term This means that the invoice will be processed sep
132. any entering intercompany transactions importing transactions from external sources and generating reports Oracle Advanced Collections User Guide This guide describes how to use the features of Oracle Advanced Collections to manage your collections activities It describes how collections agents and managers can use Oracle Advanced Collections to identify delinquent customers review payment history and aging data process payments use strategies and dunning plans to automate the collections process manage work assignments and handle later stage delinquencies Oracle Advanced Collections Implementation Guide This guide describes how to configure Oracle Advanced Collections and its integrated products It contains the steps required to set up and verify your implementation of Oracle Advanced Collections Oracle Assets User Guide This guide provides you with information on how to implement and use Oracle Assets Use this guide to understand the implementation steps required for application use including defining depreciation books depreciation method and asset categories It also contains information on setting up assets in the system maintaining assets retiring and reinstating assets depreciation group depreciation accounting and tax accounting budgeting online inquiries impairment processing and Oracle Assets reporting The guide explains using Oracle Assets with Multiple Reporting Currencies MRC This guide also includes
133. arately from the balance forward bill With consolidated billing it would have been picked up on the bill but the aging would have occurred based on the payment term of the invoice not the bill Three concurrent programs are now needed to consolidate invoices e Generate Balance Forward Bills program replaces Print Draft Consolidated Billing Invoices and Print New Consolidated Billing Invoices e Confirm Balance Forward Bill program replaces Accept Consolidated Billing Invoices and Reject Consolidated Billing Invoices e BPA Balance Forward Print Program replaces Reprint Consolidated Billing Invoices Consolidated billing was performed at the customer site level so all customers converted to balance forward billing will be enabled at the site level Following Upgrade if you wish to implement balance forward billing at the customer account level you will need to modify those records See the Oracle Receivables User Guide for details Late Charge Enhancements Late charges are centrally calculated in Receivables negating need for separate solutions in Oracle Financials for the Americas and Oracle Financials for Europe Brazil and Scandinavia as well as Oracle Student Services Late charges can be derived as adjustments invoices or debit memos Prior to Release 12 adjustments were the only option in Receivables The other Oracle products used interest invoices Global Flexfield setup values on the customer profile will migrate t
134. ase 11i setup one of the following subledger accounting methods will be assigned to your Oracle Public Sector Financials 19 1 ledger e Encumbrance with Standard Accrual e Encumbrance with Standard Cash Accounting rules available in SLA mimic the Release 11i encumbrance accounting behavior During the upgrade the set up of Payables System Options Allow Adjustments to Paid Invoices will be deselected if previously was selected Allow Adjustments to Paid Invoices must be unselected Selecting this option may result in incorrect accounting Encumbrances Data Migration Encumbrance journals in GL will not be migrated to SLA journals SLA accounting reports will combine data from both GL and SLA journals During normal processing the SLA code will detect if a journal exists in SLA or GL and use the appropriate rule to create the accounting Encumbrance Types In Release 11i encumbrance types were used to sub divide encumbrance balances for reporting and inquiry on encumbrance balances in General Ledger In Release 12 only the encumbrance types provided by Subledger Accounting namely Commitment Obligation Invoice and Project is available for inquiry and reporting using the Funds Available Inquiry window Budget Funds Available Analysis report and Funds Available Detail report To inquire and report on custom encumbrance types you can use Account Inquiry and Encumbrance Detail Reports in General Ledger In Release 12 Subledge
135. at and payment method Finally a Payee needs to be created Much of the Payee configuration is optional and provides support for different payment processes The one mandatory requirement is the setup of all operating units that will create source transactions to be settled via bank account transfer Setting the operating units on the Payee replaces the Merchant Ref field that was set on the Receivables Receipt Classes form in Release 11i Note that the Merchant Ref field was mandatory for credit card processing but not bank account transfer processing The Oracle Payments Payee configuration is now mandatory for all automated funds capture processing in Release 12 Process The Oracle Receivables Automatic Remittances Creation Program passes settlements to Oracle Payments The settlements are grouped into settlement batches according to rules configured on the Funds Capture Process Profile The process profile then controls the rules for formatting and processing the settlement batches Payment administrators may want to take advantage of the new Funds Capture Process Manager dashboard provided by Oracle Payments in Release 12 18 12 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Oracle iPayment Impact Oracle iPayment is obsolete in Release 12 Enhanced features in the new Oracle Payments product replace all of its functionality This section provides additional details about the impact of the c
136. ates with a conversion rate type name of Period End lt ledger id gt Period average rates upgrade to daily rates with a conversion rate type name of Period Average lt ledger id gt If you performed currency translation in your Release 11i sets of books those sets of books will become ledgers in Release 12 with currency translation options assigned The daily rates that represent the period end and period average rates will be automatically assigned to the ledger You can view all upgraded period rates in the Daily Rates form or from the Daily Rates page in Currency Rates Manager in Release 12 Revaluation This section discusses upgrade details regarding revaluation and revaluation sets in Oracle General Ledger Release 12 Revaluation Adjustments Involving Period Rates In Release 11i revaluation adjustments could be calculated using period rates daily rates of a specified rate type or user entered rates specified at run time for the revaluation request Revaluation sets were specific to a set of books For the Release 12 upgrade set of books specific period rates are merged into the daily rates model identifiable by unique period end and period average rate types Under this new model revaluation adjustments are calculated with the option of either using daily rates of a specified rate type or one time user entered rates specified for the revaluation the period rates option has now been removed from the user interface It is also no
137. ation Code Release 12 User Interface Tax Configuration Tax Rates Rate Details gt Tax Reporting Codes Region Products Product Classifications Inventory linked Products Product Classifications Non Inventory Products Product Classifications Inventory linked Products Product Classifications Non Inventory Prompt Reporting Code Classification Type Code Classification Type Code Classification Type Code Classification Type Code Oracle E Business Tax 3 11 AR Tax Codes AR Tax Codes AR Tax Codes AR Tax Codes AR Tax Codes HR Locations HR Locations Inventory Items Inventory Items DGI Transaction Code Municipal Jurisdiction Print Tax Line Tax Category Turnover Jurisdiction Code Primary ID Number Primary ID Valid Digit AR Primary ID Number Primary ID Valid Digit AR Fiscal Classification Code Fiscal Classification Code Tax Configuration Tax Rates Rate Details gt Tax Reporting Codes Region Tax Configuration Tax Rates Rate Details gt Tax Reporting Codes Region Tax Configuration Tax Rates Rate Details gt Tax Reporting Codes Region Tax Configuration Taxes Tax Configuration Tax Rates Rate Details gt Tax Reporting Codes Region Parties gt Party Tax Profile gt Update gt Tax Reporting Codes Parties gt Party Tax Profile gt Update gt Tax Registrations Products Prod
138. ation Server Adapter for Oracle Applications User s Guide is available in the Oracle Application Server 10g Documentation Library Oracle Diagnostics Framework User s Guide This manual contains information on implementing and administering diagnostics tests for Oracle E Business Suite using the Oracle Diagnostics Framework Oracle E Business Suite Concepts This book is intended for all those planning to deploy Oracle E Business Suite Release 12 2 or contemplating significant changes to a configuration After describing the Oracle E Business Suite architecture and technology stack it focuses on strategic topics xiii xiv giving a broad outline of the actions needed to achieve a particular goal plus the installation and configuration choices that may be available Oracle E Business Suite CRM System Administrator s Guide This manual describes how to implement the CRM Technology Foundation JTT and use its System Administrator Console Oracle E Business Suite Desktop Integration Framework Developer s Guide Oracle E Business Suite Desktop Integration Framework is a development tool that lets you define custom integrators for use with Oracle Web Applications Desktop Integrator This guide describes how to define and manage integrators and all associated supporting objects as well as how to download and upload integrator definitions Oracle E Business Suite Developer s Guide This guide contains the coding standards followed by t
139. ax data 3 4 no rate action 10 9 Norway bank charge bearer controls 17 15 format mapping 8 9 invoice information 17 17 late charges 23 7 obsolete GDFs 17 22 obsolete miscellaneous GDF 17 22 payment file information 17 18 payment formats 17 11 payment instruction information 17 16 payment text messaging 17 20 profile option A 8 settlement and file directory controls 17 18 settlement priority 17 22 unique remittance identifiers 17 20 O Open Interface Import APIs 12 3 operating unit restriction 13 2 OPSFI See Oracle Public Sector Financials International Oracle Advanced Collections 23 7 Oracle E Business Suite 18 1 Oracle Financial Common Module 27 2 Oracle Financial Services Accounting Hub 24 2 Oracle Payables Expense Reports 12 4 Oracle Payments formats 18 1 Oracle Projects 12 3 Oracle Public Sector Financials International OPSFI 27 2 Oracle Receivables 23 5 Oracle XML Publisher 18 1 overrides tax 3 7 ownership of tax setup 3 5 P party sites 14 4 party tax profiles 3 7 payee configuration 18 10 payment batches 17 5 payment categories 17 21 payment configuration 17 14 payment file formatting 17 19 payment file information 17 18 payment formats migrated Oracle iPayment 18 13 Oracle Payables 17 5 Oracle Receivables 23 4 Spanish CSB32 Remittance 23 6 US Federal 17 7 payment instruction information 17 16 payment methods 17 14 payment processing rules 18 5 p
140. ayment processing setup 18 9 payment reason codes 27 3 Payments Dashboard 18 6 payment text messaging 17 20 per diem 12 2 period rates 10 15 Poland format mapping 8 10 invoice information 17 17 non location based tax 3 4 payment formats 17 11 tax GDF 3 18 Portfolio Code field 26 2 Portugal Direct Debit File Format 23 6 format mapping 8 10 JEPT Print Direct Debit Receipt Letter 23 6 Index 5 payment formats 17 11 reporting entities 15 4 separate remittance advice format 17 13 tax GDF 3 20 VAT reporting 8 2 Posting Manager 11 1 postupgrade process for subledgers 24 3 Preupgrade Diagnosis Program 10 13 Pricing Model field 26 2 primary set of books 10 10 Print Draft Consolidated Billing Invoices 23 7 Print New Consolidated Billing Invoices 23 7 processing rules 18 10 profile options 7 4 Advanced Collections A 2 Assets A 2 Bill Presentment Architecture A 3 Cash Management A 3 E Business Tax A 4 FA Include Nonrecoverable Tax in Mass Addition 1 3 FA Use Workflow Account Generation 1 2 Financials Common Modules A 7 Financials for Europe A 8 Financials for the Americas A 10 General Ledger A 11 GL Data Access Set 10 4 GL Set of Books 10 4 GL MRC Post Reporting Journals Automatically 10 10 GL MRC Journals Inherit the Journal Creator from the Primary Book s Journal 10 9 Golden Tax Adaptor A 14 HR Security Profile 14 6 Internal Controls Manager A 15 Internet Expenses A 16 iProc
141. bearer controls 17 15 format mapping 8 7 invoice information 17 17 late charges 23 7 obsolete miscellaneous GDF 17 22 payment categories 17 21 payment file information 17 18 payment formats 17 9 payment instruction information 17 16 payment text messaging 17 20 settlement and file directory controls 17 18 settlement control 17 21 unique remittance identifiers 17 20 depreciation 1 2 Depreciation Expense Account 1 3 Descriptive Flexfields DFFs for India 9 1 Descriptor settings 13 2 DFF See Descriptive Flexfields Direct Debit Authorization Code field 23 6 Direct Debit Bank Instruction field 23 6 disbursement bank account 17 16 distributions 12 3 document sequencing 17 4 duel posting 10 15 dunning 23 7 E EDI Outbound Program APECEPYO 17 14 EDI payments 17 5 electronic transmission of payments 18 4 Employee Payment Type Mapping 27 3 employees 17 3 Encumbrance with Standard Accrual 19 1 Encumbrance with Standard Cash 19 1 establishments 15 2 expense allocations 12 3 Expense Report Form 12 4 exporting expense reports 12 3 F Financial Statement Generator 10 17 Finland bank charge bearer controls 17 15 format mapping 8 7 late charges 23 7 obsolete miscellaneous GDF 17 22 payment file information 17 18 payment formats 17 10 payment instruction information 17 16 payment text messaging 17 20 settlement and file directory controls 17 18 settlement control 17 21 unique r
142. branch that is linked to a Treasury Counterparty The Treasury Use flag is automatically selected for migrated company bank accounts Subsidiary accounts now also reside in the centralized data model Unlike company bank accounts however they will not be visible in the Cash Management Bank Accounts user interface They will still have to be managed in the Counterparty Profiles form In Release 12 two new fields Portfolio Code and Pricing Model have been added to the Settlement Account Detail window These fields are required if the balance needs to be entered or updated for a subsidiary bank account in the Cash Management Bank balance user interface Although the bank account maintenance is changed in Release 12 there is no impact on bank account usage in the Treasury transactions or process flows Bank Account Balance Migration to Cash Management All existing bank account balance information is upgraded as follows e All existing bank account balance data and the rates at the balance level are automatically migrated to the new centralized data model during the Release 12 upgrade e Default interest rate setup for bank account balances is not migrated Prior to Release 12 Treasury bank balances could be entered or updated in the Current Account Balances window In Release 12 this functionality is moved to the Cash Management Bank balances user interface Bank balances can be created or updated in this user interface for Company and Subs
143. cation built by using Oracle Forms Oracle E Business Suite Integrated SOA Gateway User s Guide This guide describes the high level service enablement process explaining how users can browse and view the integration interface definitions and services residing in Oracle Integration Repository Oracle E Business Suite Integrated SOA Gateway Implementation Guide This guide explains how integration repository administrators can manage and administer the Web service activities for integration interfaces including native packaged integration interfaces composite services BPEL type and custom integration interfaces It also describes how to invoke Web services from Oracle E Business Suite by employing the Oracle Workflow Business Event System and how to manage Web service security configure logs and monitor SOAP messages Oracle E Business Suite Integrated SOA Gateway Developer s Guide This guide describes how system integration developers can perform end to end service integration activities These include orchestrating discrete Web services into meaningful end to end business processes using business process execution language BPEL and deploying BPEL processes at run time This guide also explains how to invoke Web services using the Service Invocation Framework This includes defining Web service invocation metadata invoking Web services and testing the Web service invocation Oracle e Commerce Gateway User s Guide This guide de
144. ccount invoices including invoice interface and scheduled payments The Netherlands also used two profile options JENL Reporting Threshold and JENL Validate All Invoices In Release 12 the following GDFs and profiles are obsolete and regulatory reporting is setup at the payment process profile level in Oracle Payments Since this feature was redesigned with a fresh perspective based on requirements from all countries no data will be upgraded from the GDFs e Germany Declaration Flag Declaration Limit e Netherlands EFT Rate Type and profiles Reporting Threshold and Validate All Invoices Regulatory Reporting Payment Reasons In Release 11i there are a number of GDFs that support collecting of information pertaining to why a supplier or invoice is being paid This information is required by government or central bank reporting This feature is used by the following countries Belgium Denmark Netherlands Norway Poland and Sweden If you are not operating in these countries you can disregard this section In Release 11i GDFs that hold payment reason information are held at the following levels system payment format supplier site bank account and invoices including invoice interface In Release 12 the following GDFs are obsolete and payment reasons are collected at the payee level and defaulted to the invoice Oracle Payments will not support a system level payment reason in Release 12 During the upgrade existing values in the
145. ced Invoice distributions store the Oracle Payables 17 3 accounting allocation and other detail information that makes up the invoice line In prior releases a charge allocation table managed the allocations but this entity is obsolete in Release 12 During the upgrade Oracle Payables creates one invoice line for every distribution available in the 11i distributions table except in the case of reversal pairs where Payables creates one line with a zero amount Other Release 12 features like Subledger Accounting and E Business Tax integration require that Payables invoice distributions be stored at the maximum level of detail Oracle Payables makes this transformation of existing invoice distributions during the upgrade For example instead of storing the Exchange Rate Variance and Invoice Price Variance as attributes of an invoice distribution as in prior releases Oracle Payables will create a distribution for each of those charges Centralized Banks and Bank Account Definitions in Oracle Cash Management In Release 12 the ownership of internal banks and bank accounts will move to Oracle Cash Management for all products in the E Business Suite All internal banks and bank accounts you had defined for your operations will be migrated from the Payables entities to the central Cash Management entities A Legal Entity now owns the bank accounts and their payment documents rather than being owned by an Operating Unit as in prior releases
146. ced by AP_INVOICES_ALL REMITTANCE_MESSA GE1 JGZZ_INVOICE_INFO1 JEFI_REFERENCE_N O is replaced by AP_INVOICES_ALL UNIQUE_REMITTANC E_IDENTIFER JGZZ_INVOICE_INFO2 JEFILREFERENCE_CHECK is replaced by AP_INVOICES_ALL URI_CHECK_DIGIT B 8 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Long Text FI Viesti Netherlands EFT Information NL Foreign Payments The following segments are replaced by named columns JGZZ_INVOICE_INFO2 JEFI_SHORT_MESSAGE by AP_INVOICES_ALL REMITTANCE_ME SSAGE1 JGZZ_INVOICE_INFO3 JEFILLONG_MESSAGE_1 by AP_INVOICES_ALL REMITTANCE_ME SSAGE2 JGZZ_INVOICE_INFO4 JEFILLONG_MESSAGE_2 by AP_INVOICES_ALL REMITTANCE_ME SSAGE3 The following segments are replaced by named columns JGZZ_INVOICE_INFO1 Payment Category Code by AP_INVOICES_ALL PAYMENT_REASO N_ID JGZZ_INVOICE_INFO10 Goods Code by AP_INVOICES_ALL PAYMENT_REASO N_COMMENTS JGZZ_INVOICE_INFO11 Payment Nature by AP_INVOICES_ALL PAYMENT_REASO N_COMMENTS Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration B 9 Norwegian EFT Information NO Norway The following segments are replaced by named columns JGZZ_INVOICE_INFO1 KID by AP_INVOICES_ALL UNIQUE_REMITT ANCE_IDENTIFER JGZZ_INVOICE_INFO2 Declaration Code by AP_INVOICES_ALL PAYMENT_REASO N_ID JGZZ_INVOICE_INFO3 Declaration Descr by AP_INVOICES_ALL PAYMENT_REASO N_COMMENTS
147. ceivables open interfaces such as AutoLockbox which lets you create and apply receipts and AutoInvoice which you can use to import and validate transactions from other systems Archiving and purging Receivables data is also discussed in this guide Oracle Sourcing Implementation and Administration Guide This guide contains information on how to implement Oracle Sourcing to enable participants from multiple organizations to exchange information conduct bid and auction processes and create and implement buying agreements This allows professional buyers business experts and suppliers to participate in a more agile and accurate sourcing process Oracle Subledger Accounting Implementation Guide This guide provides setup information for Oracle Subledger Accounting features including the Accounting Methods Builder You can use the Accounting Methods Builder to create and modify the setup for subledger journal lines and application accounting definitions for Oracle subledger applications This guide also discusses the reports available in Oracle Subledger Accounting and describes how to inquire on subledger journal entries XXV xxvi Oracle Supplier Scheduling User s Guide This guide describes how you can use Oracle Supplier Scheduling to calculate and maintain planning and shipping schedules and communicate them to your suppliers Oracle iProcurement Implementation and Administration Guide This manual describes how to set up and a
148. ces option must also be deselected Selecting these options may result in incorrect accounting Encumbrances Data Migration Encumbrance journals in general ledger will not be migrated to SLA journals SLA accounting reports will combine data from both GL and SLA journals During standard processing the SLA application will detect if a journal exists in SLA or GL and use the appropriate rule to create the required accounting Multifund Receivables Setup Migration Accounting rules available in SLA mimic the Release 11i Multifund Receivables MFAR accounting treatment and are available in the following Application Accounting Definitions e Multifund Account Receivables Accrual Account Method e Multifund Account Receivables Accrual Balancing Method Multifund Receivables Data Migration The data migration is performed during the core Receivables upgrade 20 2 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Integration with Oracle E Business Tax In Release 12 Oracle E Business Tax a new product will manage tax transactions across the E Business Suite In prior releases the setup defaulting and calculation of taxes for Payables was managed within Payables using tax codes their associated rates and a hierarchy of defaulting options This method of managing tax is still available in Release 12 During the upgrade E Business Tax migrates the tax codes and rates to corresponding tax ru
149. ch Check Format Stub After Payment IBY_PAY_CHK_FR_A French EFT Format IBY_PAY_EFT_FR German Check Format IBY_PAY_CHK_DE German Check Format Stub After Payment IBY_PAY_CHK_DE_A German Domestic EFT Format IBY_PAY_EFT_DOMESTIC_DE German International EFT Format IBY_PAY_EFT_FOREIGN_DE German Wire Format IBY_PAY_WIRE_DE 17 10 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Italy Italian EFT JEITPEFT Italian Wire Order JEITAPBT Japan Zengin Format APTZGF Netherlands Netherlands Domestic JENLFDOM Netherlands Foreign JENLFFGN Norway Norwegian BBS JENOPBDR Norwegian Telepay JENOPTGN Norwegian Datadialog Payment Format JENOPDDG Poland Polish Pekao Credit Transfers Format JEPLEFT1 Polish Pekao Payments JEPLEFT2 Polish Citibank MTMS EFT Format JEPLEFT3 Portugal Italian EFT Format IBY_PAY_EFT_IT Italian Wire Format IBY_PAY_WIRE_IT Japanese Zengin Format IBY_PAY_EFT_ZENGIN_JP Netherlands Domestic EFT Format IBY_PAY_EFT_DEOMESTIC_NL Netherlands Foreign EFT Format IBY_PAY_EFT_FOREIGN_NL Norwegian BBS Format IBY_PAY_EFT_BBS_NO Forwegian Telepay EFT Format IBY_PAY_EFT_TELPAY_NO Obsolete Polish Pekao Credit Transfers Format IBY_PAY_EFT_CREDIT_TRANS_PL Polish Pekao Payment Order Format IBY_PAY_EFT_PAY_ORDER_PL Polish Citibank MTMS EFT Format IBY_PAY_EFT_CITI_MTMS_P
150. codes within a tax group migrates to E Business Tax as a tax classification code Payables and Purchasing tax codes migrate as input tax classification codes Receivables and Projects tax codes migrate as output tax classification codes under two separate lookup types in E Business Tax You can use these lookups to define additional tax classifications codes according to your requirements See Setting Up Lookup Codes for more information You can use tax classification codes as determining factors in tax conditions to create tax rules used in tax determination The Release 11i tax code assignments to products parties and application system options are replaced by tax classification code assignments Third party suppliers and supplier sites migrate to Trading Community Architecture TCA as TCA parties and party sites For these parties E Business Tax includes the tax classification code field as part of the supplier or supplier site party tax profile Similarly Tax Codes associated with Customer and Customer Sites are migrated as Tax Classification codes See Setting Up a Third Party Tax Profile for more information Along with third parties and third party sites you can assign tax classification codes to 3 2 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 other E Business Tax records according to your requirements A new Regime Determination Template Standard Tax Classification Code STCC will
151. condary Set of Books Assigned to Multiple Primary Sets of Books If you are using the Global Accounting Engine and you have more than one main set of books linked to the same multiple posting set of books this configuration will upgrade to multiple primary ledgers each in a different accounting setup that have the same secondary ledger assigned You can continue to use this configuration in Release 12 but you may not be able to use some new Release 12 features For example you will not be able to query accounting setups in Accounting Setup Manager by the secondary ledger you will only be able to query accounting setups by the primary ledger You will be able to view the secondary ledger in all of the accounting setups for the shared primary ledgers using Accounting Setup Manager Global Accounting Engine Dual Posting The Global Accounting Engine Dual Posting solution in Release 11i allowed you to transfer a single Payables or Receivables transaction to two sets of books using different accounting rules Because Global Accounting Engine Dual Posting only addressed transactions from specific subledgers such as Payables and Receivables all other transactions that require a second accounting representation could only be addressed by the General Ledger Consolidation functionality to map and transfer these transactions into a second set of books In Release 12 the main set of books are upgraded as a Primary Ledger the posting set of books are up
152. count Code JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO9 Credit Days JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO13 Payment Date Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration B 49 EFT Format for Netherlands Foreign The following segments are replaced by Payments NL JENLFFGN named columns JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO1 DNB Registration Num by HZ_ORGANIZATION_PROFILES BRAN CH_NUMBER JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO10 Trader Number by IBY_BEP_ACCT_OPT_VALS ACCOUNT _OPTION_CODE j JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO11 Authorised Bank by HZ_CONTACT_POINTS EFT_SWIFT_C ODE lt JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO12 Business Sector by IBY_BEP_ACCT_OPT_VALS ACCOUNT _OPTION_CODE JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO13 EFT Rate Type is obsolete B 50 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 EFT format for Postgiro Foreign Sweden The following segments are replaced by SE JESEPPOU named columns JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO2 Customer Number by IBY_BEP_ACCT_OPT_VALS ACCOUNT _OPTION_CODE JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO10 EFT File Directory by IBY_PAYMENT_PROFILES OUTBOUND _PMT_FILE_DIRECTORY JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO11 Payment Date IBY_PAYMENT_PROFILES at high level The following segments are obsolete JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO3 Senders Name JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO4 Sender Address JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFOS Senders Postal Address JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO6 Federal Reserve Code JGZZ_SYSTEM_INEO7 Sort Option j JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO8 Report Code JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO9 Credit Days JGZZ_SYS
153. custo EA E EE A A 25 Re ceivables 2 220 invariant dightitigaii aga a ig ae eed ila ei aed A 26 SOUT ioro i reas dd aed nadieas vag a a aa EE aa a aia hedaa sap aiaa aaa A 26 Subledger Accounting nna ea aaa a aaa aa aaa A E A 27 Trading Community Architecture 0ccccccccecse cece sees eceee eens eeeeeceeseeseaeseeeseeeeseenneenees A 30 U S Federal Financials icici segs iccttnis ia e Sage ta ea tegen e hain panera A 33 B Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration Financials for Asia Pacific nania i ced det oa Sa EA EEN B 1 Financials for Europeers sini a E E E Ee E a a B 8 Financials for the Americas ni ornina siaaa a aii a aiaiai aa aha B 57 Index viii Send Us Your Comments Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Release 12 2 Part No E48754 02 Oracle welcomes customers comments and suggestions on the quality and usefulness of this document Your feedback is important and helps us to best meet your needs as a user of our products For example e Are the implementation steps correct and complete e Did you understand the context of the procedures e Did you find any errors in the information e Does the structure of the information help you with your tasks e Do you need different information or graphics If so where and in what format e Are the examples correct Do you need more examples If you find any errors or have any other suggestions for improv
154. d Party merge functionality that addresses both customer merge and supplier merge in a consistent way e Inquiries Global Accounting inquiries are replaced by the following SLA inquiries e Accounting Events Inquiry 11 2 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 e Journal Entries Inquiry Reports Global Accounting Engine reports are replaced by the following SLA reports e Journal Entries Report e Account Analysis Report e Third Party Balances Report Users can take advantage of the XML Publisher features to create their own layouts based on the report extracts provided by SLA For more information refer to the Oracle Subledger Accounting Implementation Guide Replacement of Country Specific Features In general country specific features supported by the Global Accounting Engine are now included in the seeded accounting definitions provided out of the box by the subledger applications with the following exceptions Oracle E Business Suite no longer provides a separate set of accounting rules for Italy Oracle Payables has added fields to the Invoice Workbench to capture information for deferred expenses accounting and makes this information available as sources to Subledger Accounting The seeded accounting definitions however do not include accounting for deferred expenses Italian users need to create their own accounting definitions if they want to create multi period
155. d replaced with views that join information from the old tables with information in TCA 17 2 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 TCA Party Creation for Suppliers During the upgrade Oracle Payables creates new parties in TCA for all suppliers that do not have existing party information The parties are created with a party usage of supplier Country and address information is required for parties in the TCA data model so if there is no country or address line 1 specified for a supplier site Oracle Payables derives the country based on the most frequently used operating unit of the supplier s historical transactions E Business Tax uses the country information when you elect to calculate tax based on ship from or bill from location criteria Please confirm your setup of parties before you elect to use this E Business Tax feature Also during the upgrade Oracle Payables reviews the supplier sites and determines duplicates based on the supplier address city county province state country zip and language Oracle Payables then creates only one Party Site for each distinct supplier site address Suppliers created using Oracle Trade Management Oracle Transportation Management and Oracle iSupplier Portal have existing party information During the upgrade Oracle Payables updates the existing party in TCA with the Taxpayer ID from the supplier record if it is different from the one in
156. d the integration with Oracle Payments The following tables display the mapping from seeded 11i AP Payment Formats to the new Release 12 Oracle Payments XML Publisher Formats Obsolete formats are so noted Source 11i Payment Format Program Oracle Payables Long Check Format APXPBFEG Long Check Format stub after payment APXPBFEG Long Laser Format APXPBFEL Long Laser Format stub after payment APXPBFEL Short Check Format APXPBFEG Short Form Feed Format APXPBFEF Short Form Feed Format stub after payment APXPBFEF Standard Check Format APXPBFOR Standard Check Format stub after payment APXPBFOR US Treasury Check APXPBFUS BACS 1 2 Inch Tape APXPBFBC Release 12 Oracle Payments Format Name Code External Check Format IBY_PAY_CHK_STANDARD_2 External Check Format IBY_PAY_CHK_STANDARD_2A Laser Check Format IBY_PAY_CHK_LASER Laser Check Format Stub After Payment IBY_PAY_CHK_LASER_A External Check Format IBY_PAY_CHK_STANDARD_2A External Form Feed Check Format IBY_PAY_CHK_FORM_FEED_2 External Form Feed Check Format Stub After Payment IBY_PAY_CHK_FORM_FEED_2A Standard Check Format IBY_PAY_CHK_STANDARD_1 Standard Check Format Stub After Payment IBY_PAY_CHK_STANDARD_1A US Treasury Format IBY_PAY_CHK_TREASURY UK BACS 1 2 Inch Tape Format IBY_PAY_EFT_BACS_UK 17 6 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide
157. dentified by creating accounting in draft mode Corrections can be made either by updating the underlying transaction data or by changing the accounting definitions using the Accounting Methods Builder Integration with Oracle Payments for Funds Capture The upgrades to the integration with Oracle Payments for funds capture involve e Migrated Remittance Formats e GDF Migration Migrated Remittance Formats The programs that controlled the formatting of remittances and bills receivables remittances are obsolete with Release 12 and the integration with Oracle Payments The following table displays the mapping from seeded 11i x AR Payment Formats to the new Release 12 Oracle Payments XML Formats Source 11i x Payment Format Program Release 12 Oracle Payments Format Name Code Oracle Receivables Transmit Bank Remittances Program Electronic Bank Remittances Format ARXADTRM IBY_REC_EFT 23 4 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 GDF Migration French Bills Receivable Remittance ARBRFRRT Italian Bills Receivable Remittance ARBRITRT Spanish CSB32 Remittance ARBRCS32 Spanish CSB58 Remittance ARBRCS58 Oracle Receivables Globalizations French Receivables Bank Remittance JEFRAR22 German Direct Debit EFT EDEREDD German Receivables Direct Debit Letter JEDERBDD German Receivables Separate Payment Letter JEDEARPL Portuguese Direct Debit Fi
158. des In Release 117 the controls to allow the override of customer exemptions are defined as responsibility level profile options In Release 12 these overrides are setup on the Application Tax Options for a specific Operating Unit and Application In Release 11i the controls to allow the override of Inclusive Tax Lines are defined on the Receivables Systems options In Release 12 these are setup on the Configuration Owner Tax Options for a specific Configuration Owner and Application In Release 111 the controls to allow Tax Rounding Override are defined on the Receivables System Options Customer and Customer Sites In Release 12 Allow Tax Rounding Override setup is upgraded as controls at tax regime and tax level In Release 11i Tax Rate override is controlled at the Tax Code level In Release 12 these are upgraded as controls at the Tax Status level Party Tax Information In E Business Tax the tax related fields of third parties and first parties have been centralized into a new concept called Party Tax Profile This is in line with the aim of centralizing all information for parties and party sites into Trading Community Architecture TCA as well as the modeling of Legal Entities and Establishments For Oracle E Business Tax 3 7 further details refer to the Oracle E Business Tax User Guide The Rounding Rule and Rounding Level defined at Vendor and Vendor Sites level in Release 11i will be migrated as the Rounding Rule and
159. details the attributes of the seeded rules and the seeded six digit USSGL subaccounts being used by the rule This report should be reviewed to confirm that the subaccounts that are seeded exist in the chart of accounts In addition this report can be used to determine if there is any desired accounting that would have been previously generated by transaction codes in Oracle Purchasing Oracle Cost Management Oracle Payables and Oracle Receivables that are not reflected in the seeded rules Custom account derivation rules can be built to change the six digit subaccount from the seeded rule to change conditions for the existing rules that are seeded or to create new rules for transaction codes that are not seeded Implementation of AR AP Netting In Release 11i Oracle Financials has three netting solutions e Single third party in Oracle Public Sector Financials International OPSFI e Contra charging in Global Financials e AR AP netting in U S Federal Financials While these solutions provide netting functionality each address a different specific need In Release 12 the new AP AR Netting solution is introduced in the Oracle Financial Common Module and is intended to consolidate and improve the functionality to create one total netting solution built into the standard applications Therefore the U S Federal Financial AR AP Netting solution has been made obsolete The setup data used by the U S Federal Financials AR AP Netting solut
160. dger has replaced Sets of Books with Ledgers As part of this change centralized accounting reports are available to all applications Additionally Oracle Payables introduces a new Trial Balance report e Oracle E Business Tax anew module manages transaction tax setup associated with trading partners and tax authorities as well as all transaction tax processing and reporting across the E Business suite of applications Part of the architecture of this solution moves tax attributes from Global Descriptive Flexfields GDFs which are obsolete in Release 12 to regular fields on the appropriate entities e A Responsibility can be associated with multiple Operating Units using Multi Organizations Access Control Due to this change all processing and some reporting in Oracle Payables is available across Operating Units from a single applications responsibility Hence you can isolate your transaction data by operating unit for security and local level compliance while still enabling shared service center processing Suppliers Added to Trading Community Architecture In Release 12 Suppliers are defined as Trading Community Architecture TCA parties During the upgrade TCA party records are created and updated for all suppliers they are linked back to their records in the supplier entities and the payment and banking details are migrated into the Oracle Payments data model The supplier supplier site and supplier contacts tables are obsolete an
161. dminister Oracle iProcurement Oracle iProcurement enables employees to requisition items through a self service Web interface Oracle Procurement Contracts Implementation and Administration Guide This manual describes how to set up and administer Oracle Procurement Contracts Oracle Procurement Contracts enables employees to author and maintain complex contracts through a self service Web interface Oracle Trading Community Architecture User Guide This guide describes the Oracle Trading Community Architecture TCA and how to use features from the Trading Community Manager responsibility to create update enrich and cleanse the data in the TCA Registry It also describes how to use Resource Manager to define and manage resources Oracle Trading Community Architecture Administration Guide This guide describes how to administer and implement Oracle Trading Community Architecture TCA You set up control and manage functionality that affects data in the TCA Registry It also describes how to set up and use Resource Manager to manage resources Oracle Trading Community Architecture Reference Guide This guide contains seeded relationship types seeded Data Quality Management data D amp B data elements Bulk Import interface table fields and validations and a comprehensive glossary This guide supplements the documentation for Oracle Trading Community Architecture and all products in the Oracle Customer Data Management family
162. ds are migrated to Oracle Payments and linked to the owning payer or payee In Release 11i all third party bank accounts were held in the Payables AP bank account data model In Release 12 the AP bank account model is completely migrated to other entities The bank account information is migrated as follows From AP bank Account Entity To Release 12 Entity Banks bank branches and internal bank Cash Management bank branch and internal accounts bank account entities Supplier bank accounts Payments external bank account entity Customer bank accounts Payments external bank account entity Customer credit cards Payments payment card entity Automatic Bank Transmission setup Replaced by Payments improved electronic transmission capability Credit card information held in other Oracle Applications product entities is also migrated to the Payments payment card entity The following products hold credit card data in Release 11i that is migrated to Oracle Payments in Release 12 e Oracle Payables e Oracle Order Capture e Oracle Order Management e Oracle Service Contracts Oracle Payments 18 3 e Oracle Student System Migrated Third Party Payment Instruments in Payments In Release 11i data in the AP bank account entity was segregated by operating unit So multiple records were created to record the same payment instrument in the case where different operating units conducted business with the same third party The new payment in
163. e AR invoice lines and creates summary and detail tax lines in the E Business Tax repository The tax lines are upgraded based on the time period you specify during the submission of the Oracle Receivables 23 1 upgrade For more information refer to SLA Postupgrade page 24 3 section in this guide Additionally many Global Descriptive Flexfields stored tax specific data have been migrated to the E Business Tax data model For more information about the Release 12 upgrade of E Business Tax data refer to the Oracle E Business Tax page 3 1 chapter of this guide Integration with Oracle Subledger Accounting With the introduction of the Subledger Accounting SLA module in Release 12 Receivables will rely on the central SLA engine to create accounting entries Receivables will continue to create accounting distributions however they are used as a source for the generation of the final accounting by SLA You can trigger the generation of final accounting by selecting Create Accounting on the Tools menu Once accounting has been created you can view it by clicking View Accounting on the Tools menu During the upgrade accounting options and their settings and the existing accounting entries in the Receivables data model are moved to the new SLA accounting data model Also during the upgrade Receivables seeds default accounting definitions in SLA to replicate the accounting created in Release 11i If you have customizations based on the 11
164. e E Business Tax tax engine This guide provides setup steps information about day to day business processes and a technical reference section Oracle Embedded Data Warehouse User Guide This guide describes how to use Embedded Data Warehouse reports and workbooks to analyze performance Oracle Embedded Data Warehouse Implementation Guide This guide describes how to implement Embedded Data Warehouse including how to set up the intelligence areas Oracle Embedded Data Warehouse Install Guide This guide describes how to install Embedded Data Warehouse including how to create database links and create the end user layer EUL Oracle Financial Accounting Hub Implementation Guide This guide provides detailed implementation information that leverages the features of Oracle Subledger Accounting to generate accounting Oracle Financial Services Reference Guide This guide provides reference material for Oracle Financial Services applications in Release 12 such as Oracle Transfer Pricing and includes technical details about application use as well as general concepts equations and calculations Oracle Financial Services Implementation Guide This guide describes how to set up Oracle Financial Services applications in Release 12 Oracle Financial Services Reporting Administration Guide This guide describes the reporting architecture of Oracle Financial Services applications in Release 12 and provides information on how to vie
165. e GIS upgrade The Release 11i Intercompany Accounts feature including the intercompany balancing rules and clearing accounts is replaced by the Intracompany Balancing feature in Advanced Global Intercompany System AGIS in Release 12 Refer to the Advanced Global Intercompany System section for more information about this upgrade 10 2 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Accounting Setup In Release 12 the Accounting Setup Manager is a new feature that centralizes the setup and maintenance of common financial components within an accounting setup An accounting setup defines the accounting context for one or more legal entities or other business entities The upgrade creates a separate accounting setup for each primary ledger that is upgraded from a set of books The status of the accounting setup will be completed Each accounting setup is a grouping of accounting related setup components The following lists the Release 12 setup components and how the Release 11i features map to them Legal Entities HR Organizations classified as GRE LEs in Release 11i will be preserved as Legal Entities in Release 12 Legal entities can be manually assigned to a ledger and balancing segment values can optionally be mapped to legal entities to help you identify transactions by legal entity during transaction and journal processing For more information about the upgrade for legal
166. e Guide Release 11i to Release 12 Oracle Sourcing 22 1 23 Oracle Receivables This chapter covers the following topics e Integration with Oracle E Business Tax e Integration with Oracle Subledger Accounting e Integration with Oracle Payments for Funds Capture e Integration with Oracle Payables for Refunds e Balance Forward Billing e Late Charge Enhancements e AP AR Netting e Obsolescence and Replacement of Features Integration with Oracle E Business Tax In Release 12 the Oracle E Business Tax module will manage tax across the E Business Suite In prior releases Receivables managed the setup defaulting and calculation of tax using tax codes their associated rates and a hierarchy of defaulting options This method of managing tax is still available to you in Release 12 During the upgrade E Business Tax migrates the tax codes to appropriate tax regime rate and classification code entities so that your tax processing can work the same after the upgrade as it did before If you choose to use the features of E Business Tax you can make the transition at your own pace In Release 12 there are new fields added to the customer invoice and invoice lines entities that track tax attributes used by E Business Tax Many of these attributes were implemented with Global Descriptive Flexfields in prior releases and are upgraded to regular fields on these entities Also during the upgrade E Business Tax takes information from th
167. e Information GAI Supplier Exchange Rate is now a named JA SG APXINWKB INVOICES column AP_INVOICES SUPPLIER_TAX_ EXCHANGE _RATE B 2 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Taiwanese Additional Invoice Information Following segments are disabled and are now JA TW APXINWKB INVOICES named columns GA1 Government Uniform Invoice Type as ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS DOCUMEN T_SUBTYPE GA2 Wine Cigarette as ZX_FC_TYPES_B PRODUCT_CATEGOR Y ZX_FC_CODES_B PRODUCT_CATEGO RY ZX_FC_CODES_DENORM_B PRODUCT _CATEGORY PRODUCT_CATEGORY ZX_FC_TYPES_B WINE_CIGARETTE MTL_CATEGORY_SETS WINE_CIGARE TTE and MTL_CAEGORIES WINE_CIGARETTE GA3 Deductible Type as ZX_FC_TYPES_B TRX_BUSINESS_CATE GORY ZX_FC_CODES_B TRX_BUSINESS_CAT EGORY and ZX_FC_CODES_DENORM_B TRX_BUSI NESS_CATEGORY Thai Additional Invoice Information Thai feature is obsolete and the context is JA TH APXINWKB INVOICES disabled The context had the following segments GAI Tax Invoice Number GA2 Tax Invoice Date GAS Supplier Tax Invoice Number GA4 Tax Accounting Period JG_AP_INVOICES_INTERFACE Feature Area Description of Change Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration B 3 Taiwanese Additional Invoice Information Following segments are replaced with named JA TW APXIISIM INVOICES_FOLDER columns GA1 Government Uniform Invoice Type with ZX_LINES_DET_FAC
168. e controls available values for the field It is now user extensible Germany Direct Debit Bank Instruction Germany has a field named Direct Debit Authorization Code on customer bank accounts This field is obsolete Existing values are migrated to a new field Direct Debit Bank Instruction This field is now standard in the Payment Details region of customer accounts and customer account sites A new lookup type controls available values for the field It is now user extensible Portugal Payer Notification Portugal has a profile option of JEPT Print Direct Debit Receipt Letter The setting specifies whether the Portuguese Direct Debit Letter should be created automatically when the user runs the format of Portuguese Direct Debit File This profile option is obsolete It is replaced by the settings for Payer Notification in the new Payments Funds Capture Process Profile named Portuguese Direct Debit File Format Spain Magnetic Format Code field There is a field for Magnetic Format Code on the Bills Receivable Remittances form used only for the Spanish CSB32 Remittance format This field is obsolete The value for this field is migrated to the new XML Publisher Format template corresponding to the new Payments Spanish CSB32 Remittance Format Integration with Oracle Payables for Refunds Release 12 introduces direct integration with Oracle Payable for transacting all refunds with the exception of credit card refunds Credit card refunds are tr
169. e following lists the subledger accounting options that will be automatically assigned to upgraded ledgers e Subledger Accounting Method For non public sector ledgers Standard Accrual will default unless the upgrade detects that the ledger is a cash basis ledger in which case Standard Cash will be assigned For public sector ledgers Encumbrance Accrual will default unless the upgrade detects that the ledger is a cash basis ledger in which case Encumbrance Cash will be assigned You can change the subledger accounting method at any time but you cannot delete it e Subledger Accounting Method Owner Oracle defaults for all upgraded ledgers If you change the subledger accounting method then the owner of that method will default e Journal Entry Language The base language installed for the instance defaults e Entered Currency Balancing Account If a suspense account was assigned to the set Oracle General Ledger 10 5 of books in Release 11i then the suspense account will default for the entered currency balancing account Users can change this account at any time If no suspense account was assigned then no account will default However you should enter an account that Subledger Accounting will use to post differences from out of balance foreign currency journals in subledgers e Rounding Differences Tracking Account No default value is assigned You should enter an account to prevent processing errors by Subledger Accounting Subl
170. e obsolete and the settlement priority is entered on the invoice and managed by Oracle Payments e Norway Urgency Called e Sweden Express Invoice Express Payment Note In 111 Sweden stores the payment format in a GDF context field During the upgrade the payment format is migrated to the payment format column on the invoice entity During the upgrade information is migrated from the GDFs into the new columns Miscellaneous Obsolete GDFs The following GDFs are not used in payment formats and are obsolete e Denmark Dummy e Finland Check A B form info Exchange Rate Contract Number Dependence Code e Norway Last Date File Created Sigil ID Sum e Sweden Account Code Clearing Number Envelope Future Contract Postgiro Future Contract BGC Invoice charge Code e Switzerland Company ID 17 22 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Integration with Oracle Subledger Accounting Release 12 introduces a new module Subledger Accounting SLA for managing accounting across subledger transactions With the introduction of SLA Payables will no longer create accounting entries but will instead rely on the central SLA engine to do so During the upgrade accounting options and their settings and the existing accounting entries in the Payables data model are moved to the new SLA accounting data model Also during the upgrade Payables sets up SLA to replicate the accounti
171. e reporting currency will inherit the attribute from its source ledger For upgrade cases Oracle will preserve the Release 11i configurations Note If average balances is disabled in the primary ledger but enabled Oracle General Ledger 10 11 for its reporting currency General Ledger Posting will terminate with an error when posting subsequent journals Users will need to disable the conversion of the reporting currency that has Average Balances enabled to successfully post journals in the primary ledger Single Reporting Set of Books Assigned to Multiple Primary Sets of Books If you currently have multiple primary sets of books linked to one reporting set of books in Release 111 this configuration will be upgraded to multiple primary ledgers that share the same reporting currency You will not however be able to use some of the new Release 12 features using this configuration For example you will not be able to query accounting setups by the name of the upgraded reporting currency you will only be able to query accounting setups by the name of the primary ledger Currency translation in Release 12 is another feature that may not behave as intended with this setup If multiple primary ledgers are linked to a single reporting currency then the reporting currency will synchronize its own settings to be synchronized with the primary ledger that was most recently updated For example if you have different settings for suspense posting w
172. e same set of books as the Brazilian companies set of books If this assumption is not met the association between the BSV and the establishments is not automatically migrated and should be manually created For France The association between the balancing segment values BSV and establishments are not automatically created To support DAS2 reporting an association between the BSVs and the establishments can be done using the Legal Entity Configurator UIs 15 6 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 16 Oracle Loans Details The details of the functional upgrade impact for this product are included in the Oracle E Business Suite Upgrade Guide Release 11i to Release 12 Oracle Loans 16 1 17 Overview Oracle Payables This chapter covers the following topics Overview Suppliers Added to Trading Community Architecture Invoice Lines Centralized Banks and Bank Account Definitions in Oracle Cash Management Document Sequencing of Payments Integration with Oracle Payments for Funds Disbursement Payment Configuration Controlled by Global Descriptive Flexfields Integration with Oracle Subledger Accounting Integration with Oracle E Business Tax Multiple Organizations Access Control In Release 12 the Oracle E Business Suite introduces Subledger Accounting E Business Tax Ledgers Banks and other common data model components that are used by Oracle Payables
173. e subledger level reporting currencies that are assigned to a primary ledger unless the MRC_DEBUG profile option is set to zero in which case the reporting set of books will become a journal level reporting currency in Release 12 Oracle General Ledger 10 7 Note A subledger level reporting currency maintains a currency representation of all subledger journals GL journal entries and balances for the primary ledger A journal level reporting currency which can be assigned to a primary ledger or secondary ledger maintains a currency representation for GL journals and balances in the primary or secondary ledger Multiple Reporting Currency Sets of Books Release 11i multiple reporting currency MRC primary sets of books and assigned reporting sets of books become primary ledgers with reporting currencies in Release 12 Both the primary ledger and its reporting currencies will be included in the same accounting setup in Release 12 In addition a data access set that includes the primary ledger and all of its associated reporting currencies will automatically be created during the upgrade Reporting Sets of Books Assigned to Secondary Sets of Books In Release 11i reporting sets of books that are assigned to Payables and Receivables secondary sets of books will be upgraded as subledger level secondary ledgers that are assigned to the primary ledger Terminology Changes for Reporting Set of Books Options The following discusses the te
174. ective source Payables and Receivables For Italy the VAT registers that do not have the document sequences assigned will not be migrated In addition the document sequences that are not assigned to a ledger are excluded from the upgrade Architectural Changes The VAT information is country specific and hence the legal entity information is used to set the right context for the VAT processing and reporting Two new entities the Legal VAT Reporting Entity and the Accounting VAT Reporting Entity have been introduced They help the EMEA VAT Reporting system to deal with the possible configuration changes that could take place to leverage the Shared Services architecture in Release 12 after the upgrade For example moving from an exclusive to shared configuration after the upgrade during an EMEA VAT reporting period During the upgrade the details of the final reported transactions are migrated to a new table which stores all EMEA VAT tax related data As the table is updated a call is made to the Tax Reporting Ledger TRL to get the default values whenever required The same table stores the tax as well as non tax reporting so that the table supports all the reporting requirements In Release 12 EMEA VAT Reporting introduces the concept of a tax calendar The tax calendar is similar to the GL Calendar and is used for tax reporting purposes only In Release 11i a specific tax calendar was used for VAT reporting in Belgium and the 8 2
175. edger Accounting will issue an error if it encounters a subledger journal entry that is unbalanced because of rounding differences and an account is not specified Set of Books Linked to Asset Books If an Assets corporate book and tax book s are linked to the same General Ledger set of books the set of books will become a primary ledger in Release 12 If an Assets corporate book is linked to a different set of books than its tax book s the set of books linked to the Assets corporate book will become a primary ledger and the set of books linked to a tax book will become a subledger level secondary ledger If you enabled the Allow GL Posting option for this type of tax book to have journal entries created in the linked set of books then after the upgrade Subledger Accounting SLA will automatically create the accounting for Asset transactions in the upgraded subledger level secondary ledger If however the Allow GL Posting option was not enabled then accounting entries will not be automatically created for the upgraded subledger level secondary ledger If you used the General Ledger Consolidation functionality to map and transfer subledger transactions into the set of books linked to the tax book then you can continue to do so in Release 12 With the new features in Release 12 however you have the following two options to automate this process e Subledger Accounting SLA e The General Ledger Posting Program Option 1 Using Subledg
176. edger Accounting model Accounting for current period depreciation will be upgraded only if depreciation has already run for the period and the period remains open After the upgrade customers can run the SLA postupgrade process to update accounting for the past transaction data as needed The upgrade for Subledger Accounting performs a number of tasks e Transactions that have occurred in the current open period will be upgraded Previously accounting records were not created until after depreciation had run The upgrade will create these lines immediately For example if a user added an asset and went to the Transaction History form he would not see any Addition accounting lines if depreciation had not been run Postupgrade however these records would appear in the Transaction History form for the Addition event The following transactions are affected Oracle Assets 1 1 e Additions e Backdated Additions e Backdated Transfers e Retirements e Accounting lines for transaction depreciation and deferred depreciation events will be copied from the core Assets data model into the Subledger Accounting data model These accounting lines that are upgraded would be viewable in the new Subledger Accounting pages and reports Accounting lines that were not upgraded would only appear in the old historical forms and reports e For transaction events only the data for the current fiscal year are upgraded by default When there are less than s
177. ee 14 6 Multiple Organizations Access Control Impact on Supplier Management Group 14 6 Oracle Legal Entity Configurator OV OL VICW iiss oes ictal a aad coal TETEE T EAE ET 15 1 Legal Entity Data Migration 0 000 cece ee ee ee en aeriana niahi erneet eieae k eridib ateina i 15 1 Legal Associations isc ici cc ieece sti aena aea ieta a dae vucde dughanads a Ca aae aa EESE R AAEE 15 2 GRE Legal Entity Operating Unit and Inventory Organization 0 0 0000 cee 15 2 Stamping of Legal Entities on Transactions sssssensiesinsissririrsinstissrnrtnsrnntisrnnensrnnenn nn 15 5 Oracle Loans WDetarls oy tise tele ee eas feo ee ho Aone Nel a tae tole oe a ec hae 16 1 17 18 19 20 21 22 vi Oracle Payables OWORVIC Wanne Nat note Se sacle sha ened aa aoe niet duane ata dada Aaaa aa ESIA TAE ENARA Ai 17 1 Suppliers Added to Trading Community Architecture ccc eee ete tnee teint 17 2 EMVOUCE LAM CS enian tattle dees Rea E E a aaah A A A EE EEA EEE ANRE 17 3 Centralized Banks and Bank Account Definitions in Oracle Cash Management 17 4 Document Sequencing of Payments snssssrieissiisissinttnrinntisstiinsrnntinsrnrinsrnnnrnsrnnennne neee 17 4 Integration with Oracle Payments for Funds Disbursement eeeesseeereserrreerreerreerrrreen 17 5 Payment Configuration Controlled by Global Descriptive Flexfields 0 0 e 17 14 Integration with Oracle Subledger Accounti
178. eeeeeeeecceeaaaececeeeeeeseeecdueaaeeeeeeeeeeeeteneaeas A 3 Cash Management cs citi ee ei a hl tie ated einen dart ei he a ae ica eee A 3 IE BUSINESS Lax 0 28 Ze xine ETETA sae stpease Scere es tatacnaee uamec E EE A 4 vii Financials Common Modulles 0 cccccccccecccseeeecceceeeeeeeecceseuaeeessaueeeeeeeseeuuaueeesaueeeeeeseesaueeeneans A 7 Financials for Europe isi ted SA he iA Ae dan edd adnate A 8 Financials for the Americas i arenom aa a aaar aaa aea a aiaa a aai A 10 G n ral Ledg r nsira aa a aa A 11 Golden Tax Adaptor reinan a a a a a A 14 Internal Controls Managet ses nesessnsissriinsinntisrinrinsinntissintinnrnntininrnnnrnntnnnntnnnnnennnenene A 15 Int rnet EXPENSES en a Atanas eves Chek eee Sa RE EEA EA aes A 16 IPTOCUTeMe Nt innar a eaa e e a e a teh Re aei A 17 iR c ivaplesSn mriyem e Rone nda eae dd ae na eee nel nae A 20 WSup plier Portal i i a ee ease a ia ahaa sain hen ase sas hc tek od ea se nedea hands nabs sd endacbagie ea A 21 Legal Entity Contiptrator cs itis aa era eaaa aea aaa Eea EEA E AA AR eaei RA EEA EAE Ea A 22 Multiple Organizations Access Control ssssenssinsiieintisrtrsrrsrintisrirsrinrnnernntnsrnnrnnernnennne A 22 Payablesnaha naden aee ae eeta rea aae E eee Aa a eaa KRE EE AA EEE ASEE EA EEEE A 22 Public Sector Financials iii ciccc cccctesascccessatcccbssacceecabaaccaeute sce sstssaateastesadecsciasateceapasatectbaatenes A 24 Purchasing ae ial vat iced satan dai
179. em option settings to the new accounting setup entities and settings Source 11i Window and Field Payables Options Primary Accounting Method Payables Options Secondary Accounting Method Payables Options Primary Set of Books Payables Options Secondary Set of Books Payables Options Prevent Prepayment Application Across Balancing Segment Payables Options Relieve Future Dated Payment Liability When Payment is Issued Payment Matures Payment Clears Release 12 Window and Field GL Accounting Setup Subledger Accounting Method GL Accounting Setup Subledger Accounting Method GL Accounting Setup Primary Ledger GL Accounting Setup Secondary Ledger Obsolete Supported by SLA inter company balancing Obsolete Supported by Payments bills payable feature 17 24 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Creating Payment Distributions and Prepayment Application Distributions During the upgrade Payables creates payment distributions for existing payments links those distributions with the original invoice distributions and adds payment payment adjustment and payment cancellation information to the payment history records Since you control the periods that are upgraded by setting them during the SLA upgrade Payables also adds an indicator to mark which historical data has been upgraded Also during the upgrade Payables creates prepayment applicati
180. ement then please tell us your name the name of the company who has licensed our products the title and part number of the documentation and the chapter section and page number if available Note Before sending us your comments you might like to check that you have the latest version of the document and if any concerns are already addressed To do this access the new Oracle E Business Suite Release Online Documentation CD available on My Oracle Support and www oracle com It contains the most current Documentation Library plus all documents revised or released recently Send your comments to us using the electronic mail address appsdoc_us oracle com Please give your name address electronic mail address and telephone number optional If you need assistance with Oracle software then please contact your support representative or Oracle Support Services If you require training or instruction in using Oracle software then please contact your Oracle local office and inquire about our Oracle University offerings A list of Oracle offices is available on our Web site at www oracle com Preface Intended Audience Welcome to Release 12 2 of the Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11i to Release 12 This guide assumes you have a working knowledge of the following e The principles and customary practices of your business area e Computer desktop application usage and terminology If you
181. ement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 e Supplier Tax Invoice Number e Tax Date e Tax Reference Number The following are new fields on the invoice line and in the invoice lines interface e Assessable Value e Business Category e Deferred Option Distribution Account e Fiscal Classification e Intended Use e Product Category e Ship To Location e Supplier Exchange Rate e User Defined Fiscal Classification The following are new fields on the invoice distribution e Fiscal Classification e Distribution Account e Intended Use For more information about the Release 12 upgrade as it pertains to E Business Tax refer to the Oracle E Business Tax page 3 1 chapter of this guide To gain functional knowledge of Oracle E Business Tax refer to the Oracle E Business Tax Users Guide and Oracle E Business Tax Implementation Guide Multiple Organizations Access Control Multiple Organizations Access Control is an enhancement to the Multiple Organizations feature of Oracle Applications Multiple Organizations Access Control allows a user to access data from one or many Operating Units while within a given responsibility Data security is maintained using the Multiple Organizations Security Profile defined in Oracle HRMS which specifies a list of operating units and determines the data access privileges for a user In Release 12 several controls are moved from the Payables Options or Financials Oracle Payables 1
182. emittance identifiers 17 20 first MRC period 10 9 format mapping 8 6 format validations 18 1 France Balancing Segment Value BSV 15 6 format mapping 8 7 payment formats 17 10 franchises 17 3 funds capture 23 4 Funds Capture Process Manager 18 12 Funds Capture Process Profile 18 13 future dated payments 18 10 G GBPA See Global Blanket Procurement Agreements GDF See Global Descriptive Flexfields General Ledger Consolidation 10 6 General Ledger Posting Program 10 6 General Ledger Reporting Currency option 10 8 Generate Balance Forward Bills program 23 7 Germany bank charge bearer controls 17 15 Direct Debit Authorization Code field 23 6 Direct Debit Bank Instruction field 23 6 disbursement accompanying letters 17 13 format mapping 8 8 payment file information 17 18 payment formats 17 10 payment instruction information 17 16 payment text messaging 17 20 profile options A 23 regulatory reporting controls 17 17 remittance advice controls 17 20 separate remittance advice format 17 13 settlement control 17 21 VAT reporting 8 3 GIS See Global Intercompany System GL conversion rules 10 9 Global Accounting Engine 10 1 Global Accounting Engine Dual Posting 10 15 Global Blanket Procurement Agreements GBPA 13 1 Global Descriptive Flexfields GDF 17 14 customers and invoices 23 1 Financials for Asia Pacific B 1 Financials for Europe B 8 Financials for the Americas B 57 Greece 1 4 legal i
183. en a meals policy schedule had an accommodation additions rule before the upgrade then the schedule should now include a night rate allowance Expense Allocations In Release 12 the Expense Allocations feature is upgraded to accommodate the ability for users to split expenses across multiple accounting segment values such as across multiple cost centers Similarly Oracle Projects users can split expenses across multiple projects or tasks To support this feature the data model stores expense lines at the distribution level Given this functionality several business process flows are impacted Prior to Release 12 end users entered project allocation information on the credit card and cash and other multi row and details pages In Release 12 they will enter this information in the Expense Allocations step This step has been redesigned to allow end users to enter accounting allocations directly to the individual expense lines In addition this page supports splitting expense lines based on different allocation methods and allocation utilities The way in which managers and payables personnel approve expense reports is also impacted Managers can view the expense line distributions Payables can view all distributions and update account distributions Expense Report Export Invoice Creation Oracle Payables Release 12 Invoices Lines project introduced into their Invoice data model the concept of an Invoice Lines table The major impact in Or
184. en the Release 12 option will be set to No This option is displayed in the Historical Conversion region of the Update Reporting Currency page in Release 12 This option is displayed in the Historical Conversion region of the Update Reporting Currency page in Release 12 Deleted Profile Option The Release 11i profile option called GL MRC Post Reporting Journals Automatically has been removed in Release 12 By default all reporting currency journals will be automatically posted when posted in the source ledger Synchronized Options for Primary and Reporting Sets of Books In Release 11i users could change settings for certain options on a primary set of books independently of its reporting set of books The upgrade will preserve the Release 111 settings but in Release 12 these options cannot be manually updated for reporting currencies because the reporting currency will inherit its settings from its source ledger If you modify any of the ledger options for the source ledger after the upgrade the settings on the reporting currency will automatically be changed to be synchronized with the source ledger Be aware that you may not be able to revert to certain Release 11 i configurations once options are changed The following summarizes all of the ledger options that will be automatically changed for the reporting currency if updated in the source ledger in Release 12 10 10 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upg
185. entities see the Legal Entity Configurator section One Primary Ledger Most sets of books in Release 11i will become primary ledgers in Release 12 The details for the set of books upgrade are discussed in the Set of Books section Operating Units All HR Organizations classified as operating units will be preserved in Release 12 If operating units are assigned to a set of books then they will be associated to a primary ledger in an accounting setup You can now view all operating units assigned to an upgraded primary ledger using Accounting Setup Manager Reporting Currencies Multiple Reporting Currency MRC reporting sets of books become reporting currencies in Release 12 The Multiple Reporting Currency upgrade is discussed in the Multiple Reporting Currency Changes section Secondary Ledgers Multiple Posting set of books Global Accounting Engine will upgrade to secondary ledgers The Global Accounting Engine upgrade is discussed in the section on Global Accounting Engine Integration Intracompany Balancing Intercompany Accounts in Release 11i is renamed to Intracompany Balancing Rules a feature provided by the new Advanced Global Intercompany System Refer to the Advanced Global Intercompany System section for more information Intercompany Accounts The Release 117 Global Intercompany System GIS will be replaced by Advanced Global Intercompany System AGIS The following Release 117 GIS features will be migrated to the co
186. eplaced by XLE_REGISTRATIONS REGISTRATION _NUMBER JG_HZ_CUST_SITE_USES Feature Area Description of Change Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration B 35 Spanish Customer Information JE ES ARXCUDCLRA GA1 Charges Bearer is replaced by IBY_EXT_PAYERS_GLB BANK_CHARGE_BE ARER JG_MTL_PARAMETERS Feature Area AX NPI Organization Accounts JE IT INVSDOIO NPI parameters Description of Change GA19 Invoices to be received and GA20 PO Mirror are obsolete JG_MTL_SYSTEM_ITEMS Feature Area Additional Item Information JE HU INVIDITM STAT_CODE and Additional Item Information JE PL INVIDITM STAT_CODE Description of Change GA1 STAT_CODE is replaced by a named column STATISTICAL_CODE in the following tables ZX_FC_TYPES B MTL_CATEGORIES_SETS MTL_CATEGORIES GA1 STAT_CODE is replaced by PRODUCT_CATEGORY in the following tables ZX_FC TYPES B ZX_FC CODES_B ZX_FC_CODES_DENORM_B GA1 STAT_CODE is replaced by MTL_CATEGORIES SEGMENT1 B 36 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 AX NPI Item Accounts JE ATINVIDITM NPI_SYSTEM_ITEM The following segments are obsolete GAZ Fiscal IPV credit GA8 Fiscal IPV debit GAQ Fiscal Return GA10 Fiscal Expense JG_PO_VENDOR_SITES Feature Area Addition Vendor Site Information for Israel JE IL APXVDMVD TAXPAYER_ID Additional Informati
187. er Accounting SLA You can use Subledger Accounting SLA to automatically create the accounting entries for all subledger transactions in both the primary ledger and the subledger level secondary ledger Thus every subledger transaction can be accounted in both ledgers simultaneously To do this perform the following steps after upgrade 1 Query the Accounting Setup by the primary ledger or secondary ledger using General Ledger s Accounting Setup Manager 2 Update the Subledger Accounting Options for the secondary ledger and then update the Accounting Options for the subledger applications Enable Subledger Accounting for each subledger application by selecting Yes in the Subledger Accounting Enabled box 10 6 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 3 For the Secondary Ledger s Subledger Accounting Method verify the Application Accounting Definitions for all subledgers to ensure that the accounting rules meet your needs Option 2 Using the General Ledger Posting Program You can use the General Ledger Posting program to automatically transfer journals from subledger sources to the subledger level secondary ledger To do this perform the following steps after upgrade 1 Query the Accounting Setup by the primary ledger or secondary ledger using General Ledger s Accounting Setup Manager 2 Update the Primary to Secondary Ledger Mapping step for the secondary ledger In the Jo
188. espondents Costs Code by IBY_EXT_PAYEE_ATTRIBS BANK_CHA RGE_BEARER JGZZ_SITE_INFO13 Urgency Code by IBY_EXT_PAYEE_ATTRIBS DELIVERY_ CHANNEL_ID Super set of NO s EFT vendor formats NO The following segments are replaced by named columns JGZZ_SITE_INFO6 Foreign cost by IBY_EXT_PAYEE_ATTRIBS BANK_CHA RGE_BEARER s JGZZ_SITE_INFO7 Norwegian cost by IBY_EXT_PAYEE_ATTRIBS BANK_CHA RGE_BEARER B 46 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Swedish Vendor Site Format SE The following segments are replaced by named columns JGZZ_SITE_INFO2 Federal Reserve Code by IBY_EXT_PAYEE_ATTRIBS PAYMENT_ REASON_ID 7 JGZZ_SITE_INFO4 Payment Expense Code by IBY_EXT_PAYEE_ATTRIBS BANK_ CHA RGE_BEARER JGZZ_SITE_INFO5 UTLI Header Code by IBY_EXT_PAYEE_ATTRIBS BANK_INST RUCTION1_ID JGZZ_SITE_INFO6 OCR Customer Reference by IBY_EXT_PAYEE_ATTRIBS BANK_INST RUCTION_DETAILS JGZZ_SITE_INFO1 Receiver Name is obsolete Swiss Vendor Site EFT Information CH JGZZ_SITE_INFO2 Payment Type is replaced by IBY_EXT_PAYEE_ATTRIBS DELIVERY_ CHA NNEL_ID System Format Feature Area Description of Change Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration B 47 DTA Payment Format for Switzerland CH JECHRDTA EFT format for Bankgiro Foreign SISU Sweden SE JESEPBSI and EFT format for Bankgiro Foreign UTLI Sweden SE JJESEPBUT The following segments are obso
189. esses AMW Auto Approve Process During Org Association AMW Default for Significant Process during process creation AMW Implement Data Security UMx Enable ICM Validation Description This profile determines whether the financial items that do not have Control Assertions Components and Categories will be displayed in the financial statement certification details page Controls the accessibility privilege of processes If this profile is set to Yes the login user will have the process owner role on all the processes Determines if the process should be approved automatically in the organization when it is associated with that organization This profile determines the default value of the Significant Process flag for the new process This profile enables data security in ICM Enables the integration with User Management UMX Setting the profile option to Yes allows User Management to check for Segregation of Duties violation Internal Controls Manager Obsolete Profile Options Profile Option Name AMW Exception Checkbox Values AMW Implement Organization Level Security Description Process Organization Security Profile Options A 15 Internet Expenses Internet Expenses New Profile Options Profile Option Name OIE Carry Advances Forward OIE Enable Advances OIE Enable Bar Code OIE Enable Cost Center OIE Enable Expense Allocation Splitting OIE Enable Project
190. formation using Legal Entity Configurator Legal Entities LEs will exist as Trading Community Architecture TCA parties with legal information stored in the Legal Entity XLE Data Model The subsidiaries of the Legal Entities will be defined as Establishments The Establishments will also be defined as parties with legal information stored in the Legal Entity XLE Data Model Data from a number of sources in Release 11i are migrated to the Legal Entity Configurator in Release 12 Please see Financials Concepts documentation for more information on Legal Entities and Establishments The key changes from Release 11i to Release 12 are below Oracle Legal Entity Configurator 15 1 Legal Entity Data Migration During the Upgrade of Release 11i to Release 12 GRE LEs AP Reporting Entities VAT Reporters Brazilian Companies and Global Descriptive Flexfields used to represent store legal information will be migrated to the common legal entity model HRMS Organizations with a classification of GRE Legal Entity will be used to create legal entities The information on the developer descriptive flex field Legal Entity Accounting attached to the GRE Legal Entity will be migrated to the legal entity model The HRMS Organizations with a classification of GRE Legal Entity will continue to exist for the purposes of HRMS product The developer Descriptive Flexfield Legal Entity Accounting attached to the HRMS Organization with a classification of GRE
191. fying when and how the bank should transfer money to the supplier Presently this feature is used by the following countries Finland Germany Netherlands Sweden If you are not operating in these countries you can disregard this section In Release 11i GDFs that hold bank information are held at the supplier site and global payment format levels In Release 12 the following GDFs are obsolete The bank information is migrated to the central Cash Management bank data model and the bank instructions are migrated to Oracle Payments and stored at the payment process profile and payee setup levels e Netherlands DNB Registration Num Authorized Bank e Denmark Bank Code Country Code e Finland Processing Type e Germany Bank Instruction Bank Instruction Details e Netherlands Cross Check Check Forwarding Code 17 16 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 e Sweden UTLI Header Code OCR Customer Reference Regulatory Reporting Controls In Release 11i some GDFs support the reporting of certain information to country governments or central banks Presently this feature is used by the following countries Germany and Netherlands If you are not operating in these countries you can disregard this section In Release 11i GDFs that hold central bank reporting information and control fields like thresholds are held at the following levels system payment format supplier site bank a
192. g or output file Use this profile option to combine subledger transactions security with data access security for General Ledger responsibilities when drilling down to multi organization enabled subledger application Transaction security in the respective subledger application is always applied when drilling down from subledger transactions to subledger journal entries Profile Options A 29 SLA Enable Trace Enables the Subledger Accounting trace mode SLA Flush Trace File Controls whether the trace information is sent to the trace file immediately SLA Initial Date for Historical Upgrade Before performing an on demand upgrade of historical accounting entries enter the date to determine the initial period from which to start the upgrade SLA Oracle Forms Trace Mode Indicates where the debug information provided by the forms is printed The possible values are AF Log and File SLA SRS Trace Mode This profile option is set by Subledger Accounting concurrent programs It indicates where the debug information provided by the concurrent programs is printed The possible values are AF File and Logfile SLA Trace File Override Directory Designates the directory for the trace file SLA Trace File Override Filename Designates the trace file name SLA Trace Level Controls the level of detail for the trace SLA Trace Timeout Controls the time a program should wait for acknowledgement from the trace engine Trading Co
193. gal entity identifier Multiple Organizations Access Control Multiple Organizations Access Control New Profile Options Profile Option Name MO Default Operating Unit MO Security Profile Description Determines the defaulting operating unit for use in setups and transactions Lists available security profile for Multiple Organizations security Multiple Organizations Access Control Obsolete Profile Options Profile Option Name MO Top Reporting Level Feature Area Replaced By Cross Organization Reporting Replaced with an LOV in Report Submission Parameters window A 22 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Payables Payables New Profile Options Profile Option Name AP Invoice Approval Workflow User Description workflow This profile option is used for Approvals Payables Obsolete Profile Options Profile Option Name AP Payment Company Details Printed profile option JENL Payment Specification profile option Carriage Return EFT Reference Text JE_DE_AP_BATCHES CHEC KRUN_NAME JE_DE_AR_BATCHES REMIT _BATCH_ID JE_NL_EFT_SPECS CHECKR UN_NAME and CHECK NUMBER JENL Reporting Threshold Feature Area Italy Remittance Advice Controls Netherlands Remittance Advice Controls Netherlands Payment File Formatting Netherlands Payment File Formatting Germany Remittance Advice Control
194. gin GAS Statistical Code is replaced by AP_INVOICE_LINES_ALL PRODUCT CATEGORY and ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS PRODUCT_CAT EGORY The following segments are replaced by named columns GA1 Taxable Amount by ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS ASSESSABL E_VALUE GA2 Deferred Expense by AP_INVOICE_LINES_ALL DEFERRED _ ACCTG FLAG GAS Deferred Expense Account by AP_INVOICE_DISTRIBUTIONS_ALL DI ST_CODE_COMBINATION_ID GA4 Deferred Expense Date by AP_INVOICE LINES _ALL DEF_ACCTG _START_DATE GAI Final VAT Register Request ID is obsolete GAI Statistical Code is replaced by AP_INVOICE_LINES_ALL PRODUCT CATEGORY and ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS PRODUCT_CAT EGORY B 18 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 JG_AP_INVOICES Feature Area Additional EDI Information for Denmark JE DK APXINWKB EDI_INFO Description of Change The following segments are obsolete GA1 JEDK_EDI_PAYMENT_MEANS GA2 JEDK_EDI_PAYMENT_CHANNEL GAS JEDK_EDI_COUNTRY_CODEGAI8 JEDK_EDISEQUENCE_NUMBER GA19 JEDK_EDI DUMMY The following segments are replaced by named columns GA4 JEDK_EDI_PARTY_ID by AP_INVOICES_ALL UNIQUE_REMITT ANCE_IDENTIFIER GAS JEDK_EDI_IMPORT_CODE by AP_INVOICES_ALL PAYMENT_REASO N_ID GA6 JEDK_EDI_SUPPLIER_MESSAGE by AP_INVOICES_ALL REMITTANCE_ME SSAGE1 GA7 JEDK_EDI_IMPORT_TEXT by AP_INVOICES_ALL PAYMENT_REASO N_COMMENTS GAS8 JEDK_EDI_SETTLEMENT_CODE by
195. graded as a Subledger level Secondary Ledger and Global Accounting Engine is replaced by Subledger Accounting If you used Global Accounting Engine to transfer subledger transactions to the posting set of books then in Release 12 Subledger Accounting SLA automatically creates the accounting for these subledger transactions in both the primary ledger and the subledger level secondary ledger simultaneously If you used the General Ledger Consolidation functionality to manually transfer other subledger transactions to the posting set of books then in Release 12 you can continue to do this With the new features in Release 12 however you have two options to automate this process For more information about enabling these options refer to the Set of Books Linked to Asset Books page 10 6 section Drilling Down to Individual Subledgers from Oracle General Ledger From General Ledger you can drill down to subledger details via SLA from the Account Inquiry Enter Journals or Journal Entry Inquiry windows for journals that have specific journal sources assigned to them For example if a journal source is Receivables you can drill down to the transaction details in Oracle Receivables For further information see individual subledger documentation such as the Oracle Receivables User Guide Period Rates All period rates defined in Release 11i upgrade to daily rates in Release 12 Period end Oracle General Ledger 10 15 rates upgrade to daily r
196. grated by Oracle Financials for India Customers should have a separate plan to migrate data related to these additional attributes This table illustrates how data is migrated in case of India Items DFF Descriptive Old Table Old Column New Table New Column Flexfield India Items MTL_SYSTEM_I ATTRIBUTE1AT JAIRGM_ITM_ ATTRIBUTE_CO TEMS TRIBUTE2ZATTR TMPL_ATTRS DE ATTRIBUTE IBUTE3ATTRIB _VALUE UTE4ATTRIBUT E4ATTRIBUTE1 5 For full details on data migration of each DFF please refer the Oracle Financials for India Technical Transfer of Information This table describes the alternate approach for each DFF used by Financials for India Descriptive Flexfield Alternate Approach India Items New user interfaces of Item Templates and Template Assignments have been created with data being stored in separate tables India Block of Assets New user interface of Block of Asset Assignment has been created with data being stored in separate tables India Receipts New user interface of Receipts India Localization has been created with data being stored in separate tables India RMA Receipts New user interface of Receipts India Localization has been created with data being stored in separate tables 9 2 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 India Return to Vendor Additional Line Attribute Information India Payment Information India Organizational Information India D
197. hanges to iPayment The previous section described some of the key entities involved in the funds capture payment process These entities existed in iPayment with the exception of the Funds Capture Process Profile This new entity is introduced to hold the processing rules for transactions For each iPayment supported format the upgrade creates one Oracle XML Publisher template and links it to one Oracle Payments format A Funds Capture Process Profile is created and the format is linked to the profile The settings on the process profile are based on various settings in configuration and servlet files New seed data is created for the transmission protocols supported by Oracle Payments and the protocols are specified on the payment system setup This data is also set based on configuration files The upgrade creates transmission configurations that use the protocols These transmission configurations are specified on the funds capture process profiles New payment system accounts are created that hold settings previously held in configuration files The payment system accounts are also specified on the process profiles Moving setup data from technical configuration files to the new setup entities has a benefit of allowing easier review and updates by a business user Migrated iPayment Formats In Release 11i formatting was handled by Java code in payment system servlets The following table displays the mapping from the 11i payment system to t
198. have never used Oracle E Business Suite we suggest you attend one or more of the Oracle E Business Suite training classes available through Oracle University See Related Information Sources on page xii for more Oracle E Business Suite product information Documentation Accessibility For information about Oracle s commitment to accessibility visit the Oracle Accessibility Program website at http www oracle com pls topic lookup ctx acc amp id docacc Access to Oracle Support Structure Oracle customers have access to electronic support through My Oracle Support For information visit http www oracle com pls topic lookup ctx acc amp id info or visit http www oracle com pls topic lookup ctx acc amp id trs if you are hearing impaired 1 Oracle Assets 2 Oracle Cash Management xi 27 A B Oracle E Business Tax Oracle Financials Common Country Features Oracle Financials for the Americas Oracle Financials for Asia Pacific Oracle Financials Common Modules Oracle Financials for Europe Oracle Financials for India Oracle General Ledger Oracle Global Accounting Engine Oracle Internet Expenses Oracle iProcurement Oracle iSupplier Portal Oracle Legal Entity Configurator Oracle Loans Oracle Payables Oracle Payments Oracle Public Sector Financials Oracle Public Sector Financials International Oracle Purchasing Oracle Sourcing Oracle Receivables Oracle Subledger Accounting Oracle Trading Community Architecture Oracle Treasur
199. he Oracle E Business Suite development staff It describes the Oracle Application Object Library components needed to implement the Oracle E Business Suite user interface described in the Oracle E Business Suite User Interface Standards for Forms Based Products It provides information to help you build your custom Oracle Forms Developer forms so that they integrate with Oracle E Business Suite In addition this guide has information for customizations in features such as concurrent programs flexfields messages and logging Oracle E Business Suite Flexfields Guide This guide provides flexfields planning setup and reference information for the Oracle E Business Suite implementation team as well as for users responsible for the ongoing maintenance of Oracle E Business Suite product data This guide also provides information on creating custom reports on flexfields data Oracle E Business Suite Installation Guide Using Rapid Install This book is intended for use by anyone who is responsible for installing or upgrading Oracle E Business Suite It provides instructions for running Rapid Install either to carry out a fresh installation of Oracle E Business Suite Release 12 2 or as part of an upgrade to Release 12 2 Oracle E Business Suite Maintenance Guide This guide contains information about the strategies tasks and troubleshooting activities that can be used to help ensure an Oracle E Business Suite system keeps running smoothly toget
200. he Program is called Dunning Letter Reprint Historical Receivables Only Dunning is replaced in Oracle Advanced Collections by a more robust and automated process that takes advantage of the XML reporting capabilities Trade Accounting Obsolescence Trade Accounting has been replaced by Deductions Management functionality The Deductions Management solution is delivered in partnership between Oracle Receivables Oracle Trade Management and Oracle Credit Management products For more information about this solution see E Business Suite Solutions for Deduction Management An Oracle White Paper Release 111 10 My Oracle Support Note 370763 1 The system option to Enable Trade Accounting has been removed Deductions Management will automatically be enabled if you setup Trade Management A white paper has been created outlining the changes between Trade Accounting and the Deductions Management Solution Bills of Exchange Obsolescence Bills of exchange were originally implemented as a type of receipt and therefore could Oracle Receivables 23 9 not be systematically managed throughout the bill s lifecycle The Bills Receivable feature introduced in Release 111 3 replaces the bills of exchange functionality creating unique documents that are managed via a comprehensive workbench If you have already converted to Bills Receivable no action is required If you have not review the Bills of Exchange Obsolescence white paper My Oracle Support
201. he new Release 12 Oracle Payments XML Publisher formats Source Release 11i Payment System Release 12 Oracle Payments Format Name Code Citibank Citi Merchant Services Version 3 0 Batch Specification CITI_LMERK_SRVCS_BATCH_3_0 Citi Merchant Services Version 3 0 Online Specification CITI_ MERK_SRVCS_ONLINE_3_0 Citibank Direct Debit Message Version 1 8 CITI_LDIRDEB_MSG_1_8 Oracle Payments 18 13 Concord First Data North Paymentech Concord EFSNet Web Payment Services Version 2 4 Credit Card CONCORD_EFS_CREDITCARD_2_4 Concord EFSNet Web Payment Services Version 2 4 Debit Card CONCORD_EFS_DEBITCARD_2_4 Concord EFSNet Web Payment Services Version 2 4 Query CONCORD_EFS_QUERY_2_4 Concord EFSNet Web Payment Services Version 2 4 Telecheck CONCORD_EFS_TELECHECK 2 _4 First Data North ISO 8583 Format Authorization Network Processing Specification for 10 24 02 FDN_ISO8583_AUTH_20021024 First Data North Magnetic Media and Data Communication Processing Specifications Version 2003 1 FDN_MAGMEDIA_BATCH_2003_1 Paymentech 120 byte Batch Technical Specification Revision 2 1 0 PTECH_120BYTE_BATCH_2_1_0 Paymentech Online Technical Processing Specification 7 2 PTECH_ONLINE_7_2 This table displays the mapping from seeded Release 11i iPayment format programs to the new Release 12 Oracle Payments XML Publisher formats Source Release 11i Payment Format Program
202. her with a comprehensive description of the relevant tools and utilities It also describes how to patch a system with recommendations for optimizing typical patching operations and reducing downtime Oracle E Business Suite Security Guide This guide contains information on a comprehensive range of security related topics including access control user management function security data security and auditing It also describes how Oracle E Business Suite can be integrated into a single sign on environment Oracle E Business Suite Setup Guide This guide contains information on system configuration tasks that are carried out either after installation or whenever there is a significant change to the system The activities described include defining concurrent programs and managers enabling Oracle Applications Manager features and setting up printers and online help Oracle E Business Suite User s Guide This guide explains how to navigate enter data query and run reports using the user interface UI of Oracle E Business Suite This guide also includes information on setting user profiles as well as running and reviewing concurrent requests Oracle E Business Suite User Interface Standards for Forms Based Products This guide contains the user interface UI standards followed by the Oracle E Business Suite development staff It describes the UI for the Oracle E Business Suite products and how to apply this UI to the design of an appli
203. here one primary ledger has it enabled and another does not once you update one of the primary ledgers the shared reporting currency will inherit the settings from the primary ledger that was last updated Be aware that users who had access to the reporting set of books in Release 117 will have access to all of the reporting currencies for a single primary ledger In addition users who had access to the primary ledger will now have access to the reporting currency as well This is required to prevent posting errors In Release 12 the journals for both the primary ledger and its reporting currencies will be grouped in the same journal batch In order to successfully post the batch the user who initiates the posting process must have access to both the primary ledger and its reporting currencies Reporting Set of Books Not Assigned to a Primary Set of Books Accounting Setup Manager does not support unattached reporting set of books that are not assigned to a source ledger In Release 111 if you had reporting sets of books that were not assigned to a primary set of books then in Release 12 those reporting sets of books will be upgraded to primary ledgers You can continue to use the upgraded primary ledger for journal processing If you do not want these unattached reporting sets of books to be upgraded to primary ledgers then before the upgrade you should assign the reporting set of books to a primary set of books using the Assign Reporting Set
204. ht Inventory item applies to internal Receivables transactions only You must also set the eBTax Invoice Freight as Revenue profile option to Yes eBTax Invoice Freight as Revenue Oracle Controls whether to consider freight amounts Order Management only as taxable line items Set this option to Yes if you are required to tax freight amounts The freight amounts entered in the Order Management Ship Confirm window are then passed to Receivables transactions as taxable line items If you set this option to Yes you must also set the eBTax Inventory Item for Freight profile option eBTax Read Write Access to GCO Data Controls whether users can set up tax configuration data for the global configuration owner If you set this option to Yes then the applicable users can set up tax regimes and taxes and the related regime to rate setup for the global configuration owner Legal entities and operating units can then share the global configuration owner tax setups A 6 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 eBTax Taxware Service Indicator Indicates whether taxes are calculated on service or a rental transaction The Taxware API parameter that accepts this profile option value is JurLink ServInd The values for this profile option are Service Service transaction Rental Rental transaction Space Non service transaction eBTax Taxware Tax Selection Indicate
205. i AR accounting tables you can continue to use them as long as you use the default accounting definitions provided by Receivables If you choose to take advantage of the user definable accounting definitions functionality provided by SLA you need to transition your customizations to the SLA data model Receivables transactions created in Release 11i are upgraded based on a user specified date range with the default being one fiscal year or a minimum of six months Optionally users can choose to upgrade more data initially or run a postupgrade process to upgrade data for each ledger specifying the start period of the ledger Refer to the Oracle Subledger Accounting page 24 1 chapter of this guide for more information about the upgrading of data to SLA Note The SLA reports show the AR primary and MRC or secondary SOB upgraded data based on the entered date range Reports Accounting reports run after the upgrade will display data differently depending on the following factors e The transaction has been posted to GL e The SLA accounting lines exist When running any Oracle Receivables reports that display accounting involving 23 2 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 transactions that have been posted to GL the following statements apply e If SLA final accounting lines exist then SLA accounting is displayed e If SLA accounting lines do not exist then AR distribution accou
206. iPayment Bills Receivable Remittance ARBRIBYFMT Release 12 Oracle Payments Format Name Code Citibank EDIFACT DIRDEB Remittance Format IBY_REC_EDI_CITI_DIRDEB 18 14 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 19 Oracle Public Sector Financials This chapter covers the following topics e Overview e Integration with Subledger Accounting Overview The Public Sector Financials integrates with several products within the Oracle product family including Oracle General Ledger Oracle Payables Oracle Purchasing Oracle Costing and Oracle Subledger Accounting Refer to the appropriate chapters of this document to gain an understanding of the detail level impact of these products to Public Sector Financials This chapter details the additional impact to Public Sector Financials integration with Subledger Accounting specifically e Encumbrances e Multi Fund Accounting for Oracle Receivables Integration with Subledger Accounting Release 12 introduces the new Subledger Accounting SLA module for managing accounting across subledger transactions With the introduction of SLA accounting rules are available to be modified within the SLA rule s definition beyond the seeded subledger accounting methods for encumbrance with standard accrual and standard cash Encumbrances Setup Migration The Subledger Accounting method is assigned at the ledger level Based on the Rele
207. ide Release 11 to Release 12 GL Number of Formulas to Validate for each Recurring Journal Batch This profile option only pertains to ledgers with average balance processing enabled Use this profile option to specify the number of Recurring Journal formulas that will be pre validated in the Generate Recurring Journals form before the Recurring Journal Entry program is generated The number you set for this profile option controls the number of formulas that will be selected and checked for average balance processing violations such as the calculation effective date and average balance usage parameters General Ledger Changed Profile Options Profile Option Name GL Set of Books ID GL Set of Books Name Feature Area Setup Forms and Programs Setup Forms and Programs Replaced By GL Ledger ID GL Ledger Name General Ledger Obsolete Profile Options Profile Option Name GL AHE Saving Allowed GL MRC Post Reporting Journals Automatically GLDI AHE Privileges GLDI Allow Drill Across Ledgers GLDI Analysis Wizard Privileges GLDI Autocopy Enforcement Level Feature Area Account Hierarchy Manager Setup Forms and Programs Account Hierarchy Manager Financial Statement Generator Journal Entry Financial Statement Generator Replaced By n a n a n a Provided as a check box in Report Manager n a n a Profile Options A 13 GLDI Budget Wizard P
208. idiary bank accounts Interest rates setup for bank accounts is now done in the Interest Rate Schedules user interface in Cash Management before the bank balances can be created or updated Current account balances window is renamed Bank Account Interest Settlement Bank account balance information is now read only in this window except for the Interest amount which can still be overridden by users with appropriate privileges Interest settlement is still initiated in this window Balances shown in this window are still used for accrual and revaluation purposes 26 2 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 27 Oracle U S Federal Financials This chapter covers the following topics e Overview e Integration with Subledger Accounting e Implementation of AR AP Netting e Summary Schedules and Consolidated Files Overview U S Federal Financials interacts with several products within the Oracle product family such as Oracle Payables Oracle Payments Oracle General Ledger Oracle Subledger Accounting Oracle Receivables Oracle Purchasing and Oracle Cash Management Refer to the appropriate sections of this document to gain an understanding of the detail level impact of these products to the U S Federal Financials users The following section details the additional impacts to the U S Federal Financials product e Integration with Subledger Accounting e Implementation of AR A
209. idity periods Improved Electronic Transmission Capability Oracle Payments provides secured electronic payment file and payment message transmission and transmission result processing This replaces previously existing electronic transmission features in Oracle iPayment Oracle Payables and Oracle Globalizations The transmission feature in Oracle Payables was simply a framework to support a customization so the automatic upgrade cannot migrate this information If you are using the AP transmission architecture you should review Oracle Payments electronic transmission capability and plan on replacing your customization 18 4 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Oracle Payables Impact The process to issue payments from Oracle Payables AP changes in Release 12 to use the new Oracle Payments funds disbursement process The changes impact other versions of Payables such as U S Federal and country specific globalizations The benefit of these changes is to help ensure an implementation that best supports a controlled and efficient disbursement flow and provide enhancements over the way payment processing was set up in different products Some of the key areas of impact are e Payment Methods each document to be paid requires a payment method to indicate how it should be handled in the funds disbursement process Payment methods can now be defined as broadly or narrowly as appropriate
210. ifferent site details e By supplier a list of all existing site records that share matching site details but have different site names Once you have identified distinct sites that represent the same supplier location you Oracle iSupplier Portal 14 3 will need to determine which site has the correct location details and then update the other site records to match it Then the next time you run the report the site records should no longer appear in the results This will result in the upgrade creating a single address record for multiple sites Supplier Contacts Similarly the TCA data model allows a single supplier contact to store contact details such as name E mail address phone and fax information that in previous releases is stored in multiple supplier site contact records for different operating units The Release 12 Upgrade will automatically migrate the supplier site contact details into TCA For each supplier the Upgrade process will create new supplier contacts for each unique supplier site contact record Those site contacts that share identical details First Name Last Name Middle Name Prefix Title Mail Stop Area Code Phone Contact Name Alternate First Name Alternate Last Name Department E mail Address URL Alternate Area Code Alternate Phone Fax Area Code and Fax will result in the creation of a single new supplier contact Supplier site contacts that are similar such as those in which the only
211. ify Oracle E Business Suite data using anything other than Oracle E Business Suite you may change a row in one table without making corresponding changes in related tables If your tables get out of synchronization with each other you risk retrieving erroneous information and you risk unpredictable results throughout Oracle E Business Suite When you use Oracle E Business Suite to modify your data Oracle E Business Suite automatically checks that your changes are valid Oracle E Business Suite also keeps track of who changes information If you enter information into database tables using database tools you may store invalid information You also lose the ability to track who has changed your information because SQL Plus and other database tools do not keep a record of changes 1 Overview Oracle Assets This chapter covers the following topics e Overview e Subledger Accounting Architecture e Invoice Distributions from Oracle Payables e Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration for Greece In Release 12 Oracle Assets introduces a number of new features Some of these features require a data upgrade and involve terminology prompt and flow changes Some of the existing functionality is now obsolete Subledger Accounting Architecture In Release 12 Oracle Assets adds Subledger Accounting SLA functionality By default transactions in the current fiscal year in Asset books will have their accounting lines migrated to the Subl
212. inancials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Spanish Payables Operations with Third Party Extract Modelo 347 JE ES APXINWKB MODELO347PR Spanish Payables Inter EU Operations Summary Data Extract Modelo 349 JE ES APXINWKB MODELO349 Spanish Payables Canary Islands Annual Operations Data Extract Modelo 415 JE ES APXINWKB MODELO415 Spanish Payables Operations with Third Party Extract Modelo 347 and Spanish Payables Canary Islands Annual Operations Modelo 415 JE ES APXINWKB MODELO415_347 Spanish Payables Operations with Third Party Extract Modelo 347 and Spanish Payables Canary Islands Annual Operations Modelo 415 JE ES APXINWKB MODELO415_347PR and Spanish Receivables Invoice Type Other JE ES ARXTWMAI OTHER JG_AP_INVOICES_INTERFACE GA1 Invoice Type is replaced by TRX_BUSINESS_CATEGORY in the following tables ZX_FC_TYPES B ZX_FC_CODES B ZX _FC_CODES_DENORM _B ZX LINES_DET_FACTORS Feature Area Description of Change Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration B 21 Additional EDI Information for Denmark The following segments are obsolete JE DK APXIISIM EDI_INFO GA1 JEDK_EDI_PAYMENT_MEANS GA2 JEDK_EDI_PAYMENT_CHANNEL GA3 JEDK_EDI_COUNTRY_CODE GA18 JEDK_EDI SEQUENCE_NUMBER GA19 JEDK_EDI_ DUMMY The following segments are replaced by named columns GA4 JEDK_EDI_PARTY_ID by AP_INVOICES_ALL UNI
213. ing sets of books will upgrade as is and you will not be able to update the setup options for a specific product and or operating unit after the upgrade Reporting Set of Books with Incomplete Setup for Products or Operating Units Users may have reporting sets of books enabled only for a partial set of products and or Oracle General Ledger 10 13 Move Merge operating units in Release 11i All of the sets of books with missing setups are listed in the optional preupgrade diagnostic program discussed in the Oracle E Business Suite Upgrade Guide Release 11i to Release 12 Appendix B This type of configuration is not supported in Release 12 Refer to the Release 11i Multiple Reporting Currencies User Manual to complete the setup otherwise each set of books will upgrade as is and users will not be able to define the setup for a specific product and or operating unit after the upgrade For those reporting sets of books not enabled for General Ledger but enabled for other subledger products the upgrade will automatically create a default accounting setup for General Ledger In Release 11i users needed to submit a separate move merge request and a separate move merge reversal for a primary set of books and each of its reporting sets of books In Release 12 source ledgers and their assigned reporting currencies are more tightly integrated and processing has been streamlined In Release 12 if users submit a move merge request for the source
214. ion Guide This guide provides Compensation Administrators with guidance during implementation of Oracle Incentive Compensation The procedures are presented in the recommended order that they should be performed for successful implementation Appendixes are included that describe system profiles lookups and other useful information Oracle Incentive Compensation User Guide This guide helps Compensation Managers Compensation Analysts and Plan administrators to manage Oracle Incentive Compensation on a day to day basis Learn how to create and manage rules hierarchies create compensation plans collect transactions calculate and pay commission and use Sales Credit Allocation Oracle Internet Expenses Implementation and Administration Guide This book explains in detail how to configure Oracle Internet Expenses and describes its integration with other applications in the E Business Suite such as Oracle Payables and Oracle Projects Use this guide to understand the implementation steps required for application use including how to set up policy and rate schedules credit card policies audit automation and the expenses spreadsheet This guide also includes detailed information about the client extensions that you can use to extend Oracle Internet Expenses functionality Oracle iAssets User Guide This guide provides information on how to implement and use Oracle iAssets Use this guide to understand the implementation steps required f
215. ion for State Tax ST City Tax Jurisdiction Code County override Jurisdiction for State Tax STI County Tax Jurisdiction Code City override Jurisdiction for County Tax CO City Tax Jurisdiction Code New Data Naming Strategy for Non Location Based Tax Tax Regime lt Country Code of OU gt Tax or lt Country Code of OU gt Tax Type The effective from date value of all migrated regimes will be set to the earliest of the effective from dates of the associated AP and AR tax codes Tax lt Distinct Alphabetical value of tax codes gt Tax Type if lt Distinct Alphabetical value of tax codes gt and Tax Type do not come out to be the same else it will be lt Distinct Alphabetical value of tax codes gt or lt Global Attribute Values detailed below gt Status STANDARD or STANDARD_ lt Country Code gt or STANDARD AR INPUT or STANDARD INPUT or STANDARD OUTPUT or lt Global Attribute Values detailed below gt Recovery Type STANDARD For the following global attribute categories we use the global_attribute1 column from the source table to create a tax For AP 3 4 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 For Czech Republic JE CZ APXTADTC TAX_ORIGIN For Hungary JE HU APXTADTC TAX_ORIGIN For Poland JE PL APXTADTC TAX_ORIGIN For Switzerland JE CH APXTADTC TAX_INFO For AR For Czech Republic JE CZ ARXSUVAT TAX_ORIGIN For
216. ion rules because they would automatically be converted at the subledger level Having MRC enabled subledger sources also converted using journal conversion rules may result in double counting once at the subledger level and again at the general ledger level Prior to the upgrade you should use the Assign Reporting Set of Books form to verify that the journal conversion rules are correctly defined The optional Preupgrade Diagnosis Program will identify all sets of books that have inconsistent journal conversion rules defined For more information refer to the Oracle E Business Suite Upgrade Guide Release 11i to Release 12 Guide Appendix A Financials Upgrade Impact Financials and Procurement Products General Ledger Reporting Set of Books with Inconsistent Setup across Products or Operating Units Users may have reporting sets of books with inconsistent setup configurations between different products and or operating units in Release 117 An example of this is an AR book with three operating units enabled and an AP book with only two operating units enabled This type of configuration is not supported in Release 12 In Release 12 reporting currency conversion options are synchronized across all products and operating units for that reporting currency If you wish to modify these configurations prior to the upgrade refer to the optional preupgrade diagnosis program discussed in the Release 12 Upgrade Guide Appendix B Otherwise the report
217. ion will be migrated to the new Release 12 AP AR Netting solution Summary Schedules and Consolidated Files With the introduction of the new Oracle Payments solution in Release 12 changes were 27 2 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 made in the process to issue payments For functional knowledge of Oracle Payments refer to the Oracle Payments Users Guide and Oracle Payments Implementation Guide For upgrade information of federal payment formats refer to the Oracle Payables chapter Payment Formats page 17 5 section of this guide U S Federal Financials has integrated with Oracle Payments and therefore made changes to the U S Federal Financials Summary Schedule and Consolidated Files feature Consolidated payment files can be generated in Release 12 directly within Oracle Payments The creation of summary schedules in Release 12 will remain in U S Federal Financials The window name has changed from Summary Schedule and Consolidated Files to Summary Schedules After upgrade to Release 12 any Release 111 payment batch that is associated with a summary schedule or a consolidated payment file that has not been generated will have to be voided and re created in Release 12 through Oracle Payments To avoid this these payment files can be generated in Release 11i by using U S Federal Financials Summary Schedule and Consolidated Files window prior to the upgrade Employee Pay
218. istributions India VAT India Lookup Codes India Original Invoice for TDS Existing Return to Vendor Localized screen has been modified to include the Actions columns The user enters Yes No each for Excise or VAT indicating whether he wants to generate Excise or VAT Invoice number respectively Existing Sale Order India Localization form has been modified to include new fields related to the DFF New user interface TDS Challan Details has been created with data being stored in separate tables This DFF has been eliminated by using the Regime form to define the TDS regime This regime definition is similar to Service Tax and VAT regime definition This DFF has been eliminated by introducing this as a Global Descriptive Flexfield GDF In Release 12 Supplier Tax Invoice Number and Supplier Tax Invoice Date fields have been added to the Payables Invoice Workbench This DFF is eliminated by creating new setup user interfaces Threshold Setup for defining TDS Thresholds This new screen is now used to define the Threshold limits for a particular section This DFF holds the source original invoice number for a TDS invoice generated This DFF has been eliminated by storing this number in extension tables for Oracle Financials for India For more details on usage of the alternate approaches refer to the Oracle Financials for India User Reference Manual Oracle Financials for India 9 3 10 Oracle Gener
219. itional business purpose of Late Charges will be added to the statement site e If an account has a dunning site and no statement site then an additional business purpose of Late Charges will be added to the dunning site e If an account has a dunning site and a statement site then an additional business purpose of Late Charges will be added to the STATEMENT site only APIAR Netting The following report has been obsolesced due to the new AP AR Netting feature AR Customer Supplier Netting Report An internal dummy bank has been seeded that will process receipts generated in AR when netting occurs This bank does not require reconciliation since no cash is affected The receipts will automatically close netted Receivables invoices Users will access to OA Framework Netting forms via the seeded menu and the receipts workbench These receipts cannot be modified so there is no effect on existing users Please refer to the Financials Common Modules section for details on the new AP AR Netting feature Obsolescence and Replacement of Features A number of Release 11i features in Receivables are obsolete in Release 12 23 8 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Collections Workbench Obsolescence A more robust user friendly product called Oracle Advanced Collections replaces the Receivables Collections Workbench The user will automatically be redirected to the Advanced Collections fo
220. ix periods in the current fiscal year additional data from the previous fiscal year are upgraded to ensure that there are at least six periods worth of data The customer however can change this default setting in the preupgrade For depreciation and deferred depreciation events only the current open period is upgraded and this is not changeable during the preupgrade The customer can upgrade any of the transactions depreciation and deferred depreciation events that are not upgraded during the down time with the SLA postupgrade process The Subledger Accounting upgrade is generic and there are very few assumptions that have been made e All of the accounting lines data that are upgraded are copied as is and no calculations or functional checks are done Therefore the data after the upgrade will be the same as it was before the upgrade e Transactions that have no accounting impact will not be upgraded That is if there are no accounting lines corresponding to a transaction event that record will not be upgraded Tax book events that have accounting lines that correspond to their corporate book transaction event but not a tax book one however will still be upgraded Books or reporting books that are disabled will not be upgraded After the Subledger Accounting upgrade a number of changes have been made to the business flows for the Journal Entry processing as the following e Profile option FA Use Workflow Account Generation
221. law In Release 12 a single table maintains this information for all the countries During upgrade the information of all the finally reported transactions is automatically migrated to this table Final Reporting is available for all countries by default The table below lists the EMEA Reports and that support the final reporting in Release 12 Country Report Croatia Vendor Invoice Tax Report Croatia Customer Invoice Tax Report Czech Republic Czech Import Tax Report Czech Republic Czech Export Tax Report Germany German VAT for On account Receipts Israel VAT AP Detailed Report Israel VAT AR Detailed Report Oracle Financials for Europe 8 3 Israel Israel Israel Portugal Portugal Spain Spain Spain Spain Spain Spain Switzerland VAT File Related to 835 VAT File Not related to 835 VAT Summary Declaration to Tax Authority Portuguese Annual VAT Report Portuguese Periodic VAT Report Spanish Inter EU Invoice Format Spanish Inter EU Invoices Journal Report Spanish Input VAT Journal Report Spanish Payables Canary Islands Annual Operations Data Extract Modelo 415 Spanish Receivables Canary Islands Annual Operations Data Extract Modelo 415 Spanish Canary Islands Annual Operations Data Extract Modelo 415 Swiss Payables VAT Report Upgrade Impacts Summary A Summary of the upgrade impacts on the EMEA VAT Reporting is shown in the table below VAT Feature Basic Se
222. le EPTARDD Portuguese Direct Debit Letter JEPTARDL Spanish Direct Debit JEESDIDE French Bills Receivable Remittance Format IBY_REC_BILL_REC_FR Italian Bills Receivable Remittance Format IBY_REC_BILL_REC_IT Spanish CSB32 Remittance Format IBY_REC_EFT_CSB32_ES Spanish CSB58 Remittance Format IBY_REC_EFT_CSB58_ES Obsolete German Direct Debit EFT Format IBY_REC_EFT_DE German Direct Debit Accompanying Letter IBY_REC_LTR_DE Receipt of Payment Notification IBY_REC_PAYER_PMT_NOTIFY Portuguese Direct Debit File Format IBY_REC_EFT_PT Receipt of Payment Notification IBY_REC_PAYER_PMT_NOTIFY Spanish CSB 19 Direct Debit Magnetic Format IBY_REC_EFT_ES Many payment features implemented in Release 11i using Global Descriptive Flexfields GDF will be implemented as integrated core features across Oracle Receivables Payments and Cash Management in Release 12 It is important that you plan to review the setup relevant to each payment feature you plan to use To gain setup knowledge for Oracle Payments refer to the Oracle Payments Implementation Guide Oracle Receivables 23 5 Spain Bank Charge Bearer Information Spain has a field named Charge Bearer on customer sites This field is obsolete Existing values are migrated to a new field Bank Charge Bearer This field is now standard in the Payment Details region of customer accounts and customer account sites A new lookup typ
223. le Box Annual Non Recoverable Taxable Location Periodic Tax Box Periodic Taxable Box Tax Configuration Tax Rates Rate Details gt Tax Reporting Codes Region Tax Configuration Tax Rates Rate Details gt Tax Reporting Codes Region Tax Configuration Tax Rates Rate Details gt Tax Reporting Codes Region Tax Configuration Tax Rates Rate Details gt Tax Reporting Codes Region Tax Configuration Tax Rates Rate Details gt Tax Reporting Codes Region Tax Configuration Tax Rates Rate Details gt Tax Reporting Codes Region Reporting Code Reporting Code Reporting Code Reporting Code Reporting Code Reporting Code Spain Release 11i Entity GDF Segment Release 12 User Interface Prompt 3 22 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Switzerland Taiwan AP Invoice Header Invoice Type Transactions Transaction Business Transaction Business Category Code Categories AR Invoice Header Invoice Type Transactions Transaction Business Transaction Business Category Code Categories Release 11i Release 12 Entity GDF Segment User Interface Prompt AP Tax Codes Tax Regime Tax Configuration Reporting Code Tax Rates Rate Details gt Tax Reporting Codes Region Release 11i Release 12 Entity GDF Segment User Interface Prompt AP Invoice Header Deductible Type Transactions Tra
224. ledger the move merge request will automatically be submitted for all of its assigned reporting currencies This also applies to move merge reversals If users subsequently reverse the move merge request that was submitted in Release 12 then the reversal will apply to both the source ledger and all of its assigned reporting currencies Users will not be able to submit separate move merge requests or move merge reversals for the source ledger or its reporting currency Note If a move merge request that was submitted in Release 11i is later reversed after upgrading to Release 12 then the reversal will only affect the ledger or reporting currency that submitted the original move merge request For example if the original move merge request was submitted by the primary set of books then reversing it in Release 12 will only affect the primary ledger If users want to keep the reporting currencies synchronized with the primary ledger after the move merge reversal they will need to adjust reporting currency balances by entering manual journal entries Note The request names of upgraded move merge requests that have the same name within the same chart of accounts will be appended with the Ledger ID Global Accounting Engine Integration This section describes details for users who integrated General Ledger with Global Accounting Engine 10 14 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Single Se
225. les to replicate Release 11i tax processing This approach allows you to transition to the new E Business Tax at your own pace and to incrementally add E Business Tax rules to meet your requirements Implementing Payables and Receivables Netting In Release 11i Oracle Financials supported three netting solutions e Single third party in Oracle Public Sector Financials International OPSFI e Contra charging in Global Financials e AR AP netting in U S Federal Financials While these solutions provide netting functionality each address a different specific need In Release 12 a new AP AR Netting solution is introduced in the Oracle Financials Common Modules which consolidates the three solutions and improves the functionality by creating one total netting solution Multiple Organizations Access Control Multiple Organizations Access Control is an enhancement to the Multiple Organizations feature of Oracle Applications Multiple Organizations Access Control feature allows a user to access data from one or many operating units using a single user responsibility Data security is controlled using the Multiple Organizations Security Profile defined in Oracle HRMS which specifies a list of operating units and determines the data access privileges for a user In Release 12 a new form Payables System Setup is introduced to consolidate the setup previously performed in the Payables Options or Financials Options forms This new form will allow
226. lete JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO1 Company ID JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO2 Company Name JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO3 Company Address Line RR JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO4 Company Address Line 2 JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO5 Company City JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO6 Company TELEKURS ID and JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO7 Department TELEKURS ID are replaced by IBY_BEP_ACCT_OPT_VALS ACCOUNT_OP TION_CODE JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO8 EFT File Directory is replaced by IBY_PAYMENT_PROFILES OUTBOUND_PM T_FILE_DIRECTORY The following segments are obsolete JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO2 Senders Name JGZZ_SYSTEM_INEFO3 Senders Address JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO4 Report Code JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO5 Sort Code JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO6 Invoice Option JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO7 Federal Code JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO9 Credit Days JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO13 Payment Date B 48 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 EFT format for Bankgiro Inland Sweden The following segments are replaced by SE JESEPBAT named columns JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO3 Invoice Info by IBY_PAYMENT_PROFILES PAYMENT_ TEXT_MESSAGE2 JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO5 Invoice Title by IBY_PAYMENT_PROFILES PAYMENT_ TEXT_MESSAGE1 JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO10 EFT File Directory by IBY_PAYMENT_PROFILES OUTBOUND _PMT_FILE_DIRECTORY The following segments are obsolete JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO6 Amount Header JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO4 Invoice Enddate JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO8 Credit Code JGZZ_SYSTEM_INFO7 Ac
227. load option will also be available for BPAs and quotes Oracle iProcurement 13 1 In Release 12 users will not be able to load catalog content for all Operating Units Please refer to the Oracle Purchasing Implementation guide for more details on assigning GBPAs to Operating Units Approved Supplier s Lists ASLs will not be shown in iProcurement search results In Release 12 the Oracle Purchasing Sourcing Rule will be used to determine the best Supplier and Supplier Site combination during the requisition creation process The bulk load file format in Release 12 has been changed A Converter has been provided for users to convert old files to Release 12 format In Release 12 users will not need to run the extractor to update the catalog content It will be updated in real time Content Security The upgrade process will upgrade existing realms stores and catalogs to Release 12 stores and content zones in the following way Migrate local catalogs to become Local content zones Local catalogs may contain supplier restrictions These restrictions are carried forward as supplier restrictions in Release 12 content zones Migrate punch out transparent punch out and informational punch out catalogs to their corresponding types of Release 12 content zones Migrate catalog and non catalog stores to become Release 12 stores Release 12 stores can contain both catalog and non catalog content Previous stores may contain operating unit
228. low of tax regimes taxes statuses rates recovery rates tax jurisdictions and tax rules It also describes setting up and maintaining tax reporting codes fiscal classifications tax profiles tax registrations configuration options and third party service provider subscriptions You also use this manual to maintain migrated tax data for use with E Business Tax Oracle E Business Tax Implementation Guide This guide provides a conceptual overview of the E Business Tax tax engine and describes the prerequisite implementation steps to complete in other applications in order to set up and use E Business Tax The guide also includes extensive examples of setting up country specific tax requirements Oracle E Business Tax Reporting Guide This guide explains how to run all tax reports that make use of the E Business Tax data extract This includes the Tax Reporting Ledger and other core tax reports country specific VAT reports and Latin Tax Engine reports Oracle E Business Tax Vertex Q Series and Taxware Sales Use Tax System xix Implementation Guide This guide explains how to setup and use the services of third party tax service providers for US Sales and Use tax The tax service providers are Vertex Q Series and Taxware Sales Use Tax System When implemented the Oracle E Business Tax service subscription calls one of these tax service providers to return a tax rate or amount whenever US Sales and Use tax is calculated by the Oracl
229. mation is not available Purchasing does not carry explicit tax lines distributions with every tax transaction query requiring a new recalculation During the encumbrance process tax is recalculated and prorated resulting in rounding issues In Release 117 AR caries detail tax lines In Release 12 there is one single repository containing detailed fully allocated tax lines This repository will contain Tax Distributions for all Procure to Pay Transactions It also contains document level summary tax lines for Payables Transactions The Tax Line IDs Tax Distributions IDs are stamped on AR AP Tax Lines to allow for reconciliation between the Tax Repository and Product Transactions The Tax Line IDs Tax Distribution IDs are also carried on the accounting transactions to allow reconciliation between the Product Tax Transactions and the Tax Accounts Seeded Formula for Standard Taxable Basis and Tax Calculation The following formulae are seeded in Release 12 These formulas are not specific to any Tax Regime or Tax and are available for all Tax Regimes and Taxes Taxable Basis Formula e STANDARD_TB This formula has Taxable Basis type as Line Amount The line amount passed from the transaction will be simply taken as the taxable amount There are no compounding tax details in this formula e STANDARD_TB_DISCOUNT This formula has Taxable Basis type as Line Amount and Cash Discount Applicable Flag as Y The cash discount amounts
230. ment iProcurement New Profile Options Profile Option Name Description OIE Allow Negative Per Diem Process Profile Option Name Description POR Auto Load Category Descriptors POR Auto Load Root Descriptors POR Auto Load Shopping Categories POR Autocreate Shopping Category and Mapping POR Days Needed By POR Default Shopping Sort Creates Category Descriptor if descriptor found in bulk loaded file does not exist in iProcurement Creates Root Descriptor if descriptor found in bulk loaded file does not exist in iProcurement Creates Shopping Category if category found in bulk loaded file does not exist in iProcurement Option to create shopping category and mapping automatically when PO category is created Days needed by to calculate the Need By Date Determines the item attribute that is used to sort search results by default Profile Options A 17 POR Default Shopping Sort Order POR Display Graphical Approval List POR Display Shopping Category Count POR Enable Advanced Search POR Load One Time Items in All Languages POR Override Location Flag POR Override Requestor POR Purchasing News Location POR Search Results Skin Determines the default sort order to be ascending or descending Used together with POR Default Sort Determines whether the approval list graph is displayed or not Display count of items within each shopping category on the shop home page
231. ment Type Mapping The Employee Payment Type Mapping window has been made obsolete in Release 12 This window was used to associate a Payables payment group to an employee payment types used by Federal payment formats This enabled payment batches to group invoices by a format s specific payment type In Release 12 this association is no longer needed because Oracle Payments has introduced payment reason codes The employee payment types are now seeded by Oracle Payments as payment reasons Payment reasons are entered on an invoice and therefore will enable invoices to be grouped into the specific Federal payment formats Oracle U S Federal Financials 27 3 A Profile Options This appendix covers the following topics Advanced Collections Assets Bill Presentment Architecture Cash Management E Business Tax Financials Common Modules Financials for Europe Financials for the Americas General Ledger Golden Tax Adaptor Internal Controls Manager Internet Expenses iProcurement iReceivables iSupplier Portal Legal Entity Configurator Multiple Organizations Access Control Payables Public Sector Financials Purchasing Receivables Sourcing Profile Options A 1 e Subledger Accounting e Trading Community Architecture e U S Federal Financials Advanced Collections Advanced Collections Changed Profile Options Profile Option Name IEX Fulfillment Method Assets Assets Obsolete Profile Options Feature
232. ments Release 12 Product Oracle Payments Release 11i Feature Name Finnish LMP2 Payment Module Finnish LMP3 Payment Module Finnish LUM Payment Module Finnish Final Payment Register Report Release 12 Feature Name Finnish LMP2 EFT Format Finnish LMP3 EFT Format Finnish LUM EFT Format Payment Instruction Register Report Release 12 Product Oracle Payments Oracle Payments Oracle Payments Oracle Payments Release 11i Feature Name French Payables Bank Transfer French Payables Promissory Note Release 12 Feature Name French EFT Format French Promissory Note Format Release 12 Product Oracle Payments Oracle Payments Oracle Financials for Europe 8 7 Germany French Check Accompanying Letter French Bills Receivable French Bills Receivable Bank Remittance French Check Format French Bills Receivable Format French Bills Receivable Remittance Format Oracle Payments Oracle Receivables Oracle Payments Release 11i Feature Name German Domestic EFT Format German Domestic EFT Accompanying Letter German International EFT German International EFT Accompanying Letter German Payables Separate Payment Letter German Cheque Print German Wire Print Report German Direct Debit German Receivables Direct Debit Accompanying Letter German Receivables Separate Payment Letter Release 12 Feature Name German Domestic EFT Format
233. ments and the BSV will be built based on the existing information After the upgrade these associations can be maintained through the Legal Entity Configurator 15 2 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 GRE Legal Entity Operating Unit and Inventory Organization The HRMS organization with a classification of GRE Legal Entity is where most of today s Legal Entity information can be found A developer s Descriptive Flexfield Legal Entity Accounting attached to the HRMS organization with a classification of GRE Legal Entity allows users to store legal information for various HRMS Financials and other product functions The information from the developer Descriptive Flexfield Legal Entity Accounting and the HRMS organization with a classification of GRE Legal Entity will be used to create legal entities After the upgrade the HRMS organization with a classification of GRE Legal Entity will continue to exist for the purposes of HRMS The developer Descriptive Flexfield Legal Entity Accounting will be disabled HRMS organizations with a classification of Operating Unit and Inventory Organization are often related to the GRE Legal Entity and will be migrated as establishments of the Legal Entity After the upgrade the HRMS Organizations with a classification of Operating Unit and Inventory Organization will continue to function in the same way as in Release 11i Refer to Financials Concep
234. mmunity Architecture Trading Community Architecture New Profile Options Profile Option Name Description HZ Address Validation Level for Application Determines address validation level for the application level if country level address validation is enabled Valid displayed values are Error Warning Mandatory Fields Only and No Validation A 30 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 HZ Format Business Object Business Events as Bulk HZ Number of Days to Preserve Business Object Business Event Information Determines whether Business Object Events are raised in bulk or individually as they occur Determines the number of days that Business Object business event details are preserved after the scheduling of the event The valid values are numbers between 1 and 30 Trading Community Architecture Changed Profile Options Profile Option Name Feature Area Replaced By HZ Default Flexible Address Address Validation Now ships with value Format Default Address Style corresponds to Address DFF context POSTAL_ADDR_DEF Earlier it had value United States Address Style corresponds to Address DFF context POSTAL_ADDR_US To make up for loss the country style value for United States now ships with value United States Address Style The form is available via responsibility Receivables menu Setup gt System gt Countries HZ
235. mn HZ_PARTIES JGZZ_FISCAL CODE GA3 Country Code is replaced by named columns HZ_PARTIES HOME_COUNTRY HZ_ORGANIZATION_PROFILES HOM E_COUNTRY JG_AP_INVOICE_DISTRIBUTIONS Feature Area Description of Change Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration B 57 Argentine Distribution Information JL AR APXINWKB DISTRIBUTIONS Brazilian Additional Tax Information JL BR APXINWKB D_SUM_FOLDER Columbian Distribution Information JL CO APXINWKB DISTRIBUTIONS GA3 Ship To Location is replaced by named columns AP_INVOICE_LINES_ALL SHIP_TO_LO CATION_ID ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS SHIP_TO_L OCATION_ID GAI Operation Fiscal Code is replaced by the named columns ZX_FC_TYPES_B TRX_BUSINESS_CATE GORY ZX_FC_CODES_B TRX_BUSINESS_CAT EGORY ZX_FC_CODES_DENORM_B TRX_BUSI NESS_CATEGORY AP_INVOICE_LINES_ALL USER_DEFIN ED_FISC_CLASS ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS USER_DEFI NED_FISC_CLASS ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS TRANSACTI ON_BUSINESS_CATEGORY GA3 Ship To Location is replaced by named columns AP_INVOICE_LINES_ALL SHIP_TO_LO CATION_ID ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS SHIP_TO_L OCATION_ID JG_AP_INVOICE_LINES_INTERFACE Feature Area Description of Change B 58 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 JG_AP_INVOICES Argentine Open Interface Invoice Lines Information JL AR APXIISIM LINES_FOLDERPayables and Columbian Open Interface Invoice
236. n them to use the SLA data model Also note if you use Oracle Projects Projects uses SLA in Release 12 and creates accounting entries for adjustments rather than using Payables to create those entries as in prior releases If you have any customizations based on Project adjustments you will need to transition them to the SLA data model The Deferred Expenses feature supported with Global Descriptive Flexfields at the invoice distribution level in Release 11i has been replaced by the Multi Period Accounting feature in SLA For more information about the Release 12 Upgrade refer to the Oracle Subledger Accounting page 24 1 chapter of this guide To gain functional knowledge of Oracle Subledger Accounting refer to the Oracle Subledger Accounting Implementation Guide Upgrading Payables Accounting Entries to Subledger Accounting The following table displays the mapping from 11i entities to new Release 12 entities Oracle Payables 17 23 Source 11i Entity AP AX Accounting Events Headers Lines AP Payment History Invoice Payments and Invoice Distributions AP Prepayment History and Invoice Distributions AP Accounting Lines and Invoice Distributions Release 12 Entity SLA Accounting Events Headers Lines AP Payment History and AP Payment Distributions AP Prepayment Application Distributions AP Distribution Links Upgrading Payables System Options to SLA The following table displays the mapping from 11i syst
237. nce Collections forms 23 9 Advanced Global Intercompany System AGIS 7 1 AGIS See Advanced Global Intercompany System allocations 12 3 APECEPYO See EDI Outbound Program Approved Supplier s Lists 13 1 AR AP netting 27 2 AR accounting reports 23 2 Argentina non location based tax 3 4 payment formats 17 8 tax GDF 3 11 asset books 10 6 audit management module 12 4 Austria bank charge bearer controls 17 15 Index disbursement accompanying letters 17 13 payment formats 17 8 separate remittance advice format 17 13 settlement and file directory controls 17 18 auto accounting rules 7 4 Automatic Bank Transmission 17 5 automatic payment programs 18 1 Automatic Remittances Creation Program 18 12 average balances 10 11 AX See Global Accounting Engine B balance forward billing 23 6 Balancing Segment Values BSV 7 2 bank account address assignments 14 6 Bank Account Interest Settlement 26 2 bank accounts 17 4 bank account transfer processing 18 12 bank charge bearer controls 17 15 batch payments 17 5 Belgium bank charge bearer controls 17 15 format mapping 8 6 invoice information 17 17 payment formats 17 9 tax calendar 8 2 VAT Reporters form 15 4 VAT reporting 8 3 bills of exchange 23 9 Bills Payable 18 10 Bonus Expense Account 1 3 Index 1 Brazil Balancing Segment Value BSV 15 5 companies 15 1 late charges 23 7 legal reporting 15 2 non location based tax 3 4 payme
238. nctional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 units Please refer to the Cash Management and Payments sections of this document for more information about the Release 12 Upgrade To gain functional knowledge of Oracle Cash Management refer to the Oracle Cash Management Users Guide and Implementation Guide Integration with Oracle Payments for Funds Disbursement Payment Formats The process to issue payments from Oracle Payables AP changes in Release 12 to use the new Oracle Payments funds disbursement process The benefit of these changes is to help ensure an implementation that best supports a controlled and efficient disbursement flow and provide enhancements over the way payment processing was set up in different products A significant change for Payables users is that Payments uses XML Publisher for payment formatting During the upgrade Payments will upgrade the seeded Payables payment formats to Payments formats that can be used with configurable XML Publisher templates If you have custom payment formats you need to migrate them to XML Publisher in order to use them in Release 12 Payments continues to use the concept of Payment Methods as they worked in Payables however there are some minor enhancements which are noted below The Future Dated Payments feature has been renamed to Bills Payable in Release 12 and setup has moved from the payment document on an internal bank account to the payment method in Oracle Payments
239. nd None means no funds checking at all A budget will have a period range A budget organization will have many account ranges and each account range will be attached to a Budgetary Control option The Budgetary Control option will have a list of Budgets and Budgetary Control settings like the period range to funds check currency Absolute or Advisory funds check and so forth While transacting if the transaction s charge account falls with in the range of the Budget organization and the transaction s period doesn t fall under any Budget then whether the transaction should or should not have strict funds checking will be decided based on this profile option A 24 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 PSA R12 Upgrade Date Holds the date on which the Release 12 upgrade actually happened This date will determine whether Budgetary Control should handle the transactions in 11i mode or Release 12 mode For example the upgrade date is 1 Jan 2007 A requisition is created before the upgrade such as 1 Dec 2006 and a PO is generated after the upgrade such as 1 Feb 2007 In this case while generating a PO from the requisition Budgetary Control will determine whether to use Subledger Accounting in Release 12 business flow logic for the requisition reversal or to process it using the upgrade views based on this profile option value Public Sector Financials Changed Profile
240. ne multiple registrations for the same party and different regimes taxes or jurisdictions as well as the ability in Release 12 to define registration status that can be used in rules Tax Exemptions The Use Customer Exemptions flag is defined at Receivables System options in Release 11i is upgraded to the Configuration Owner Tax Options The Allow Tax Exemptions flag defined at Tax Code level in Release 11i is upgraded to the Allow Tax Exemptions flag at Regime and Tax levels For Release 11i the Party Exemptions are maintained in the Tax Exemptions window while in Release 12 they are maintained in the Exemptions page of the Party Tax Profile flow or via the Customer Party Maintenance flow In Release 11i the exemptions can be defined for party and tax code while in Release 12 they can be defined for a party Tax Regime and optionally for a combination of Tax Tax Jurisdiction Tax Status and Tax Rate 3 8 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 In Release 11i Item Exemptions are defined in the Tax Exemptions window however in Release 12 Item Exemptions can be defined under the Exceptions Maintenance flows or if linked to a party they can defined in the Exemptions Maintenance flows for a specific party or party site Tax Transaction Upgrade In Release 117 AP holds summary tax distributions and allocations in Allocations entity without taxable amount details Tax Lines infor
241. nformation 15 1 obsolete 17 15 party payment information 18 3 party tax classifications 3 7 Global Intercompany System GIS 7 1 Global Payment System 18 12 global per diem and mileage 12 2 GRE Legal Entity 15 1 Greece Global Descriptive Flexfield migration 1 4 profile option A 9 tax GDF 3 16 Index 3 H hierarchy tax classification code 3 6 HRMS organization 15 2 Hungary non location based tax 3 4 tax GDF 3 17 If Use Initialization Rate specified 10 10 Inclusive Tax Lines 3 7 India Descriptive Flexfields 9 1 Inherit Check Box 10 9 intercompany accounts 7 2 intercompany Accounts 10 2 intercompany organizations 7 1 intercompany transactions 7 4 interest rate schedules 26 2 internal banks 17 4 intracompany balancing 10 2 inventory organizations 15 3 invoice distributions 1 3 invoice information 17 17 invoice lines 17 3 Invoice Workbench 11 3 invoicing 7 2 iPayment payment formats 18 13 Israel profile option A 9 VAT reporting 8 3 Italy accounting definitions 11 3 accounting rules 11 3 format mapping 8 9 payment formats 17 11 profile options A 23 remittance advice controls 17 20 VAT reporting 8 2 itemization 12 1 Itemization page 12 4 J Japan bank charge bearer controls 17 15 payment formats 17 11 Index 4 Journal Category setup 1 3 journal conversion rules 10 13 journal entries 11 1 journal entry processing 1 2 Journal Source setup 1 3 K
242. ng 0 ccccccecee cee sees eeee cen eeeeeeeeeeneetiee 17 22 Integration with Oracle E Business Tax ecesee tenses eens ce eeeeteeeseeeeeeseeeeaee 17 26 Multiple Organizations Access Control c0cccceccee ee eee eeee eres ree eene seen eteneeeneetenetetea 17 27 Oracle Payments QV CIVIC fai icra alien ia i a e a a i n e i A 18 1 Advanced and Highly Configurable Formatting and Validations Framework 18 1 Secure Payment Data Repository 0 ccc aiaa ai aaia aian Naa 18 3 Improved Electronic Transmission Capability 000c cece eee tere eeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeseneeeeenes 18 4 Oracle Payables Impact mrnte na ate eee a na 18 5 Oracle Receivables Impact 0 cc ccc eee ere ener reece case a a a 18 10 Oracle iPayment Impact enie ere rer aa aa a aa EAE aAa OR a ENEE 18 13 Oracle Public Sector Financials OyeryieWeiieoro inaa die dig lative mab sdesteda ce shaaueds pantaadeisheaaatdapniaadd ak A aa iiia REA 19 1 Integration with Subledger Accounting 0 00 c cece eee teeter ener teen teen tee teeeeeeenaes 19 1 Oracle Public Sector Financials International OWI Wis case E L A EE 20 1 Integration with Subledger Accounting sssnssssiseissirsrissinrissrintisrinrinernnrrssinrtnerenenene n 20 2 Integration with Oracle E Business TaXx nsssssiseissiietissintissrnrtinrirtissinnrinrintnnsinnrrnrentennt 20 3 Implementing Payables and Receivables Netting
243. ng created by Payables in Release 11i The new SLA architecture requires Payables to maintain specific data relating to transactions SLA uses this data to generate accounting entries In order to achieve this it was determined that both payment distributions and prepayment application distributions would be introduced into the Payables data model Unlike invoice distributions that can be entered by the user payment distributions will be generated automatically and will be associated with each accounted payment During the upgrade all accounting events headers and lines from the 11i data model are upgraded to the new Subledger Accounting events headers and lines data model regardless of the number of periods you specify when submitting the upgrade If the Global Accounting Engine AX is enabled for the set of books associated with a given Operating Unit then the upgrade migrates the AX accounting events headers and lines to SLA instead of those in Payables The payment distributions and prepayment application distributions are upgraded based on time periods you specify during the submission of the upgrade During the upgrade Payables creates payment distributions and prepayment application distributions for existing transactions in the periods you specify for upgrade and creates links between these new distributions and the original invoice distributions If you have customizations based on the 117 AP accounting tables you need to transitio
244. ng compounding precedence that the user can associate with a Tax Codes in two separate tax groups 3 6 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Tax Code in Release 111 will be upgraded as Tax Rates within the context of the appropriate Tax Regime Tax and Tax Status In addition Tax Rates used in the defaulting hierarchy or Tax Groups will also be migrated as Tax Classifications Applicability of tax codes that are grouped under tax group codes in Release 11i are upgraded by creating direct rate determination rules using conditions based on the tax classification code that is the same as tax group code The Release 11i Tax Group Conditions will be upgraded to condition sets whilst the Tax Code Conditions and Exceptions are upgraded as Conditions and Exceptions at Process Results level Note These conditions cannot be edited by users Upgrade of Tax Recovery In Release 11i Tax Recovery is turned on at Financial Systems Options level Tax Recovery rates are either directly associated with tax codes or account based tax recovery rate determination rule could be associated with Tax Codes In the upgraded approach Tax Recovery is enabled at the Regime and Tax Level thus providing more granular control for specific taxes The current recovery rates will be upgraded as primary recovery rates with the Release 11i Accounting based recovery rules upgraded as Recovery Rate Rules Tax Overri
245. ng new contact request The upgrade will also identify pending new requests to associate supplier addresses and supplier contacts and copy them to a new table in iSupplier Portal The upgrade identifies pending new requests to associate supplier addresses and supplier contacts If a new contact request was associated Oracle iSupplier Portal 14 5 e with anew address request a new request to associate the address request and the contact request is found e anapproved supplier address a new request to associate the approved address and the contact request is found Supplier Bank Account Change Requests Updates to the Bank Account Address Assignments by the supplier user are modeled as Account Assignment Change Requests in Release 12 This update is only for those customers specifically using the Bank Account Address Assignments in Release 11i During the Release 12 upgrade all the bank account address assignments in Release 111 will be considered as New assignment requests After the upgrade any address assignments updated by the buyer administrator in Release 12 are directly updated in Payables however all the changes submitted by the supplier user will have to be reviewed by the buyer administrator before being updated in Payables Multiple Organizations Access Control Impact on Supplier Management Group In Supplier Profile Management Supplier Management Groups are defined in terms of a buying organization s operating units
246. ng on transactions are Postupgrade Step The ID of the GRE LE associated to the operating unit will be stamped as the legal entity ID on transactions In Release 111 the subledger transactions are stamped with an operating unit ID this operating unit is used to determine the legal entity When the legal entities are created based of the GRE LE the ID from the GRE LE is copied over as the ID of the XLE Legal Entity Review the Legal Entities and other legal information that have been migrated using the Legal Entity Configurator user UIs All legal objects that meet the upgrade assumptions listed previously will be migrated and available for use as legal entities For Brazil The Brazilian companies defined in the Brazilian Company Information form for Brazil are assumed to represent establishments Each GRE LE is related to a Brazilian company through the set of books and has a many to one relationship The information found in the Brazilian company information form will be used to create secondary establishments The Brazilian companies also stores the balancing segment value This balancing Oracle Legal Entity Configurator 15 5 segment value denotes how the Brazilian companies are accounted for in the set of books Based on this information an association between the BSV and the establishments is created e The assumption for creating this association is based on the fact that there is single GRE LE that is associated to th
247. ng sets of books In Release 12 the secondary tracking segment setting is the same for both a ledger and its reporting currencies because reporting currencies inherit most attributes from their source ledger For upgrade cases Oracle will preserve the Release 11i configurations Subledger Accounting Method and Options All upgraded ledgers in Release 12 will have a subledger accounting method assigned during the upgrade Any reporting currencies assigned to the ledger inherit the subledger accounting method from the source ledger The subledger accounting method enables Oracle General Ledger to integrate with Oracle subledgers using Subledger Accounting All upgraded non public sector ledgers will have a subledger accounting method assigned called Standard Accrual or Standard Cash All upgraded public sector ledgers will have a subledger accounting method assigned called Encumbrance Accrual or Encumbrance Cash For Federal customers all upgraded ledgers will have the US Federal Accounting subledger accounting method assigned You will be able to use the ledger immediately after the upgrade You cannot delete the subledger accounting method but you can change the subledger accounting method and subledger accounting options at any time If you are not integrating Oracle General Ledger with Oracle Subledgers then you do not need to change the assigned subledger accounting method because it will be ignored for General Ledger processing purposes Th
248. nsaction Business Transaction Business Category Code Categories AP Invoice Header Wine Cigarette Products Product Classification Classifications Type Code Inventory linked AP Invoice Header Wine Cigarette Products Product Classification Classifications Non Type Code Inventory AP Tax Codes Government Tax Tax Configuration Tax Status Code Type Tax Statuses Oracle E Business Tax 3 23 AP Tax Codes Government Tax Type Tax Configuration Tax Rates Rate Details gt Tax Reporting Code Reporting Codes Region AR Invoice Header Deductible Type Transactions Transaction Business Transaction Business Category Code Categories AR Invoice Header Government Uniform Transactions Classification Invoice Type Document Type Code Classifications AR Invoice Header Wine Cigarette Products Product Classification Classifications Type Code Inventory linked AR Invoice Header Wine Cigarette Products Product Classification Classifications Non Type Code Inventory AR Tax Codes Government Tax Tax Configuration Tax Status Code Type Tax Statuses AR Tax Codes Government Tax Tax Configuration Reporting Code Type Tax Rates Rate Details gt Tax Reporting Codes Region HR Locations Taxpayer ID Not Exposed in UI N A Thailand Release 11i Release 12 Entity GDF Segment User Interface Prompt AP Tax Codes Tax Invoice Location Tax Configuration Default Recovery Tax Rates gt Tax Rate Details Settlement 3 24 Oracle
249. nt Generator Reports In Release 11 it was possible for users to specify the statistical STAT currency as the report level currency or runtime currency for Financial Statement Generator reports In Release 12 the report level currency and runtime currency must represent a ledger currency Since the STAT currency cannot be a ledger currency any upgraded reports from Release 11i that referenced STAT at the report level will no longer display the STAT currency for that field The field will be blank The upgraded report will still work but you will not be able to specify the STAT currency at runtime In order to report on STAT currency balances you should update those reports and specify the STAT currency at the row level or column level or use currency control values for the STAT currency Oracle General Ledger 10 17 11 Overview Oracle Global Accounting Engine This chapter covers the following topics e Overview e Replacement of Global Accounting Engine Features e Replacement of Country Specific Features In Release 11i users operating in France Greece Italy Spain or Portugal were able to implement the Oracle Global Accounting Engine In Release 12 Oracle Subledger Accounting extends and replaces the Global Accounting Engine functionality by providing a flexible and customizable rule based engine that is used across all Oracle E Business Suite subledger applications The upgrade from the Global Accounting Engine to the O
250. nt formats 17 9 reporting entities 15 4 secondary establishments 15 3 tax GDF 3 12 BSV See Balancing Segment Values bulk loaded items 13 1 Cc Calculate Deferred Depreciation program 1 3 cash leveling A 4 Catalog Administration 13 1 catalogs 13 2 centralized credit card data model 12 2 Charge Bearer field 23 6 Chile HR locations 15 4 payment formats 17 9 tax GDF 3 14 clearing payments 17 14 Collections Workbench 23 9 Columbia non location based tax 3 4 payment formats 17 9 tax GDF 3 15 common data model 26 1 Company Profiles 26 2 Configuration Owner Tax Options 3 7 Confirm Balance Forward Bill program 23 7 consolidated billing 23 6 Consolidated Files 27 2 constraints on tax groups 3 6 contact change requests 14 5 content zones 13 2 contra charging 7 4 control accounts 11 1 Counterparty Profiles form 26 2 country specific features 11 3 Create Deferred Depreciation Journal Entries program 1 3 Index 2 Create Journal Entries program 1 3 credit card information 18 3 Croatia VAT reporting 8 3 currency report level 10 17 Currency Rates Manager 10 15 currency translation 10 15 current account balances 26 2 customer and supplier merge 11 1 Czech Republic non location based tax 3 4 tax GDF 3 16 VAT reporting 8 3 D data naming 3 4 Deductions Management 23 9 default reporting 10 8 deferred depreciation events 1 2 deferred expenses 17 22 Denmark bank charge
251. nting is displayed When running any Oracle Receivables reports that display accounting involving transactions that have not been posted to GL the following statements apply e If SLA final accounting lines exist then SLA accounting is displayed e If SLA accounting lines do not exist then no accounting is displayed and the following warning message is returned This report does not display transactions for which accounting has not yet been generated Affected Reports e Transaction Detail Report e AR Reconciliation Report e AR to GL Reconciliation e Potential Reconciling Items Report e Applied Receipts Journal e Unapplied Receipts Journal e Adjustments Journal e Credit Memo Gain or Loss Journal e Cumulative Activities Balance e Potential Reconciling Items e Open Items Revaluation Report e Aging 7 Buckets Report e Aging 4 Buckets Report e Inter Company Invoices Report e Sales Journal by Account e Sales Journal by Customer e U S Sales Tax Report parameter for posting Oracle Receivables 23 3 e Receipt Journal Report e Invoice Exception sort by balancing segment e Invoices Posted to Suspense e Journal Entries e Inter Company Receipts e Aged Trial Balance 7 Buckets By Deduction e Aged Trial Balance 7 Buckets By LOB Obsolescence of CCID Correction Form Due to the introduction of Oracle Subledger Accounting this form is no longer needed Errors in GL accounting code combination can be i
252. ny Details Printed profile option Netherlands JENL Payment Specification profile option Oracle Payments provides an XML Publisher template for creating a remittance advice You can modify this template to meet the requirements of your country In Release 111 there are several fields that specify the way an invoice should be settled The fields used for this purpose come in three categories payment methods delivery channels which specify how a bank provides a payment to the payee and payment formats These fields include both Oracle Payables functionality and GDFs In Release 12 the following GDFs and other entities are obsolete and the settlement information is handled by Oracle Payments Denmark JE_DK_PAY_CATEGORIES Note payment means and channel will not be upgraded The mapping will happen in the Danish payment format template provided by Oracle Payments Denmark Payment Means Payment Channel Payment Category Payment Category ID Finland Payment Type Payment Format Germany Payment Method Netherlands Urgency Code Sweden Payment Type Switzerland Payment Type During the upgrade Oracle Payments will migrate payment methods from the Oracle Payables entity to the new Oracle Payments payment methods entity and will upgrade all invoice data Payments will also migrate default values for payment method delivery channels and payment formats from the Global Payables system supplier supplier sites and payee se
253. o Oracle Payments payment process profiles and payment formatting Norway SIGILL Identifier SIGILL Format Oracle Payments transmission and security feature allows integration with third party utilities like the SigNet sealing operation The Release 12 upgrade will not migrate the SIGILL setup data Oracle Payments provides a standard configuration and you can re configure to meet specific requirements for Norway Sweden Receiver Name migrated to Oracle Cash Management bank account setup for factor bank accounts no data will be migrated You should set up parties for the factor companies create their bank accounts and link them to the supplier payee model Sweden EFT File Directory Date Sequence upgraded to Oracle Payments payment process profiles and payment formatting Payment File Information In Release 11i there are a number of Global Descriptive Flexfields GDFs that support entry of information assigned by a bank or third party payment system to the deploying company also referred to as the first party payer The Global Descriptive Flexfields are used to capture this kind of information for implementations in the following countries Finland Germany Netherlands Norway Sweden Switzerland and Denmark If you are not operating in these countries you can disregard this section 17 18 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 In Release 11i GDFs that
254. o these HZ tables in the TCA data model e HZ_CUSTOMER_PROFILES e HZ_CUST_PROFILE_CLASSES Oracle Receivables 23 7 e HZ_CUST_PROF_CLASS_AMTS e HZ_CUST_PROFILE_AMTS The Interest Invoice feature becomes obsolete in Release 12 including tables database triggers packages forms reports and Application objects profile options concurrent requests concurrent executables menus lookups etc The GDF columns that exist on TCA tables for example JGZZ_ATTRIBUTE columns will be obsolete The Accrue Interest check box on System Options form is retired in Release 12 because all charges are assumed to update the customer record and to be accompanied by accounting entries The new concurrent process Late Charges Generate replaces the code formerly called by the Dunning or Statements program to generate finance charges The Late Charges Generate program can be run independent of other processes Postupgrade if late charges are to be included with Statements or Dunning the late charges program should be included as part of a report set and run in final mode Dunning is created via Oracle Advanced Collections in Release 12 For more information including late charges are dunning see the Oracle Advanced Collections User Guide A new business purpose was created due to late charges creation being independent of dunning and statements There will be an upgrade as follows e If an account has a statement site and no dunning site then an add
255. om suppliers created through iSupplier Portal in previous releases and copy them to the new table Here is how the upgrade identifies pending new contact requests and update contact requests from suppliers created through iSupplier Portal e If a Supplier Contact Party is associated with a Vendor Contact record and the Vendor Site of the Vendor Contact is associated with a Supplier Address and the Supplier Address is associated with the Supplier Contact Party and if the Person Party s information First Name Last Name Middle Name Person Title Phone Area Code Phone Number Fax Area Code Fax Number and E mail Address is different from that of the Vendor Contact the upgrade will identify the Supplier Contact Party as a pending update contact request e Ifa Supplier Contact Party is not associated with a Vendor Contact record the upgrade will identify the Supplier Contact Party as a pending new contact request e Ifa Supplier Contact Party is associated with a Vendor Contact record but the Vendor Site of the Vendor Contact is not associated with a Supplier Address the upgrade will identify the Supplier Contact Party as a pending new contact request e Ifa Supplier Contact Party is associated with a Vendor Contact record and the Vendor Site of the Vendor Contact is associated with a Supplier Address but the Supplier Address is not associated with the Supplier Contact Party the upgrade will identify the Supplier Contact Party as a pendi
256. ompleted in Payables and the payment process request is passed to Payments 18 6 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Preliminary Payment Register Modify Payments Format Payment Process Request Status Report The Review Proposed Payments page is available when the option Stop Process for Review After Creation of Proposed Payments is selected when submitting a payment process request In Release 111 if you chose Format at the time of your payment batch submission then in the Processing tab of the Payments Dashboard choose Automatically Initiate When Payment Process Request is Complete for the Create Payment Instructions field Configuration note if you wish to limit payments in a payment instruction to only those from your single payment process request submission then you should configure your Payment Process Profiles with this setting Payment Instruction Creation Rules Payment Grouping Payment Process Request enabled This new report replaces the Preliminary Payment Register The report can be set to run automatically when the payment process request is complete Or it can be submitted later on Note that the report is provided as an XML Publisher format template so it can be easily modified or replaced with a different template This page is available for review and modification of payments once they have been created and validated
257. on JE CZ APXVDMVD PO_VENDORS Additional Supplier Site Information for Italy JEJIT APXVDMVD DOC_CATEGORY Description of Change GA1 TAXPAYER _ID is obsolete GA1 SPECIFIC_SYMBOL is obsolete GA1 JEIT_DOCUMENT_CATEGORY_NAME is obsolete JG_RA_CUSTOMER_TRX Feature Area Additional Information for Spanish Invoices JE ES ARXTWMALINVOICE_INFO Description of Change The following segments are obsolete GA1 Invoice Type GA2 Modelo 347 Property Location GA3 Modelo 349 Correction Year GA4 Modelo 349 Correction Period GAS Modelo 349 Triangulation Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration B 37 Additional Transaction Information JE CZ ARXTWMALTAX_DATE Additional Transaction Information JELHU ARXTWMAITAX_DATE Additional Transaction Information JESK ARXTWMALTAX_DATE Additional Transaction Information JE PL ARXTWMAI TAX_DATE and Additional Transaction Information JE CZ ARXTWMALTAX_DATE Additional Transaction Information JE PL _ARXTWMAI TAX_DATE Spanish Receivables Invoice Type Modelo 347 Property Rental JE ES ARXTWMAI MODELO347PR Spanish Receivables Invoice Type Modelo 349 JE ES ARXTWMAI MODELO349 Spanish Receivables Invoice Type Modelo 415 JE ES ARXTWMAI MODELO415 Spanish Receivables Invoice Type Modelo 415 amp Modelo 347 JE ES ARXTWMAI MODELO415_347 and Spanish Receivables Invoice Type Modelo 415 amp Modelo 347 Property Rent
258. on Information JE HU APINXWKB FINAL GA1 STAT_CODE is replaced by a named column STATISTICAL_CODE in the following tables ZX_FC_TYPES B MTL_CATEGORIES_SETS MTL_CATEGORIES GA1 STAT_CODE is replaced by PRODUCT_CATEGORY in the following tables ZX_FC_TYPES_B ZX_FC_CODES_B ZX_FC_CODES_DENORM_B GAI Final VAT Register Request ID is obsolete The following segments are obsolete GA1 Final VAT Register Request ID GAZ Statistical Code JG_AP_INVOICE_LINES_INTERFACE Feature Area Czech Invoice Distribution Information JE CZ APXIISIM FINAL Hungarian Invoice Distribution Information JE HU APXIISIM FINAL Polish Invoice Distribution Information JE PL APXIISIM FINAL andSlovak Invoice Distribution Information JE SK APXISIM FINAL Description of Change GAI Final VAT Register Request ID is replaced by the named column JG_ZZ_VAT_TRX_DETAILS FINAL_REPORT ING _ID Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration B 17 HungarianAdditional Invoice Distribution Information JE HU APXIISIM STAT_CODE Italian Invoice Distribution Information JJE IT APXISIM DISTRIBUTIONS Polish Invoice Distribution Information JE PL APINXWKB FINAL and Slovak Invoice Distribution Information JE SSK APINXWKB FINAL Polish Additional Invoice Distribution Information JE PL APXIISIM STAT_CODE The following segments are obsolete GA1 Tax Type GA2 Start Date GA3 End Date GAA Tax Ori
259. on distributions for existing prepayment invoices links those distributions with the original prepayment distributions and adds a prepayment history entity to track historical prepayment application and non application entries Since you control the periods that are upgraded by setting them during the SLA upgrade Payables also adds an indicator to mark which historical data has been upgraded After the upgrade if you find that you need to adjust a historical payment or need to unapply a prepayment application that did not have its data upgraded you can run the SLA postupgrade process to upgrade the entries for that record For more details refer to the Oracle E Business Suite Upgrade Guide Release 11i to Release 12 Guide Appendix G Upgrade by Requests Financials and Procurement Tasks Subledger Accounting Creating Distribution Links During the upgrade Payables migrates invoice distribution links prepayment application distribution links and payment distribution links into the SLA distribution links entity for the data that has been populated in the payment distributions and prepayment application distributions table for the periods you selected to upgrade Populating the Initial Balances for the Open Account Balances Listing Report As part of the Subledger Accounting introduction a new report the Open Account Balances Listing replaces the 11i Payables Trial Balance During the upgrade Payables and SLA populate the initial liabili
260. ons Information JJL AR PERWSLOC LOC Chilean Locations Information JL CL PERWSLOC LOC Columbian Locations Information JL CO PERWSLOC LOC The following segments are replaced by named columns GAS8 Company Name by XLE_ENTITY_PROFILES NAME XLE_ETB_PROFILES NAME GA9 Alternate Company Name is replaced by XLE_REGISTRATIONS ALTERNATE_RE GISTERED_NAME GA11 Primary ID Number by ZX_PARTY_TAX_PROFILE REP_REGIST RATION_NUMBER and ZX_REPORT_CODES_ASSOC REG NUMBER GAIS Primary ID Validation Digit by ZX_PARTY_TAX_PROFILE REP_REGIST RATION_NUMBER and ZX_REPORT_CODES_ASSOC REG NUMBER GA14 Inception Date is replaced by XLE_ETB_PROFILES EFFECTIVE_FROM GA13 Inscription is replaced by XLE_ENTITY_PROFILES ACTIVITY_CODE XLE_ETB_PROFILES ACTIVITY_CODE GA14 Legal Representative to HZ_PARTIES PARTY NAME GA15 Legal Representative ID is replaced by HZ_PARTIES PARTY_NUMBER GA4 Activity Code is replaced by XLE_ENTITY_PROFILES ACTIVITY_CODE GA14 Economic Activity Code is replaced by XLE_ETB_PROFILES ACTIVITY_CODE JG_MTL_ITEM_TEMPLATES Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration B 65 Feature Area Description of Change Brazilian Fiscal Information GAI Fiscal Classification Code is replaced by JJL BR INVIDTMP Fiscal the following named columns ZX_FC_TYPES_B PRODUCT_CATEGOR Y ZX_FC_CODES_B PRODUCT_CATEGO RY ZX_FC_CODES_DENORM_B PRODUCT _CATEGORY ZX_FC_TYPES_B FISCAL_CLASSIFICAT
261. or application use including setting up Oracle iAssets rules and related product setup steps It explains how to define approval rules to facilitate the approval process It also includes information on using the Oracle iAssets user interface to search for assets create self service transfer requests and view notifications Oracle iProcurement Implementation and Administration Guide This manual describes how to set up and administer Oracle iProcurement Oracle iProcurement enables employees to requisition items through a self service Web interface Oracle iReceivables Implementation Guide This guide provides information on how to implement Oracle iReceivables Use this guide to understand the implementation steps required for application use including how to set up and configure iReceivables and how to set up the Credit Memo Request workflow There is also a chapter that provides an overview of major features available in iReceivables Oracle iSupplier Portal User Guide This guide contains information on how to use Oracle iSupplier Portal to enable secure transactions between buyers and suppliers using the Internet Using Oracle iSupplier Portal suppliers can monitor and respond to events in the procure to pay cycle Oracle iSupplier Portal Implementation Guide This guide contains information on how to implement Oracle iSupplier Portal and enable secure transactions between buyers and suppliers using the Internet Oracle Loans
262. or each AP payment program that is linked to a format definition one Oracle XML Publisher template is created and linked to one Oracle Payments format In Oracle Payables you can create different format definitions linked to the same payment program So for each AP format definition the upgrade creates one Payment Process Profile linked to the Oracle Payments format A key part of the payment process profile is the usage rules Values set here control when a profile can be assigned to a document for routing through the payment process There are four categories of usage rules One is the deploying company s internal bank account from which funds will be disbursed A bank account is assigned as a usage rule Oracle Payments 18 5 when the upgrade finds the following information First it looks at the format definition that was used to create the profile Next it finds all payment documents assigned to the format definition Each internal bank account that is a parent of the payment document is assigned as a usage rule to the profile First party organization is a second category of usage rule Values are migrated when they are available specifically from some globalizations The third and fourth usage rule categories are payment methods and currencies The upgrade determines these values based on information within the format itself Another important part of the payment process profile is its link to a payment system and its setup This info
263. ort Post Accounting Programs in SLA The setup for all eligible lines from Payables to Assets for Mass Additions Create program is done in Post Accounting Programs Session control options available on each concurrent programs definition FA Number of Parallel Requests for consistency SLA Setups FA Number of Parallel Requests Bill Presentment Architecture Bill Presentment Architecture New Profile Options Profile Option Name AR BPA Print Attachment Document Category Description In order to print attachments in printed bills configure this profile option While printing a transaction this profile option triggers printing associated PDF attachments that match the specified document category This applies to both internal and external templates Cash Management Cash Management New Profile Options Profile Options A 3 Profile Option Name CE Bank Account Transfers CE Mask Internal Bank Account Numbers Description This profile can be set to Treasury or Cash Management When it is set to Treasury then Cash Leveling and Sweep Transaction ZBA features will create Treasury deals to move funds between bank accounts When it is set to Cash Management new bank account transfer transactions new in Release 12 will be created to move funds between bank accounts Using this profile option users can mask first last x digits of bank account numbers or apply no mask Cash
264. pe Code Inventory linked Inventory Items Fiscal Classification Products Product Classification Code Classifications Non Type Code Inventory Release 11i Release 12 Entity GDF Segment User Interface Prompt AP Tax Codes Tax Origin Tax Configuration Reporting Code Tax Rates Rate Details gt Tax Reporting Codes Region AR Tax Codes Tax Origin Tax Configuration Reporting Code Tax Rates Rate Details gt Tax Reporting Codes Region 3 16 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Hungary Release 11i Release 12 Entity GDF Segment User Interface Prompt HR Locations VAT Number Not Exposed in UI N A Release 11i Release 12 Entity GDF Segment User Interface Prompt AP Invoice Statistical Code Products Product Classification Distributions Classifications Type Code Inventory linked AP Invoice Statistical Code Products Product Classification Distributions Classifications Non Type Code Inventory AP Tax Codes Tax Origin Tax Configuration Reporting Code Tax Rates Rate Details gt Tax Reporting Codes Region AR Memo Lines Statistical Code Products Product Classification Classifications Type Code Inventory linked AR Memo Lines Statistical Code Products Product Classification Classifications Non Type Code Inventory AR Tax Codes Tax Origin Tax Configuration Reporting Code Tax Rates Rate Details gt Tax Reporting Codes Region Oracle E B
265. pics e Overview e Catalog Agreement Management e Content Security Oracle iProcurement Release 12 gives catalog administrators the ability to make small and quick updates to catalog content online The online authoring feature complements the existing batch upload process which is optimized for large data upload This release also gives more comprehensive and flexible rules for securing catalog content Below is a description of the upgrade impact on the catalog management Catalog Agreement Management Bulk loaded items in iProcurement will be migrated to newly created Global Blanket Procurement Agreements GBPA based on their Supplier Supplier Site Currency Operating Unit and Contract Reference From the iProcurement Catalog Administration responsibility there will be a summary of all newly created GBPAs for bulk loaded items There will also be a data exceptions report that lists all the exceptions that prevent migration of bulk loaded content to new GBPAs For more details on how to correct these exceptions refer to the iProcurement Preupgrade steps in the Oracle E Business Suite Upgrade Guide Release 11i to Release 12 The following is a list of changes in Release 12 as a result of the catalog upgrade e The upgrade will migrate bulk loaded items into GBPAs Release 12 users will load content into a GBPA and they will no longer need to provide Supplier Supplier Site Operating Unit and CPA GCPA reference in the file The bulk
266. pliers Payment Details Bank Instruction 1 Suppliers EDI tab Remittance Method Suppliers Payment Details Delivery Channel Suppliers EDI tab Remittance Instruction Suppliers Payment Details Payment Text Message 1 Suppliers EDI tab Transaction Handling Suppliers Payment Details Bank Instruction 2 17 14 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Payment Configuration Controlled by Global Descriptive Flexfields Various aspects of payment configuration were controlled by Global Descriptive Flexfields GDF in Release 117 and are now implemented in an integrated fashion across core Oracle Payables Oracle Payments and Oracle Cash Management This section is organized by functional area and discusses the upgrade impact on Oracle Payables e Bank Charge Bearer Controls e Bank Information and Instructions e Regulatory Reporting Controls e Regulatory Reporting Payment Reasons e Settlement and File Directory Controls e Payment File Information e Payment File Formatting e Payment Text Messaging e Unique Remittance Identifiers e Remittance Advice Controls e Settlement Controls e Danish Payment Categories e Settlement Priority e Miscellaneous Obsolete GDFs For functional knowledge of the Oracle Payments refer to the Oracle Payments Users Guide and Oracle Payments Implementation Guide Bank Charge Bearer Controls In Release 117 there are a number of GDFs that support
267. ports The reports that were previously built using Oracle Reports are now available as XML Oracle Financials for Europe 8 1 Publisher templates Refer to the JE JG Technical TOI for the details of the reports that now use XML Publisher technology E Business Tax Based Reporting With E Business Tax Tax Registration Number TRN for legal establishment becomes very significant for tax reporting A central reporting configuration by TRN has been introduced and each legal entity becomes associated with a TRN during the upgrade Refer to the E Business Tax section for more details A legal VAT reporting entity is created for each legal entity and an associated accounting VAT reporting entity is automatically created to support both the reporting and accounting requirements If the legal entity is associated with multiple tax regimes the tax regime information is defaulted as null during the creation of the Legal VAT Reporting Entity and the right tax regime has to be manually entered after the upgrade The E Business Tax upgrade does not process tax names called Standard In Release 11i the Standard tax name was associated with GL allocation rules These will not be migrated to Release 12 For Portugal the sign flag for the VAT box is always defaulted to positive during the Release 12 upgrade The sign flag has been introduced in Release 12 The VAT Boxes are migrated for each and every Financial Document Type in Release 12 for the resp
268. pplication and Operating Unit OU owned and maintained its own tax codes and rates for use with its application specific transactions Because E Business Tax provides the opportunity for a single source for all transactions for tax determination and tax calculation services the ownership of the tax setup moves to the E Business Tax shared ownership model Oracle E Business Tax 3 5 Existing operating units with Release 11i tax setup will be upgraded as party specific configuration owners with the operating unit owning the tax setup An exception to this is the upgrade of Receivables or Projects tax setup that contains location based tax setup This setup then will be upgraded as part of the common configuration with the global configuration owner owning the location based tax setup Configuration Options in Oracle E Business Tax for more information Location Based Tax Upgrade In Release 11i geography tax jurisdictions and jurisdiction rates information were coupled together as Location Values and Rates The definition of the location was represented in the Sales Tax Key Flexfields This Sales Tax Key Flexfield was also used for address validation In Release 12 a tax regime will be created for each Geography structure defined at the AR Systems Options level A hard coded tax called LOCATION will be upgraded as a dummy tax to preserve the referential integrity on the historical transaction data This dummy tax will also be used to
269. programs including any operating system integrated software any programs installed on the hardware and or documentation shall be subject to license terms and license restrictions applicable to the programs No other rights are granted to the U S Government This software or hardware is developed for general use in a variety of information management applications It is not developed or intended for use in any inherently dangerous applications including applications that may create a risk of personal injury If you use this software or hardware in dangerous applications then you shall be responsible to take all appropriate fail safe backup redundancy and other measures to ensure its safe use Oracle Corporation and its affiliates disclaim any liability for any damages caused by use of this software or hardware in dangerous applications This software or hardware and documentation may provide access to or information on content products and services from third parties Oracle Corporation and its affiliates are not responsible for and expressly disclaim all warranties of any kind with respect to third party content products and services Oracle Corporation and its affiliates will not be responsible for any loss costs or damages incurred due to your access to or use of third party content products or services Contents Send Us Your Comments Preface 1 Oracle Assets OVO VICW iid eh aegis alan das a A EAEAN o aE Aa Ea ANa PAEA Eaa
270. provides a way to allow the user to specify how invoice details can be concatenated at the payment level Netherlands Domestic EFT Format Netherlands Foreign EFT Format Release 12 Product Oracle Payments Oracle Payments Oracle Payments Oracle Payments Oracle Financials for Europe 8 9 Norway Poland Portugal Release 11i Feature Name Norwegian BBS Norwegian Telepay Release 12 Feature Name Norwegian BBS Format Norwegian Telepay EFT Format Release 12 Product Oracle Payments Oracle Payments Release 11i Feature Name Polish Pekao Credit Transfers Format Polish Pekao Payment Order Polish Citibank MTMS EFT Format Release 12 Feature Name Polish Pekao Credit Transfers Format Polish Pekao Payment Order Format Polish Citibank MTMS EFT Format Release 12 Product Oracle Payments Oracle Payments Oracle Payments Release 11i Feature Name Portuguese Checks Remittances Portuguese EFT File Portuguese EFT Remittance Letter Portuguese Bank Transfer Request Release 12 Feature Name Portuguese Check Format Portuguese EFT Format Separate Remittance Advice Portuguese Wire Format Release 12 Product Oracle Payments Oracle Payments Oracle Payments Oracle Payments 8 10 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Spain Sweden Portuguese Direct Debit File Portuguese Direct
271. pteron the AMD logo and the AMD Opteron logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Advanced Micro Devices UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group This software and related documentation are provided under a license agreement containing restrictions on use and disclosure and are protected by intellectual property laws Except as expressly permitted in your license agreement or allowed by law you may not use copy reproduce translate broadcast modify license transmit distribute exhibit perform publish or display any part in any form or by any means Reverse engineering disassembly or decompilation of this software unless required by law for interoperability is prohibited The information contained herein is subject to change without notice and is not warranted to be error free If you find any errors please report them to us in writing If this is software or related documentation that is delivered to the U S Government or anyone licensing it on behalf of the U S Government the following notice is applicable U S GOVERNMENT END USERS Oracle programs including any operating system integrated software any programs installed on the hardware and or documentation delivered to U S Government end users are commercial computer software pursuant to the applicable Federal Acquisition Regulation and agency specific supplemental regulations As such use duplication disclosure modification and adaptation of the
272. quality of the Trading Community Architecture Registry focusing on consolidation cleanliness and completeness Oracle Customer Data Librarian has all of the features in Oracle Customers Online and is also part of the Oracle Customer Data Management product family Oracle Customer Data Librarian Implementation Guide This guide describes how to implement Oracle Customer Data Librarian As part of implementing Oracle Customer Data Librarian you must also complete all the implementation steps for Oracle Customers Online Oracle Customers Online User Guide This guide describes how to use Oracle Customers Online to view create and maintain your customer information Oracle Customers Online is based on Oracle Trading Community Architecture data model and functionality and is also part of the Oracle Customer Data Management product family Oracle Customers Online Implementation Guide This guide describes how to implement Oracle Customers Online Oracle E Business Suite Multiple Organizations Implementation Guide This guide describes the multiple organizations concepts in Oracle E Business Suite It describes in detail on setting up and working effectively with multiple organizations in Oracle E Business Suite Oracle E Business Tax User Guide This guide describes the entire process of setting up and maintaining tax configuration data as well as applying tax data to the transaction line It describes the entire regime to rate setup f
273. r accounting allows you to report and inquiry journal entries at a much more granular level than with encumbrance types in General Ledger All creation of accounting now resides in Subledger Accounting and thus the mapping of which journal line should go to which encumbrance type The encumbrance types earlier assigned in the Financials Options window are obsolete and have moved to Subledger Accounting rules Multifund Receivables Setup Migration Accounting rules available in SLA mimic the Release 11i Multifund Receivables MFAR accounting behavior and are available in the following Application Accounting Definitions e Multifund Account Receivables Accrual Account Method e Multifund Account Receivables Accrual Balancing Method 19 2 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Multifund Receivables Data Migration Migration of the data is done by the core Receivables upgrade Oracle Public Sector Financials 19 3 20 Overview Oracle Public Sector Financials International This chapter covers the following topics Overview Integration with Subledger Accounting Integration with Oracle E Business Tax Implementing Payables and Receivables Netting Multiple Organizations Access Control Obsolescence and Replacement of Features The Public Sector Financials International integrates with several products within the Oracle product family including Oracle General Ledger O
274. racle Integration Repository is a compilation of information about the service endpoints exposed by the Oracle E Business Suite of applications It provides a complete catalog of Oracle E Business Suite s business service interfaces The tool lets users easily discover and deploy the appropriate business service interface for integration with any system application or business partner The Oracle Integration Repository is shipped as part of the E Business Suite As your instance is patched the repository is automatically updated with content appropriate for the precise revisions of interfaces in your environment You can navigate to the Oracle Integration Repository through Oracle E Business Suite Integrated SOA Gateway Do Not Use Database Tools to Modify Oracle E Business Suite Data xxviii Oracle STRONGLY RECOMMENDS that you never use SQL Plus Oracle Data Browser database triggers or any other tool to modify Oracle E Business Suite data unless otherwise instructed Oracle provides powerful tools you can use to create store change retrieve and maintain information in an Oracle database But if you use Oracle tools such as SQL Plus to modify Oracle E Business Suite data you risk destroying the integrity of your data and you lose the ability to audit changes to your data Because Oracle E Business Suite tables are interrelated any change you make using an Oracle E Business Suite form can update many tables at once But when you mod
275. racle Payables Oracle Purchasing Oracle Receivables and Oracle Subledger Accounting Refer to the appropriate chapters of this guide to understand the detail level integration of these products to Public Sector Financials International This chapter details the additional impact to Public Sector Financials International product Integration with Subledger Accounting Integration with Oracle E Business Tax Implementing Payables and Receivables Netting Multiple Organizations Access Control Oracle Public Sector Financials International 20 1 Integration with Subledger Accounting Release 12 introduces the new Subledger Accounting SLA module for managing accounting across subledger transactions With the introduction of SLA accounting rules are available to be modified within the SLA rule s definition beyond the seeded subledger accounting methods for encumbrance with standard accrual and standard cash Encumbrances Setup Migration The Subledger Accounting method is assigned at the ledger level Based on the Release 11i setup one of the following subledger accounting methods will be assigned to your ledger e Encumbrance with Standard Accrual e Encumbrance with Standard Cash Accounting rules available in SLA mimic the Release 11i encumbrance accounting behavior During the upgrade the Payables System Options Allow Adjustments to Paid Invoices option is deselected if previously selected The Allow Adjustments to Paid Invoi
276. racle Subledger Accounting is based on the following assumptions e Oracle Subledger Accounting supports all Global Accounting Engine features e A fully automated migration of all Global Accounting Engine data and setup options to Oracle Subledger Accounting is provided This includes e Upgrading of the existing accounting data in the Global Accounting Engine to the new Subledger Accounting data model e Upgrading of the existing setup options from the Global Accounting Engine to the Oracle Subledger Accounting or General Ledger whenever necessary Since users do not have the ability to modify the standard rules provided by the Global Accounting Engine the seeded rules delivered by the subledger applications in Release 12 will generate accounting that is equivalent to that generated by the Oracle Global Accounting Engine rules Oracle Global Accounting Engine 11 1 Replacement of Global Accounting Engine Features In release 12 Oracle Subledger Accounting SLA provides the same functionality that is available in release 11i with Global Accounting Engine The following list shows how the different Global Accounting Engine features are implemented in SLA e Posting Manager Global Accounting Engine Posting Manager window is replaced by the Create Accounting program This program allows the user to launch the process that generates the subledger journal entries The Create Accounting program supports both draft and final mode in the same
277. rade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 e Number of Future Enterable Periods e Rounding Differences Account e Reserve for Encumbrance Account e Retained Earnings Account e Intracompany Balancing Rules e Enable Journal Entry Tax e Journal Reversal Criteria Set e Require Budget Journals option e Period End Rate Type e Period Average Rate Type e Translation Adjustment Account e Secondary Tracking Segment option once enabled for a ledger the Track by Secondary Segment option cannot be disabled e Descriptive Flexfields e Suspense Account Reporting currencies in Release 12 will inherit the primary ledger s suspense posting option If suspense posting is enabled for the primary set of books and not enabled in the reporting set of books in Release 111 then in Release 12 the reporting currency will have suspense posting enabled and use the same suspense account as the primary ledger If suspense posting is not enabled for the primary set of books but enabled in the reporting set of books in Release 11i then in Release 12 the reporting currency will also not have suspense posting enabled to be synchronized with its source ledger Different Average Balance Settings for Primary and Reporting Sets of Books In Release 11i users can set the Average Balances or Average Balance Consolidation options for the primary set of books independently of the reporting set of books In Release 12 users can only set these options for the ledger and th
278. ransaction types are upgraded the Allow Invoicing option is set to Not Required In order to take advantage of the new invoicing feature in AGIS you should manually select the Allow Invoicing check box for transaction types where invoicing is required Intercompany Accounts In Release 11i the Intercompany accounts balancing rules are created against a Balancing Segment Values BSV for account that has to be debited and the Due From Due to would be processed as per the rule These Intercompany accounts are upgraded as Intracompany Balancing Rules in the Release 12 AGIS system In Release 12 the account listed is the debit account for the debit BSV and credit Account for the credit BSV For examples the Release 11i setup shown below Company Due From Due To 01 01 4100 01 2100 02 02 4200 02 2200 All Other 01 4000 01 2000 Will be upgraded to 7 2 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Rule for DR BSV CR BSV Debit Account Credit Account reference only 1 01 All Other 01 4000 01 2100 2 All Other 01 01 4100 01 2000 3 02 All Other 02 4000 02 2000 4 All Other 02 02 4200 02 2200 5 01 02 02 4200 02 2000 6 02 01 02 4100 01 2200 7 All Other All Other 01 4000 01 2000 Or the Release 11i setup shown below Company Due From Due To 01 01 4100 01 2100 02 02 4200 02 2200 03 03 5100 03 9999 All Other 01 4000 01 2000 Will be upgraded to Cross Entity Balancing DR
279. razilian Order Line Information The following segments are replaced by the JL BR OEXOEORD LINES named columns GAL Operation Fiscal Code by ZX_FC_TYPES_B TRX_BUSINESS_CATE GORY ZX_FC_CODES_B TRX_BUSINESS_CAT EGORY and ZX_FC_CODES_DENORM_B TRX_BUSI NESS_CATEGORY GAS Fiscal Classification Code by ZX_FC_TYPES_B PRODUCT_CATEGOR y ZX_FC_CODES_B PRODUCT_CATEGO RY ZX_FC_CODES_DENORM_B PRODUCT _CATEGORY ZX_FC_TYPES_B FISCAL_CLASSIFICAT ION MTL_CATEGORY_SETS FISCAL_CLASS IFICATION and MTL_CATEGORIES FISCAL_CLASSIFIC ATION GA13 Default federal Tributary Situation is corrected as Default Federal Tributary Situation GA14 Default State Tributary is corrected as Default State Tributary Situation JG_RA_CUSTOMER_TRX_LINES Feature Area Description of Change Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration B 69 Brazilian Additional Information The following segments are replaced by the JJL BR ARXTWMAL Additional Info named columns GAIL Operation Fiscal Code by ZX_FC_TYPES_B TRX_BUSINESS_CATE GORY ZX_FC_CODES_B TRX_BUSINESS_CAT EGORY ZX_FC_CODES_DENORM_B TRX_BUSI NESS_CATEGORY and ZX_LINES_DET_FACTORS USER_DEFI NED_FISC_CLASS GA2 Fiscal Classification Code by ZX_FC_TYPES_B PRODUCT_CATEGOR Y ZX_FC_CODES_B PRODUCT_CATEGO RY ZX_FC_CODES_DENORM_B PRODUCT _CATEGORY ZX_FC_TYPES_B FISCAL_CLASSIFICAT ION MTL_CATEGORY_SETS FISCAL_CLASS IFICATION MTL_CATEGORIES FISCAL_CLASSIFIC A
280. re included in the Oracle E Business Suite Upgrade Guide Release 11i to Release 12 Oracle Financials for Asia Pacific 6 1 l Overview Oracle Financials Common Modules This chapter covers the following topics e Overview e Advanced Global Intercompany System e Payables and Receivables Netting In Release 12 the major improvements to the Financials Common Modules include the new Advanced Global Intercompany System and the changes to the Receivables and Payables netting functionality Advanced Global Intercompany System Subsidiaries Oracle Advanced Global Intercompany System AGIS is anew module within the Oracle E Business Suite that allows companies to streamline intercompany processing and facilitates the reconciliation of intercompany transactions It replaces the Global Intercompany System GIS feature provided by General Ledger in Release 111 All setup and transaction data are moved to a new data model All Oracle Forms in the Global Information System are replaced by browser based user interface pages in the Advanced Global Intercompany System Following sections describe the way in which existing data in GIS system in Release 11i is migrated to Release 12 All GIS Subsidiaries are upgraded into intercompany organizations If the Subsidiary is deactivated during the upgrade an active party in Trading Community Architecture TCA with a classification that is end dated is created The reason for this is that the
281. restrictions These restrictions will not be carried forward into Release 12 stores Instead these restrictions are applied to every content zone within each store having operating unit restrictions Migrate category realms at the responsibility level In Release 12 category restrictions are applied to each individual content zone Migrate item source realms for Responsibilities Migrate Default Smart Forms such that they have the lowest available sequence number within Release 12 stores This way smart forms that appeared by default previously will continue to appear by default in Release 12 POR Approved Pricing Only profile is no longer used The upgrade will apply the correct settings in each content zone to achieve the same functionality in Release 12 Migrate descriptor configuration Previously it is possible to provide invalid values for Descriptor settings such as Search Result Visibility Item Detail Visibility and 13 2 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Searchability Invalid configuration settings were simply ignored by the system Release 12 validates Descriptor configurations at the time when they are updated in the user interface and will not allow any invalid value to be provided The upgrade will re default all the properties for the seeded descriptors from previous releases For example visibility sequence setting and alternate names may change After the
282. rface for creation and maintenance of bank account balances is also provided in Cash Management Prior to Release 12 maintaining bank account balances and interest calculation was only available to Treasury bank accounts In Release 12 this feature becomes available to all bank accounts defined in the new centralized bank account model Bank Account Migration to Cash Management All the existing company and subsidiary bank account information in Oracle Treasury is upgraded as follows e All company bank accounts are automatically migrated one to one to the new centralized data model during the Release 12 upgrade e All subsidiary bank accounts are automatically migrated one to one to the new Oracle Treasury 26 1 centralized data model during the Release 12 upgrade All counterparties that are used as banks before Release 12 in Company or Subsidiary bank accounts are automatically migrated into banks and bank branches in the centralized data model during the Release 12 upgrade Each such counterparty will be upgraded into one bank and one bank branch belonging to this bank Prior to Release 12 company bank accounts were defined in the Company Profiles window In Release 12 this tab is replaced by a Bank Accounts button that takes the user to the Bank Accounts user interface in Cash Management Treasury Bank Accounts are distinguished in Cash Management by the Treasury Use flag that can be assigned when a bank account is created for a bank
283. rivileges GLDI Enforce Budget Wizard Segment Security GLDI Journal Wizard Privileges GLDI Maximum Effective Ranges for Drilldown GLDI Report Wizard Privileges Intercompany Interfund Protect Receiver Natural Account Intercompany Interfund Subsidiary Intercompany Interfund Use Automatic Transaction Numbering Budgets and Related Objects Budgets and Related Objects Journal Entry Financial Statement Generator Financial Statement Generator Global Intercompany System Global Intercompany System Global Intercompany System n a n a n a n a n a Advanced Global Intercompany System feature Advanced Global Intercompany System feature Advanced Global Intercompany System feature Golden Tax Adaptor Golden Tax Adaptor New Profile Options Profile Option Name JMF Golden Tax Enabled JMF Golden Tax Import Directory Description The valid values are Yes and No Users cannot use any of the Golden Tax Adaptor features if this profile value is set to No This profile option is used to define the import file directory for Golden Tax Invoice Import concurrent program A 14 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Internal Controls Manager Internal Controls Manager New Profile Options Profile Option Name AMW Show Financial Items with no Control Assertions Components and Categories AMW Access All Proc
284. rmation is upgraded based on values set in globalizations and should be understood for payment processing in those countries Payment Process Flow Many enhancements have been introduced into the payment processing flow effective with this release To understand how to take advantage of the flexible process configuration refer to the Oracle Payments Implementation Guide The following information provides details on how to follow a payment process flow equivalent to the Oracle Payables payment batch process in Release 11i Oracle Payables provides a new interface called the Payments Dashboard for submitting and managing the payment process Release 11i Payment Process Invoice Selection Modify Invoice Selection Build Release 12 Payment Process Payment Process Request Payment Process Request Selected Scheduled Payments This page is available when the option Stop Process for Review After Scheduled Payment Selection is selected when submitting a payment process request Build Payments program Description Invoices are selected for payment by submitting a payment process request in Oracle Payables The invoice selection process is now separated from the payment creation process It is now possible to stop the process after invoice selection to review and modify invoice information This program is managed by Oracle Payments It is automatically submitted after the invoice selection process is c
285. rminology changes associated with the General Ledger Reporting Currency Option Release 11i Option Default Reporting Release 12 Option Default Rate Type Additional Details This option is displayed in the Currency Translation Options region of the Update Reporting Currency page of Accounting Setup Manager in Release 12 This option defaults from the Default Reporting field of the Release 11i GL Conversion Rules form If no GL Conversion Rules were specified then this option defaults from the Default Reporting field of the first record in the Conversion Options window 10 8 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 First MRC Period GL Conversion Rules Inherit check box No Rate Action MRC Maximum Days to Roll Forward Conversion Rate profile option GL MRC Journals Inherit the Journal Creator from the Primary Book s Journal profile option First Future Conversion Period Journal Source and Category Conversion Retain Transaction Rate Type Missing Conversion Rate Number of Days to Find the Last Rate Retain Journal Creator from Source Ledger This option is displayed in the Data Conversion Initiation region of the Update Reporting Currency page in Release 12 This option is displayed in the Journal Source and Category Conversion region of the Update Reporting Currency page in Release 12 This option is displayed in the Currency
286. rms if he is assigned the seeded Collections Sub menu If customer menus were created for collections users you may need to modify your customer menus to point to Advanced Collections See the Migration from AR Collections to Advanced Collections white paper My Oracle Support Note 389443 1 for additional information The following forms will no longer be available Account Overview Aging Correspondence Customer Accounts Customer Calls and Scheduler The Transaction Overview form will still be available through the Account Details form and the Transaction Workbench The Account Details form has been modified to remove links to forms that are no longer available such as Dunning History and Calls This historical data is available via Advanced Collections The Activities form which is available via Account Details will now also be available via the Receipt Workbench and provide application activity history at both the receipt header and application level Reports retired Call Actions Collection Key Indicators Collections Receipt Forecast Collector Call History Collector s Follow Up Customer Follow Up History Collections by Collector and Receipt Promises report Reports Modified Bad Debt Provision Report Disputed Invoice Report Customer Credit Snapshot and Customer Profiles The Dunning print program has been modified to only reprint Receivables historical days overdue dunning letters that may be needed due to legal reasons T
287. rofile option to Yes you must also complete the related setups for tax exemptions Controls whether users can update the tax classification code that is defaulted to the transaction line E Business Tax defaults the tax classification code to the transaction line according to the defaulting hierarchy defined for the operating unit and application Controls that users can enter or update the calculated tax recovery rates on the transaction for the tax recovery rate setups that allow this update If the tax recovery rate associated with a tax has the Allow Ad Hoc Rate option enabled then users can override the calculated tax recovery rate on the transaction The meaning of ad hoc entry of tax recovery rates differs according to the source application for the transaction Payables The user can only select another previously defined recovery rate for the tax Procurement The user can either select another previously defined recovery rate for the tax or enter a new recovery rate Profile Options A 5 eBTax Inventory Item for Freight Oracle Allows Order Management use an Inventory Order Management only item defined as Freight on Receivables transaction lines You can use the freight Inventory item to control the tax rate on taxable freight amounts The values for this profile option are Freight Charge The freight Inventory item applies to external Receivables transactions Freight for Intercompany The freig
288. rresponding features in AGIS Oracle General Ledger 10 3 Subsidiaries Intercompany Transaction Types Intercompany Clearing Accounts and Auto Accounting Rules Refer to the Advanced Global Intercompany System section for more information The following details the upgrade of each of these financial components and other upgrade considerations in General Ledger Sets of Books Changes All set of books options will be copied over to ledger options in Release 12 All Release 11i functionality with exceptions noted in the following sections will be migrated to Release 12 Set of Books Profile Option In Release 11i the GL Set of Books profile option controlled the set of books that a responsibility could access In Release 12 the GL Ledger Name profile option replaces the GL Set of Books profile option All responsibilities to which set of books have been assigned using the GL Set of Books profile option will be associated to a data access set using the GL Data Access Set profile option The data access set will provide full read and write access to the upgraded ledger allowing you to continue to use the ledger the same way as you did in Release 11i Secondary Tracking This section describes the upgrade impact for the secondary tracking option In Release 11 the set of books form had two check boxes to support secondary tracking one for revaluation and another for closing and translation In Release 12 the ledger definition
289. rts technology In Release 12 formats are created as templates in Oracle XML Publisher and applied to an XML data file produced by Oracle Payments Oracle Payments 18 1 Oracle XML Publisher Oracle Payments Process Profile Format Template Format fholds all payment file format layout format definition processing rules Format Validations validations required by format specification The new formatting and validations framework consists of several key entities e Oracle XML Publisher Format Template The template specifies the layout of the formatted output file required by the financial institution or payment system The format template is applied to the XML data extract of payment information thus creating the formatted output file e Oracle Payments Format Basic information about the format is held in Oracle Payments The format is linked to the format template in XML Publisher e Format Validations Prior to this release logic to validate the formatted data was imbedded in the format programs Now the validation logic has been separated from the format programs and is provided as a prepackaged set of validations The format validations are linked to the format definition in Oracle Payments and are executed during the payment process e Process Profile This Oracle Payments entity holds all the payment processing rules including the link to the format definition The process profile not only determines what format will be
290. ry 23 9 Customer Profiles 23 9 Disputed Invoice 23 9 Global Accounting Engine 11 1 Inter Company Invoices 23 3 Inter Company Receipts 23 3 Invoice Exception 23 3 Invoices Posted to Suspense 23 3 Journal Entries 23 3 Open Items Revaluation 23 3 Potential Reconciling Items 23 3 Receipt Journal 23 3 Receipt Promises 23 9 Sales Journal by Account 23 3 Transaction Detail 23 3 U S Sales Tax 23 3 Unapplied Receipts Journal 23 3 USSGL Account Derivation Rules 27 2 Reprint Consolidated Billing Invoices 23 7 revaluation 26 2 revaluation adjustments 10 16 reversal pairs 17 3 Rollback Journal Entries program 1 3 rounding rule 3 7 routing rules 18 10 S secondary segment tracking 10 16 secondary sets of books 10 2 secondary tracking 10 4 security grants 7 2 sequencing 11 1 set of books 10 2 set of books information 15 3 settlement and file directory controls 17 18 settlement control 17 21 settlement priority 17 22 Singapore HR locations 15 4 single reporting set of books 10 12 SLA See Subledger Accounting Smart Forms 13 2 SOB See set of books Spain Charge Bearer field 23 6 format mapping 8 11 Magnetic Format Code field 23 6 payment formats 17 12 tax GDF 3 22 VAT reporting 8 3 STAT currency See statistical currency statistical currency 10 17 stores 13 2 Subledger Accounting SLA 24 1 asset books 10 6 in Oracle Assets 1 1 postupgrade process for Oracle Assets 1 1
291. s Germany Remittance Advice Controls Netherlands Remittance Advice Controls Netherlands Regulatory Report Controls Replaced By Managed by the payment process profile and its remittance controls Managed by the payment process profile and its remittance controls n a n a Managed by the payment process profile and its remittance controls Managed by the payment process profile and its remittance controls Managed by the payment process profile and its remittance controls Payment process profile in Oracle Payments Profile Options A 23 JENL Validate All Invoices REMIT_BATCH_NAME Netherlands Regulatory Report Controls Germany Remittance Advice Controls Payment process profile in Oracle Payments Managed by the payment process profile and its remittance controls Public Sector Financials Public Sector Financials New Profile Options Profile Option Name PSA Budgetary Control Report Template PSA Default for Missing Budget Description Holds an XML Publisher report template name Many templates are seeded in Budgetary Control When a Concurrent Request is placed for a report users can choose a template manually otherwise by default the template mentioned in this profile option will be used This profile is used to default a template for XML Publisher Valid values for this profile option are Absolute and None Absolute specifies a strict funds checking a
292. s gt Tax Reporting Codes Region Tax Configuration Tax Rates Rate Details gt Tax Reporting Codes Region Tax Configuration Tax Rates Rate Details gt Tax Reporting Codes Region Tax Configuration Tax Rates Rate Details gt Tax Reporting Codes Region Tax Configuration Tax Rates Rate Details gt Tax Reporting Codes Region Tax Configuration Tax Rates Rate Details gt Tax Reporting Codes Region Classification Type Code Reporting Code Reporting Code Reporting Code Reporting Code Reporting Code Reporting Code Reporting Code Oracle E Business Tax 3 19 Portugal AP Tax Codes Tax Origin Tax Configuration Reporting Code Tax Rates Rate Details gt Tax Reporting Codes Region AR Memo Lines Statistical Code Products Product Classification Classifications Type Code Inventory linked AR Memo Lines Statistical Code Products Product Classification Classifications Non Type Code Inventory AR Tax Codes Tax Origin Tax Configuration Reporting Code Tax Rates Rate Details gt Tax Reporting Codes Region Inventory Items Statistical Code Products Product Classification Classifications Type Code Inventory linked Inventory Items Statistical Code Products Product Classification Classifications Non Type Code Inventory Release 11i Release 12 Entity GDF Segment User Interface Prompt AP Invoice Statistical Code Products Product Classification Distributions
293. s quotations RFQs and receipts This guide also describes how to manage your supply base through agreements sourcing rules and approved supplier lists In addition this guide explains how you can automatically create purchasing documents based on business rules through integration with Oracle Workflow technology which automates many of the key procurement processes Oracle Receivables User Guide This guide provides you with information on how to use Oracle Receivables Use this guide to learn how to create and maintain transactions and bills receivable enter and apply receipts enter customer information and manage revenue This guide also includes information about accounting in Receivables Use the Standard Navigation Paths appendix to find out how to access each Receivables window Oracle Receivables Implementation Guide This guide provides you with information on how to implement Oracle Receivables Use this guide to understand the implementation steps required for application use including how to set up customers transactions receipts accounting tax and collections This guide also includes a comprehensive list of profile options that you can set to customize application behavior Oracle Receivables Reference Guide This guide provides you with detailed information about all public application programming interfaces APIs that you can use to extend Oracle Receivables functionality This guide also describes the Oracle Re
294. s reimbursement values based on business rules For end users the impact of upgrading to Release 12 is in the expenses entry Details page This page is modified with new columns to capture information regarding the new rules Specifically When viewing the per diem details for a completed expense report the Details page will display in the pre Release 12 format When viewing the per diem details for a saved expense report the user will be asked to regenerate the per diems for each of the expense report s lines so that the per diem data can be re created with the proper amount of detail For system administrators the impact of upgrading to Release 12 is in the schedules setup The schedule type for all existing schedules has been set to Per Diem The per diem type for all existing schedules are derived as follows When meals deductions and accommodations deductions exist then the per diem type should be Meals and Accommodations When meals deductions and accommodations additions exist then the per diem type should be Meals When only meals deductions exist then the per diem type should be Meals 12 2 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 When only accommodations deductions exist then the per diem type should be Accommodations When only accommodations additions exist then the per diem type should be Others For all other schedules the per diem type should be Others Wh
295. s requests and update address requests from suppliers created through iSupplier Portal are stored in TCA as Party Sites and Location records In Release 12 such requests are stored in a new table in iSupplier Portal The upgrade will identify pending new address requests and update address requests from suppliers created through iSupplier Portal in previous releases and copy them to the new table 14 4 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 The upgrade identifies pending new address requests and update address requests from suppliers created through iSupplier Portal When a party site and the corresponding HZ location of a supplier party created by iSupplier Portal is found if e the party site is not associated with any vendor site the party site is identified as a pending new address request e the party site is associated with a vendor site but the address details of the corresponding HZ location is not the same as the address details of the vendor site the party site is identified as a pending update request Supplier Contact Change Requests In previous releases pending new contact requests and update contact requests from suppliers created through iSupplier Portal are stored in TCA as Party sites and Location records In Release 12 such requests are stored in a new table in iSupplier Portal The upgrade will identify pending new contact requests and update contact requests fr
296. s the ability to create the accounting definitions to address their specific accounting requirements Users that do not have specific requirements can use the seeded accounting definitions that are provided out of the box Using Oracle Subledger Accounting Out of the Box When you use Oracle Subledger Accounting out of the box you can generate the accounting equivalent to the one generated by Oracle E Business Suite applications in Release 11i To use Oracle Subledger Accounting refer to the Oracle Subledger Accounting Implementation Guide Using Oracle Subledger Accounting with Oracle E Business Suite Subledgers If you use Oracle Subledger Accounting with the Oracle E Business Suite subledgers you can tailor the accounting journal entries to take full benefit of the Subledger Accounting features as follows Oracle Subledger Accounting 24 1 e Modify and customize all the elements of the journal entries descriptions reference data e Modify and define new account derivation rules to generate the corresponding account based on different pieces of information present in the transaction e Assign different accounting methods to different ledgers e For functional information on the Oracle Subledger Accounting refer to the Oracle Subledger Accounting Implementation Guide Using the Oracle Financial Services Accounting Hub You can use the Oracle Financial Services Accounting Hub to create subledger accounting for third par
297. s whether Taxware uses jurisdiction level jurisdiction codes to calculate taxes The Taxware API parameter that accepts this value is TaxSelParm of Taxfn_Tax010 The values for this profile option are Tax only Taxware calculates tax based on the ship to address only Jurisdiction and Tax Taxware calculates tax based on all jurisdiction information including ship to ship from point of order origin POO and point of order acceptance POA eBTax Taxware Use Nexpro Indicates whether Taxware uses the Nexpro functionality If you enable this option additional configuration is required on the Taxware side of the integration to achieve nexus based taxation The Taxware API parameter that accepts this value is TaxLink UseNexprolInd eBTax Vertex Case Sensitive Enables case sensitive searches of Vertex tax calculation data The default value is Yes Set this profile option if you intend to use Vertex to calculate tax on transactions Financials Common Modules Financials Common Modules New Profile Options Profile Options A 7 Profile Option Name Changeable Subcontracting Enabled Description This profile option is used in the AP AR Netting feature Valid values for the options are Yes Only those invoices that were matched to purchase orders with out sourced assemblies would be selected by the netting process No Only invoices that were matched to purchase orders without out sourced assemblies
298. scribes the functionality of Oracle e Commerce Gateway and the necessary setup steps in order for Oracle E Business Suite to conduct business with trading partners through Electronic Data Interchange EDI It also describes how to run extract programs for outbound transactions import programs for inbound transactions and the relevant reports Oracle e Commerce Gateway Implementation Guide XV xvi This guide describes implementation details highlighting additional setup steps needed for trading partners code conversion and Oracle E Business Suite It also provides architecture guidelines for transaction interface files troubleshooting information and a description of how to customize EDI transactions Oracle iSetup Developer s Guide This manual describes how to build test and deploy Oracle iSetup Framework interfaces Oracle iSetup User s Guide This guide describes how to use Oracle iSetup to migrate data between different instances of the Oracle E Business Suite and generate reports It also includes configuration information instance mapping and seeded templates used for data migration Oracle Report Manager User s Guide Oracle Report Manager is an online report distribution system that provides a secure and centralized location to produce and manage point in time reports Oracle Report Manager users can be either report producers or report consumers Use this guide for information on setting up and using Oracle Report M
299. secondary sets of books 10 7 Transaction Account Builder 7 4 subledger accounting method 10 5 subsidiaries 7 1 subsidiary accounts 26 2 Summary Schedule 27 2 supplier contacts 14 4 suppliers 14 1 suppliers 17 2 supplier sites 14 2 Sweden bank charge bearer controls 17 15 format mapping 8 11 invoice information 17 17 late charges 23 7 obsolete GDFs 17 22 obsolete miscellaneous GDF 17 22 payment file formatting 17 19 payment file information 17 18 payment formats 17 12 payment instruction information 17 16 payment text messaging 17 20 settlement and file directory controls 17 18 settlement control 17 21 settlement priority 17 22 Sweep Transaction ZBA A 4 Switzerland disbursement accompanying letters 17 13 format mapping 8 12 non location based tax 3 4 obsolete miscellaneous GDF 17 22 payment file information 17 18 payment formats 17 12 separate remittance advice format 17 13 settlement control 17 21 tax GDF 3 23 unique remittance identifiers 17 20 VAT reporting 8 3 symbols used in E Business Tax data creation 3 Index 7 T Taiwan HR locations 15 4 tax GDF 3 23 tax AR calculation 3 10 AR credit transactions 3 10 calculation formula 3 9 classification 12 4 classifications 3 10 credit percentages 3 10 distributions 3 9 exemptions 3 8 location based 3 6 profiles 3 25 taxable basis formula 3 9 transaction upgrade 3 9 tax calendar 8 2 tax classification code defa
300. side Oracle Applications You can link this payment method to a payment process profile for actual wire transfers e Clearing Seeded as inactive in Payments since users have enhanced options for handling intercompany processing in Release 12 It is recommended that you no longer use this payment method but rather use the new Intercompany processing feature EDI Payments using Oracle e Commerce Gateway The process to create EDI payments using Oracle e Commerce Gateway has changed in Release 12 The EDI Outbound Program APECEPYO is obsolete Setting the value for the Electronic Processing Channel in the Payment Process Profile setup page controls integration with Oracle e Commerce Gateway Release 11i format definitions are upgraded into payment process profiles with the electronic processing channel set appropriately The format information on the process profile is populated with a seeded format Actual formatting and transmission is performed by Oracle e Commerce Gateway Certain fields were set in the Suppliers form for EDI payment information In Release 12 these fields have been consolidated with standard payment details fields entered for a supplier and the data values are migrated during the upgrade The following table provides a mapping between the field names for the releases Source 11i Entity Release 12 Entity Suppliers EDI tab Payment Method Suppliers Payment Details Payment Method Suppliers EDI tab Payment Format Sup
301. sing the new Multi Organizations Access Controls These changes will impact iSupplier Portal customers upgrading from Release 11 5 9 or Release 11 5 10 Suppliers in Trading Community Architecture In Release 12 all suppliers are defined as Trading Community Architecture TCA parties During the upgrade TCA party records are created or updated for all suppliers and they are linked back to their records in the existing supplier entities In Release 117 5 8 117 5 9 and 111 5 10 isupplier Portal creates TCA parties for suppliers that have supplier user accounts These TCA parties will be re used by the Release 12 upgrade as the TCA parties for the corresponding supplier entities The upgrade will also create TCA party sites and HZ Locations for all existing vendor sites to represent the the approved supplier addresses It will also create Person Parties for all existing vendor contacts to represent the approved supplier contacts Oracle iSupplier Portal 14 1 For more information refer to Suppliers Added to Trading Community Architecture page 17 2 in the Oracle Payables chapter Supplier Sites In Release 12 the TCA data model allows a single supplier address to store the location details that in previous releases are stored in multiple supplier site records for different Operating Units Whilst the location details Address Lines City State etc have been removed from the supplier site records the rest of the site attributes
302. strument repository allows a single representation of a payment instrument to be created and used across operating units The upgrade does not merge any payment instruments rather it adds operating unit information to the data to make it unique For external bank accounts the upgrade appends the operating unit to the bank account name For credit cards the upgrade appends the operating unit to the Name on Card value After the upgrade you may want to review migrated payment instruments and consolidate the data into a single active record User Interface for Payment Instruments In Release 12 the user interface to create update and view third party payment instruments is integrated into the various trading partner user interfaces For example supplier bank accounts are created within the supplier user interface Customer bank accounts and credit cards are also created within the customer user interface Changes to Setup Any Release 11i settings that controlled masking of credit cards or bank accounts for example profile options are obsolete All masking is centrally controlled in the new Oracle Payments System Security Options setup page Any Release 11i entities that held credit card brand information such as lookup types are obsolete Credit card brands are now centrally maintained in the new Oracle Payments Credit Card Brands setup page This page also provides controls for card brand acceptance and setting of authorization val
303. t authorization messages and settlement files Rules for aggregating settlements into batches limiting the number or amount of settlements in a batch notifying payers of settlements and processing acknowledgements can be easily configured Payment System a payment system holds information about the third party involved in processing payments The third party may be a payment processor or it may be a financial institution This entity is defined to hold information about transmission and required settings for communication to the payment system Routing Rules routing rules can be configured to specify how a transaction should be processed A routing rule applies specified criteria and determines the funds capture process profile and the payment system to use Routing rules are defined as part of the payee configuration The upgrade uses various data from Oracle Receivables to create these entities Since these entities are so central to the funds capture process an overview of the upgrade process is provided here For each of the formats that are upgraded from AR or Globalizations to Oracle Payments one Oracle XML Publisher template is created and linked to one Oracle Payments format A Funds Capture Process Profile is created and the format is linked to the profile Other entities created by the upgrade are One payee to hold master settings for the funds capture payment process Oracle Payments 18 11 e One payment system e
304. te is replaced by JE SK APXISIM INVOICE_INFO AP TAX_INVOICE_ RECORDING _DATE GA 2 Check VAT Amount Paid is obsolete Spanish Invoice Type Modelo 347 GAI Invoice Type is replaced by JE ES APXIISIM MODELO347 TRX_BUSINESS_CATEGORY ZX_LINES_DE T_ FACTORS Spanish Invoice Type Modelo 347 Property Rental JE ES APXIISIM MODELO347PR Spanish Invoice Type Modelo 349 JE ES APXTISIM MODELO349 Spanish Invoice Type Modelo 347 GA1 Invoice Type is obsolete JE ES APXINWKB MODELO347 Spanish Invoice Type Modelo 349 JE ES APXINWKB MODELO349 Spanish Invoice Type Other JE ES APXINWKB OTHER Spanish Invoice Type Modelo 349 GA2 Correction Year and GA3 Correction JE ES APXINWKB MODELO349 Period are obsolete Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration B 25 Social Insurance Information JE PL APXIISIM INSURANCE_INFO Swedish EFT Bankgiro SISU JE SE APXIISIM BANK_SISU Swedish EFT Bankgiro UTLI JE SE APXIISIM BANK_UTLI Swedish EFT Postgiro Utland JE SE APXIISIM POST_UTLAND Swiss DTA EFT Invoice Format JE CH APXIISIM DTA and Swiss SAD EFT Invoice Format JE CH APXIISIM SAD GA1 Insurance Premium Type is replaced by AP TAX_INVOICE_ RECORDING DATE The following segments are replaced by named columns GA1 Federal Reserve Code by AP_INVOICES_INTERFACE PAYMENT _REASON_ID GA2 Express Invoice by AP_INVOICES_INTERFACE SETTLEME NT_PRIORITY GA3 Invoice Charge Code and GA4 Future Contract are
305. tion With the upgrade to Release 12 Oracle Internet Expenses along with Oracle Payables integrates with Oracle E Business Tax As a result all Oracle Internet Expenses code and screens where tax code is referenced are changed to tax classification The user interface impact in Release 12 is that all OIE code and screens where tax code is referenced are changed to tax classification All tax code pop lists are converted to a tax classification LOV and the Amount Includes Tax is removed from Entry Audit and Setup screens Refer to the Oracle Payables chapter for detailed analysis on impact Obsolete Functionality Audit Form Itemization page The following functionality is obsolete in Release 12 Oracle will no longer support the Oracle Payables Expense Reports form for audit activities Oracle however will continue to support the Expense Report Form for expense entry activities for the features available as of 11i OIE J No further feature enhancements will be made to the Expense Report Form in Payables Customers are required to use the HTML based audit management module currently available in Oracle Internet Expenses The Itemization page in the Expenses Entry flow is obsolete Itemization for expenses can now be done in the corresponding Details pages 12 4 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 13 Overview Oracle iProcurement This chapter covers the following to
306. troduced with the initial release of Bill Presentment Architecture BPA to give users the option of using BPA s formats or the iReceivables format when accessing their bills from iReceivables Removed the profile option and iReceivables always uses BPA formats for displaying the bills n a n a System Security Options in Oracle Payments Setup Responsibility Funds Capture Setup Administrator iSupplier Portal iSupplier Portal New Profile Options Profile Option Name POS Default Promise Date while acknowledgment POS OSN Hub Default Load settings for number of sites allowed to be Created during Address Approval Description This profile option to controls whether the promised date will default to the need by date value after supplier s acknowledgment when the promised date is null iSupplier Portal punches out to OSN Hub when OSN user requests get approved rejected Control how many sites can be created in the Address Approval flows in Supplier Profile Management Profile Options A 21 Legal Entity Configurator Legal Entity Configurator New Profile Options Profile Option Name Enable Legal Entity Time Zone LE Change effectivity LE Generate Legal Entity Identifier Description Enables the time zone based on legal entity location Enables the Change Effectivity region to view effective from date and comments for reason of changes Enables automatic or manual le
307. ts documentation for more information on Legal Entities and Establishments Upgrade Assumptions for GRE Legal Entity The creation of legal entities via migration from HRMS organizations with a classification of GRE Legal Entity to the Legal Entity data model will be based on the following assumptions e HRMS organizations with a classification of GRE Legal Entity will be considered as candidates for migration e HRMS organizations with a classification of GRE Legal Entity that do not have any Legal Entity Accounting information such as set of books information will not be considered e HRMS organizations with a classification of GRE Legal Entity that do not have any address associated to it will not be considered e Ifa candidate GRE Legal Entity organization has no information in the country specific fields such as company name inception date and others then the relevant data from the organization will be used e Default values might be used in those cases where there is insufficient data For those cases a sequence number will be generated by the system Upgrade Assumptions for Operating Units and Inventory Organizations The creation of establishments through the migration from HRMS organizations with a Oracle Legal Entity Configurator 15 3 classification of operating unit and inventory organization to the Legal Entity data model will be based on the assumptions described below Assumptions similar to those outlined for org
308. tup Description Legal VAT Reporting Entity Release 11i Release 12 Upgrade Functionality Functionality Impacts Not present Introduced to Creates new deal with Legal Legal VAT Entity and TRN Reporting Entities from the Legal Entity and the TRN information 8 4 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 VAT Allocation Setup Registers Selection Accounting VAT Reporting Entity Tax Calendars Setup of the VAT system including the allocation rules Setup of the registers Process that creates repository for all transactions eligible for EMEA VAT reporting Not Present Applicable to Belgium and Eastern Countries of Europe ECE Applicable to Belgium Allocation Rules and Portugal VAT Boxes Applicable to Italy Applicable to Belgium ECE countries and Italy Introduced to deal with BSV and Legal Entities Common to all countries Common to all countries Applicable to Italy Common to all countries Defaults the accounting VAT reporting entity from the associated legal VAT reporting entity Existing calendar is migrated for Belgium and the ECE countries For other countries new tax calendars are created from the GL Accounting Calendar using the ledger information Only the existing information is migrated and where possible we default the information from E Business Tax Document seq
309. tups to the new Oracle Payments solution Danish Payment Categories The form that supports the specification of payment categories is obsolete in Release 12 The functionality that this form supported is partially migrated to new entities in Oracle Payables 17 21 Settlement Priority Release 12 Part of the upgrade verification testing for electronic payment processing in Denmark should be to review the migrated data and configure new setup as needed Each payment category is upgraded to a payment method in Oracle Payments As noted in the previous section the payment means and payment channel associated with the payment category are not upgraded In Release 12 values for these should be set in the XML Publisher format template associated with the specific payment format The seeded Danish format templates contain example mappings to help guide you in setting this information The payment category setup allows implementers to define the validation of certain invoice fields based on the payment category for example a field is required The upgrade does not automatically migrate these settings to the new Oracle Payments validation model After the upgrade the payment methods should be reviewed and the validations should be configured as user defined validations set as needed on each payment method In Release 11i there are GDFs that control how urgently the bank should handle the fund disbursement In Release 12 the following GDFs ar
310. ty applications This allows you to take advantage of the full potential of the Oracle Subledger Accounting engine to generate accounting journal entries in a consistent way across your Oracle and third party applications Note The Oracle Financial Services Accounting Hub is licensed separately For functional and technical information on the Oracle Financial Services Accounting Hub refer to the Oracle Financial Services Accounting Hub Implementation Guide Upgrade Modes for Oracle Subledgers Each Oracle subledger has adopted a different strategy concerning the upgrade of accounting data into Subledger Accounting based on functional considerations e No Upgrade No historical accounting data is upgraded into Subledger Accounting e Partial Upgrade Some historical data is upgraded into Subledger Accounting In this case the range of periods to be upgraded is defined by Oracle by default as one fiscal year worth of data and can be changed by the user to upgrade more data based on the specific requirements For more details refer to the Oracle E Business Suite Upgrade Guide Release 11i to Release 12 Preparing for the Upgrade Financials and Procurement Tasks Subledger Accounting e Full Upgrade In this case all the historical accounting data existing in the subledger is upgraded into the Subledger Accounting Note When running the Subledger Accounting Upgrade program for EMEA VAT rerun the SLA upgrade as required to process
311. ty balances by ledger formerly set of books based on Payables transactions as of the periods you selected to upgrade The following table displays the mapping from 11i standard reports to the new SLA based reports Obsolete 11i Standard Reports Release 12 SLA Report Accounts Payable Trial Balance Open Account Balances Listing Report Payables Accounting Entries Report Journal Entries Report SLA Payables Account Analysis Report Account Analysis Report SLA Oracle Payables 17 25 Integration with Oracle E Business Tax In Release 12 Oracle E Business Tax a new product will manage transaction tax across the E Business Suite In prior releases the setup defaulting and calculation of transaction tax for Payables was managed within Payables using tax codes their associated rates and a hierarchy of defaulting options This method of managing tax is still available to you in Release 12 During the upgrade E Business Tax migrates the tax codes and their rates to corresponding tax rules so that your tax processing can get the same results after the upgrade as it did before If you choose to use the features of E Business Tax you can make the transition at your own pace incrementally adding E Business Tax rules to meet your requirements In Release 12 there are new fields added to the supplier invoice and related entities that track tax attributes used by E Business Tax Many of these attributes were implemented with Global Descripti
312. ubledger Accounting requires the original accounting data for the invoice to generate the correct accounting reversal The SLA postupgrade process allows the user to upgrade accounting data that was not upgraded as part of the downtime upgrade process This can be performed at any time and for any number of periods For example the user may want to run the SLA postupgrade process for a complete year or for only one period At any time after the downtime upgrade has been run the user may experience the need to access some accounting data that has not been upgraded during the Subledger Accounting upgrade because the corresponding period was not included in the range of periods to be upgraded There may be many reasons for this e The user needs to run a report or perform a query that requires the accounting data that has not been upgraded e A transaction that had already been accounted is updated and the Subledger Accounting program requires some information from the original journal entry to create the new journal entry For example an invoice has been accounted in July 2005 and the journal entry has been generated in the same period But the journal entry has not been upgraded because only the data for the fiscal year 2006 has been upgraded When a new transaction occurs against the invoice such as a cancellation or a payment and the new journal entry requires some information from the original journal entry such as the liability account
313. uct Classifications Inventory linked Products Product Classifications Non Inventory Reporting Code Reporting Code Reporting Code Tax Reporting Code N A Default Reporting Registration Number Classification Type Code Classification Type Code Brazil 3 12 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Release 11i Entity AP Invoice Distributions AP Invoice Header AR Invoice Lines AR Invoice Lines AR Invoice Lines AR Memo Lines AR Memo Lines AR Tax Codes AR Tax Codes Inventory Items GDF Segment Operation Fiscal Code Operation Fiscal Code Fiscal Classification Code Fiscal Classification Code Operation Fiscal Code Fiscal Classification Code Fiscal Classification Code Print Tax Line Tax Category Fiscal Classification Code Release 12 User Interface Transactions Transaction Business Categories Transactions Transaction Business Categories Products Product Classifications Inventory linked Products Product Classifications Non Inventory Transactions Transaction Business Categories Products Product Classifications Inventory linked Products Product Classifications Non Inventory Tax Configuration Tax Rates Rate Details gt Tax Reporting Codes Region Tax Configuration Taxes Products Product Classifications Inventory linked Prompt Trans
314. uences are upgraded No impact Oracle Financials for Europe 8 5 Allocation Allocates the tax and taxable box numbers to the transactions eligible for EMEA VAT reporting Preliminary Initial reports Reporting showing the VAT impact Final Reporting Stamps the records as finally reported to Applicable to Belgium ECE countries and Italy Common to all countries Applicable to Belgium ECE countries and Common to all No impact countries Common to all No impact countries Common to all Existing final countries reported details for various prevent future Italy countries are changes to the migrated to a reports single table in Release 12 It is possible to print the finally reported transactions again when required Format Mapping Regional Release 11i Feature Name Release 12 Feature Name Release 12 Product Invoice Aging Report Invoice Aging Report Oracle Payables Belgium Release 11i Feature Name Release 12 Feature Name Release 12 Product EFT Belgian Payments Belgian EFT Format Oracle Payments 8 6 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 Denmark Finland France EFT Foreign Payments EFT Missing Invalid Information Report JEBEDV08 Belgian Foreign EFT Format Validation rules Oracle Payments Oracle Payments Release 11i Feature Name Danish EDI Payments Release 12 Feature Name Danish EDI Pay
315. ulting hierarchy 3 6 tax codes 3 6 tax groups 3 6 tax overrides 3 7 tax recovery rates 3 7 tax registration 3 8 Tax Registration Number TRN 8 2 Tax Reporting Ledger TRL 8 2 tax setup ownership 3 5 TaxWare 3 3 TCA See Trading Community Architecture Thailand tax GDF 3 24 third party merge 11 1 third party payment instruments 18 4 trade accounting 23 9 Trading Community Architecture TCA AR address validation 3 5 legal entities 15 1 parties 14 1 party information 18 3 party tax 3 7 payment data repository 18 3 subsidiaries 7 1 supplier contacts 14 4 suppliers 17 2 Index 8 supplier sites 14 2 Transaction Account Builder 7 4 transaction codes 27 2 transaction events 1 2 Transaction History form 1 1 transaction types 7 2 translated currencies 10 13 translated currency 10 2 Treasury Use flag 26 2 TRL See Tax Reporting Ledger TRN See Tax Registration Number U unique remittance identifiers 17 20 upgrade modes for subledgers 24 2 User level realm 13 3 US Federal Accounting subledger 10 5 V VAT registration 7 5 VAT reporting 8 1 vendor sites 14 4 W wire payments 17 14 X XML Publisher country specific reports 8 1 Danish payment formats 17 21 Oracle Payments formats 17 5 payment formats 17 5 PSA Budgetary Control Report Template A 24 SLA reports 11 3 Spanish CSB32 Remittance Format 23 6 Z ZBA See Sweep Transaction
316. umber field Payables Options Payment Batch Limit field Payment documents on internal bank account Future Dated Payments To Release 12 Entity all Oracle Payments unless otherwise noted Payment Method Defaulting Rules Disbursement System Options Pay Each Document Alone field Replaced by usage rules on a Payment Process Profile Payment System required settings Payment Process Profile payment instruction creation payment limits region Cash Management payment documents on internal bank accounts Note that in Release 11 ia payment document was required on all payments In Release 12 payment document setup is only required for printed check payments Payment documents are no longer used on electronic payments This feature is renamed to Bills Payable in Release 12 Setup has moved from the payment document on an internal bank account to the payment method in Oracle Payments Oracle Receivables Impact Oracle Receivables AR integrates with Oracle Payments for funds capture processing to electronically receive money owed by debtors such as customers Oracle Payments works with AR to authorize and capture funds against credit cards process refunds to credit cards perform electronic funds transfers from bank accounts and to format bills receivable Note that Oracle Receivables retains its existing features for lockbox processing and the electronic upload of remittance messages Globalization formats and 1
317. upgrade administrators should review the seeded descriptors properties and make any necessary changes The following notes refer to changes in behavior in Release 12 as a result of Content Security enhancements Shopping Lists are migrated but content security is applied differently on Release 12 Public and Favorite lists In Release 12 items on Shopping Lists are available to a user if that user s responsibility and Operating Unit context are such that he would have access to that same item through a Store If the user does not have access rights to an item through the normal Store search and browse function he will not have access rights to that item on a Shopping List User level realm will no longer be supported Refer to the Oracle iProcurement Implementation and Administration Guide for more details Oracle iProcurement 13 3 14 Overview Oracle iSupplier Portal This chapter covers the following topics e Overview e Suppliers in Trading Community Architecture e Supplier Address Change Requests e Supplier Contact Change Requests e Supplier Bank Account Change Requests e Multiple Organizations Access Control Impact on Supplier Management Group In Release 12 Supplier Profile Management is impacted due to changes in the way suppliers are stored and shared by multiple organizations Suppliers are now defined leveraging the common Trading Community Architecture TCA data model and can be shared across organizations u
318. urement A 17 iReceivables A 20 iSupplier Portal A 21 JEPT Print Direct Debit Receipt Letter 23 6 Legal Entity Configurator A 22 masking of bank accounts credit cards 18 4 MO Security Profile 14 6 MRC Maximum Days to Roll Forward Conversion Rate 10 9 Multiple Organizations Access Control A 22 Payables A 22 Index 6 POR Approved Pricing Only 13 2 Public Sector Financials A 24 Purchasing A 25 Receivables A 26 set of books 10 4 Sourcing A 26 Subledger Accounting A 27 Trading Community Architecture A 30 U S Federal Financials A 33 profiles for party tax 3 7 R realms 13 2 refunds 23 6 regulatory reporting 17 17 Reject Consolidated Billing Invoices 23 7 remittance advice controls 17 20 Reporting Book Initialization Option 10 10 reporting set of books 10 8 report level currency 10 17 reports Adjustments Journal 23 3 Aged Trial Balance 7 Buckets By Deduction 23 3 Aged Trial Balance 7 Buckets By LOB 23 3 Aging 4 Buckets 23 3 Aging 7 Buckets 23 3 Applied Receipts Journal 23 3 AR accounting 23 2 AR Reconciliation 23 3 AR to GL Reconciliation 23 3 Bad Debt Provision 23 9 Call Actions 23 9 Collection Key Indicators 23 9 Collections by Collector 23 9 Collections Receipt Forecast 23 9 Collector s Follow Up 23 9 Collector Call History 23 9 Credit Memo Gain or Loss Journal 23 3 Cumulative Activities Balance 23 3 Customer Credit Snapshot 23 9 Customer Follow Up Histo
319. urnal Import Data GL Data Access Set GL Default Desktop Viewer GL Number of Formulas to Validate for each MassAllocation Batch Description Specifies whether you want Journal Import to save your journal import data from the GL INTERFACE table to the GL INTERFACE HISTORY table at the end of each Journal Import run Assigns a data access set to a General Ledger responsibility Data access sets control the ledgers ledger sets and balancing segment values or management segment values that can be accessed by a responsibility for general ledger processing If you are using Oracle Subledgers the data access set should include the ledger that is assigned to the GL Ledger Name profile option that controls ledgers used by subledger applications Specifies which MS Excel version you want to use as the default when working with spreadsheet integrators in GL This profile option only pertains to ledgers with average balance processing enabled Use this profile option to specify the number of MassAllocation formulas that will be pre validated in the Generate MassAllocation Journals form before the Run MassAllocations program is generated The number you set for this profile option controls the number of formulas that will be selected and checked for average balance processing violations such as the calculation effective date and average balance usage parameters A 12 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Gu
320. urnal Source and Category Conversion region select Yes in the Transfer Journals to this Secondary Ledger box for the subledger source and category that you want General Ledger Posting to transfer Note You can use a combination of both options For example you can use Subledger Accounting to handle some subledgers and General Ledger Posting to handle other subledger transactions Journals that are entered directly in the primary ledger such as manual journals will be transferred to the secondary ledger by the General Ledger Posting program Secondary Sets of Books in Payables and Receivables If you are using secondary sets of books in Oracle Payables and Receivables the secondary sets of books become subledger level secondary ledgers in Release 12 In Release 12 Subledger Accounting SLA will automatically create the accounting for Payables and Receivables transactions in both the primary ledger and the subledger level secondary ledger simultaneously If you used the General Ledger Consolidation functionality to map and transfer subledger transactions into these secondary set of books then you can continue to do so in Release 12 With the new features in Release 12 however you have two options to automate this process For more information about enabling these options refer to the previous section Set of Books Linked to Asset Books page 10 6 Multiple Reporting Currency Changes Reporting sets of books from Release 11i will becom
321. usiness Tax 3 17 Korea Poland Inventory Items Statistical Code Products Product Classification Classifications Type Code Inventory linked Inventory Items Statistical Code Products Product Classification Classifications Non Type Code Inventory Release 11i Release 12 Entity GDF Segment User Interface Prompt AP Tax Codes Location Tax Configuration Reporting Code Tax Rates Rate Details gt Tax Reporting Codes Region AR Tax Codes Location Tax Configuration Reporting Code Tax Rates Rate Details gt Tax Reporting Codes Region HR Locations Tax Registration Not Exposed in UI N A Number Release 11i Release 12 Entity GDF Segment User Interface Prompt AP Invoice Statistical Code Products Product Classification Distributions Classifications Type Code Inventory linked 3 18 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 AP Invoice Distributions AP Tax Codes AP Tax Codes AP Tax Codes AP Tax Codes AP Tax Codes AP Tax Codes AP Tax Codes Statistical Code Annual Non Recoverable Taxable Annual Recoverable Tax Box Annual Recoverable Taxable Annual Total Taxable Box Location Periodic Recoverable Taxable Box Periodic Taxable Box Products Product Classifications Non Inventory Tax Configuration Tax Rates Rate Details gt Tax Reporting Codes Region Tax Configuration Tax Rates Rate Detail
322. utoff days specified in the Cutoff Rules for Greek localizations Financials for Europe Changed Profile Options Profile Option Name JG Application JG Product JG Territory Feature Area Used for Global Descriptive Flexfield Technology Used for Global Descriptive Flexfield Technology Used for Global Descriptive Replaced By Used only by non multi organizations products General Ledger GL and Assets FA Used only by non multi organizations products General Ledger GL and Assets FA Used only by Financials for Europe Obsolete Profile Options Flexfield Technology non multi organizations products General Ledger GL and Assets FA Profile Option Name Description Profile Options A 9 AP PAYMENT Company Details Printed Payments Debug Trace Level for Danish EFT Reports Payments JEDE Max Invoices for Separate Letter Payments JENL Carriage Return EFT Payments Payments JENL EFT Directory Payments JENL EFT Reference Text Payments JENL Invoice Compression Payments JENL Payment Separation Payments JENL Payment Specification Payments JENL Reporting Threshold Payments JENL Validate All Invoices Payments JEPT Print Direct Debit Receipt Letter Y N Payments JG Contra Include Future dated Payments in Contra Charges Supplier Balance JG Contra Include Receipts at Risk in Contra Charges Customer Balance JGZZ Interest Invoice Interest Invoices Fin
323. ve Flexfields in prior releases and are upgraded to regular fields on these entities Also during the upgrade E Business Tax takes information from the AP invoice lines and creates summary and detail tax lines in the E Business Tax repository The tax lines are upgraded based on the time period you specify during the submission of the upgrade During the upgrade Payables creates payment distributions and prepayment application distributions for existing transactions and creates links between these new distributions and the original invoice distributions After the upgrade if you adjust a historical transaction that was not upgraded E Business Tax automatically upgrades the transaction to the Release 12 entities Tax Attributes Controlled by Global Descriptive Flexfields Migrated to Core Payables and E Business Tax Entities The following tax attributes were implemented using descriptive flexfields on the invoice entities in Release 11i and are now implemented using named columns The Invoice Lines upgrade will upgrade the values from the descriptive flexfields segments to the new columns For more details on the upgrade refer to the Invoice Lines page 17 3 section of this chapter The following are new fields on the invoice header and in the invoice interface e Business Category e Fiscal Classification e Invoice Sub type e Port of Entry e Supplier Exchange Rate e Supplier Tax Invoice Date 17 26 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procur
324. w possible to share revaluation sets across ledgers that share a common chart of accounts The upgrade process merges the period rates with the daily rates model by assigning system generated period end and period average rate types to sets of books when converting them to ledgers Existing revaluation sets that were assigned the period rates option are modified to use the daily rates type option The rate type assigned to each revaluation set corresponds to the system generated period end rate type assigned to the upgraded ledger Revaluation Sets Involving Secondary Segment Tracking In Release 11i revaluation sets were specific to the set of books It was possible to have gain loss templates correspond to the setting for the secondary segment tracking revaluation option on the set of books Alternatively the templates could also correspond to the profile option that controlled cost center tracking For example if secondary segment tracking was enabled for the set of books the secondary tracking segment in the gain loss account templates would be filled in dynamically by the revaluation program and could not be updated by the user The balancing segment was always non updateable for the templates because this was dynamically determined in all situations In Release 12 it is now possible to share revaluation sets across ledgers that share a 10 16 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12
325. w these reports Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11i to Release 12 This guides provides detailed information about the functional impacts of upgrading Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement products from Release 11i to Release 12 This guide supplements the Oracle E Business Suite Upgrade Guide Release 12 0 and 12 1 to 12 2 Oracle Financials Concepts Guide This guide describes the fundamental concepts of Oracle Financials The guide is intended to introduce readers to the concepts used in the applications and help them compare their real world business organization and processes to those used in the applications Oracle Financials Country Specific Installation Supplement This guide provides general country information such as responsibilities and report security groups as well as any post install steps required by some countries Oracle Financials for the Americas User Guide This guide describes functionality developed to meet specific business practices in countries belonging to the Americas region Consult this user guide along with your financial product user guides to effectively use Oracle Financials in your country Oracle Financials for Asia Pacific User Guide This guide describes functionality developed to meet specific business practices in countries belonging to the Asia Pacific region Consult this user guide along with your financial product user guides to effectivel
326. way as the Posting Manager e Multiple Posting Similar to the Multiple Posting feature available in the Global Accounting Engine SLA provides users with the ability to create multiple accounting representations at the document level The setup is done using the Accounting Setups page in General Ledger by attaching secondary ledgers to a primary ledger For more information refer to the Oracle General Ledger Chapter Global Accounting Engine Integration e Sequencing SLA uses the accounting sequencing feature provided by General Ledger to sequence subledger journal entries at creation time The setup is done using the Sequencing option on the Accounting Setups page in General Ledger e Legal Sequencing SLA uses the reporting sequencing feature provided by General Ledger to sequence subledger journal entries at period close The setup is done using the Sequencing page on the Accounting Setups page in General Ledger e Control Accounts Third Party Control accounts are defined in General Ledger SLA maintains balances for each combination of third party and third party control account For more information refer to the to General Ledger User s Guide e Manual Journal Entries Users can enter manual journal entries in the subledgers Manual journal entries are stored in SLA and transferred to General Ledger along with the journal entries created by the Create Accounting program e Customer and Supplier Merge SLA provides the Thir
327. wing related books on hand Depending on the requirements of your particular installation you may also need additional manuals or guides Oracle Alert User s Guide This guide explains how to define periodic and event alerts to monitor the status of your Oracle E Business Suite data Oracle Application Framework Developer s Guide This guide contains the coding standards followed by the Oracle E Business Suite development staff to produce applications built with Oracle Application Framework This guide is available in PDF format on My Oracle Support and as online documentation in JDeveloper 10g with Oracle Application Extension Oracle Application Framework Personalization Guide This guide covers the design time and run time aspects of personalizing applications built with Oracle Application Framework Oracle Fusion Middleware Adapter for Oracle Applications User s Guide Oracle Application Server Adapter for Oracle Applications User s Guide This guide covers the use of Adapter for Oracle Applications in developing integrations between Oracle E Business Suite and trading partners Please note that the user s guide can be found in the following documentation libraries e As part of the Oracle Fusion Middleware and SOA Suite in 11g Oracle Fusion Middleware Adapter for Oracle Applications User s Guide is available in the Oracle Fusion Middleware 11g Documentation Library e As part of the Oracle Application Server in 10g Oracle Applic
328. would be selected by the netting process Disregard All eligible invoices will be selected for netting irrespective of whether or not they are matched to purchase orders Financials Common Modules Obsolete Profile Options All of the profile options for Global Intercompany Systems are obsolete in Release 12 Financials for Europe Financials for Europe New Profile Options Profile Option Name GEI Account for Sum Expenses GEI Account for Sum Income GEI Accountant Description Value for the reconciliation account towards the Bank of Norway Sum Expenses parent value For example 60043102 Value for the reconciliation account towards the Bank of Norway Sum Income parent value For example 60043101 Company accountant number For example 9XXXXXXXX A 8 Oracle Financials and Oracle Procurement Functional Upgrade Guide Release 11 to Release 12 GEI Accounting Central GEI Accounting Segment GEI Authority Type GEI Summary Template ID IL Tax Calendar JEGR Default Cutoff Days Accountant nr for the Accounting company For example 9xxxxxxxx Number in the account flexfield for the account segment segment for chp post subpost For example segment1 Number in the accounting Flexfield for authority code For example segment4 Sequence allocated to the template after creation For example 1 The Tax Calendar used for Israeli Value Added Tax functionality The default c
329. xiii Xxiv Oracle Payables Implementation Guide This guide provides you with information on how to implement Oracle Payables Use this guide to understand the implementation steps required for how to set up suppliers payments accounting and tax Oracle Payables Reference Guide This guide provides you with detailed information about the Oracle Payables open interfaces such as the Invoice open interface which lets you import invoices It also includes reference information on purchase order matching and purging purchasing information Oracle Payments Implementation Guide This guide describes how Oracle Payments as the central payment engine for the Oracle E Business Suite processes transactions such as invoice payments from Oracle Payables bank account transfers from Oracle Cash Management and settlements against credit cards and bank accounts from Oracle Receivables This guide also describes how Oracle Payments is integrated with financial institutions and payment systems for receipt and payment processing known as funds capture and funds disbursement respectively Additionally the guide explains to the implementer how to plan the implementation of Oracle Payments how to configure it set it up test transactions and how use it with external payment systems Oracle Payments User s Guide This guide describes how Oracle Payments as the central payment engine for the Oracle E Business Suite processes transactions such
330. y Oracle U S Federal Financials Profile Options Global Descriptive Flexfield Migration Related Information Sources This book is included in the Oracle E Business Suite Documentation Library which is xii su pplied in the Release 12 2 Media Pack If this guide refers you to other Oracle E Business Suite documentation use only the latest Release 12 2 versions of those guides Online Documentation Al 1 Oracle E Business Suite documentation is available online HTML or PDF Online Help Online help patches HTML are available on My Oracle Support PDF Documentation See the Oracle E Business Suite Documentation Library for current PDF documentation for your product with each release Release Notes For information about changes in this release including new features known issues and other details see the release notes for the relevant product available on My Oracle Support Oracle Electronic Technical Reference Manual The Oracle Electronic Technical Reference Manual eTRM contains database diagrams and a detailed description of database tables forms reports and programs for each Oracle E Business Suite product This information helps you convert data from your existing applications and integrate Oracle E Business Suite data with non Oracle applications and write custom reports for Oracle E Business Suite products The Oracle eTRM is available on My Oracle Support Related Guides You should have the follo
331. y use Oracle Financials in your country Oracle Financials for Europe User Guide This guide describes functionality developed to meet specific business practices in countries belonging to the European region Consult this user guide along with your financial product user guides to effectively use Oracle Financials in your country Oracle Financials for India User s Guide This guide provides information on how to use Oracle Financials for India Use this guide to learn how to create and maintain setup related to India taxes defaulting and calculation of taxes on transactions This guide also includes information about accounting and reporting of taxes related to India Oracle Financials for India Implementation Guide This guide provides information on how to implement Oracle Financials for India Use this guide to understand the implementation steps required for application use including how to set up taxes tax defaulting hierarchies set up different tax regimes organization and transactions Oracle Financials Glossary The glossary includes definitions of common terms that are shared by all Oracle Financials products In some cases there may be different definitions of the same term for different Financials products If you are unsure of the meaning of a term you see in an Oracle Financials guide please refer to the glossary for clarification You can find the glossary in the online help or in the Oracle Financials Implementation

Release 11i To Release 12

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents